Surfing the Tao

A Revolution of Free Will

By

Angela V. Michaels
 © 2004 by Angela V. Michaels. All rights reserved.

No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or

transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,
or otherwise, without written permission from the author.

ISBN: 1-4140-3701-5 (e-book)

ISBN: 1-4140-3702-3 (Paperback)
ISBN: 1-4140-3703-1 (Dust Jacket)

Library of Congress Control Number: 2003098707

This book is printed on acid free paper.

Printed in the United States of America

Bloomington, IN

1stBooks - rev. 03/11/04

 Love and thanks to Michael, Ceci,
Leong, Uncle Rabi, and Faya.
May eternity be as sweet as your friendships.

iii
iv
 “The great Tao flows everywhere, both to the left and to the
right.” -Tao Te Ching

Table of Contents

Foreword............................................................................................ vii
To all who have an ear, let them hear. ................................................. 1
Questions of Love................................................................................ 3
Difficult Answers................................................................................. 5
Can We Wake Up? ............................................................................ 10
Who is GOD? .................................................................................... 15
Who is like God? ............................................................................... 21
Who are the gods? ............................................................................. 31
What are they doing here? ................................................................. 43
Secret Brotherhoods........................................................................... 58
Secret Gods........................................................................................ 74
Secret History .................................................................................... 86
The Power of Money ......................................................................... 95
How is this possible? ....................................................................... 103
Celestial Secrets............................................................................... 122
A Philosopher Stoned ...................................................................... 138
Secret Science.................................................................................. 150
Free Your Mind ............................................................................... 162
Destruction by Fire .......................................................................... 173
Free Will? ........................................................................................ 192
There is no spoon: Learning to Surf ................................................ 197
Spiritual Confusion.......................................................................... 206
Tuning In ......................................................................................... 214
Through the Looking Glass ............................................................. 230
Conclusions...................................................................................... 243
Endnotes .......................................................................................... 259

v
vi
 “Oh, I drift like the waves of the sea,
Without direction, like the restless wind.” – Tao Te Ching

Foreword

Fools and Maniacs: How I Learned to Surf the Tao

For the first thirty-odd years of my life, I wandered in

ignorance. I made plenty of bad decisions because I wasn’t really
clear on what I was choosing. I considered my options for the future
to be relatively shallow and meaningless…I was blind in a world of
the sightless. Like most people, I didn’t know there was anything
more to “it”. And within the limited parameters of my arrogant, self-
centered, analytical brain there was nowhere left to go. I did not
believe in the perfect wave.
At my lowest point I threw up my hands and gave up. It was in
this moment that I was saved.
Finally I had emptied my cup, so that it could be filled again. I
stopped trying, and things began to happen. My life became filled
with so many bizarre synchronicities and small daily miracles that
few people would even believe them. I began to understand that the
perfect wave did exist; that it was flowing right beneath me, all the
time, and all I had to do was choose to ride it, in stillness and with
joy, and all my problems would disappear.
When I looked back out into the world, I understood that the
big problems could be solved as easily as the small ones. If just one
person at a time began to wake up to the true nature of our reality, the
venom it contained would no longer be poisonous. By revealing the
man behind the curtain we take away his power of illusion.
For several years I scoured libraries, bookstores and the
Internet for information that corroborated my experiences. I came
across many wonderful spiritual books as well as hundreds of
alternative, unorthodox portrayals of our reality. Unfortunately, it was
usually one or the other – I never quite found the one that put it all
together. I began accumulating this sort of information and eventually

vii
began organizing it for myself, based on spiritual discernment rather
than the “reason” I was taught in the world. “Fools and Maniacs” was
the working title because at first I felt alternately like a fool, then a
maniac, as it came together, depending on the mood or circumstances
of any particular day.
Many days I considered erasing the entire thing. But each time
I would realize that there was no escape. No matter how hard I tried
not to know, I somehow did know that something very strange was
going on. For now, I expect this collection of thoughts will politely
find its way to the back corner of a shelf to collect dust. Perhaps some
will even find reason to be offended.
But someday soon, when certain things begin to happen in the
world, some will hopefully remember that this exists. They will dust it
off and reread it, however bizarre it may seem. In time, perhaps
people will come to realize that the true “fools and maniacs” are those
who insist on remaining in denial. As difficult as it is to tell people
things they don’t want to hear, I must find a way to help them wake
up before it is too late.
The truth of a Way of Life is a concept found in teachings
from all spiritual corners of the Earth. Lao Tzu, a philosopher who
lived in China perhaps around the 6th century B.C., presents the Taoist
concept of the Way in his poetic verses the Tao Te Ching. But
because I don’t read Chinese, and English translations and
interpretations tend to be vague to our modern minds, I considered
more than one version. I have cited either Stephen Mitchell’s 1988
translation (New York, Harper-Collins) or the 1972 version by Gia-Fu
Feng and Jane English (New York, Random House).

viii
 “Who is wise? He will realize these things.
Who is discerning? He will understand them.”
– Hosea 14:9

ix
x
To all who have an ear, let them hear.

“Abiding in the midst of ignorance, thinking

themselves wise and learned, fools go aimlessly hither
and thither, like blind led by the blind.
What lies beyond life shines not to those who are
childish, or careless, or deluded by wealth.
‘This is the only world: there is no other’, they say;
and thus they go from death to death.”
– Katha Upanishad

Most people alive today probably think our world is just the
result of natural evolution, ‘human nature’ playing itself out on an
over-populated stage. The wars, revolutions, religions, technological
advancement and the encroachment of ‘civilization’ upon nature and
native people are generally considered to be random, or just the
success of the stronger and smarter. Having bad things in the world is
just part of life; you can’t have the good without the bad, people say.
And knowledge or perception of a spiritual nature is treated with
skepticism in the increasingly materialistic, scientific and political
world that has developed apart from any understanding of God or the
supernatural. Such things are relegated to the realm of myth and
legend.
There are, however, many who believe that we are in the dark
about the true age and history of civilization on Earth. The scant
3,000, 6,000, or even 10,000-year-old remnants we have found
suggest we know only a tiny part of the story. But by using only our
limited physical perceptions, we might never comprehend the Big
Picture. It’s not our fault; we are trained to perceive with only five
physical senses, the sixth sense having been back-shelved centuries
ago - what was left of it, anyway.
But for some people, myself included, this is changing, and a
new spiritual awareness is testing the limits of our reality. Powerful
personal experiences, alongside certain historical and scientific
evidence, suggest we are being denied understanding of universal
spiritual truths, including the existence of other realms or dimensions
1
Surfing the Tao

of existence. Our physicists already know that multiple dimensions do

exist, and that we live in only one small slice of a much greater whole
that we cannot perceive with our five senses alone. As if to attest to
this, our religions, myths and legends are full of stories of beings that
ascended to, or descended from, ‘other realms.’
Memories of lost continents and lost knowledge from various
mystical and psychic sources seem to pop up everywhere these days.
Archaeology has actually found many of the “mythical” places
mentioned in ancient texts. Millions of sightings of unidentified craft
or creatures are documented from all over the world, regardless if
they make the nightly news in America. And a growing list of
respected researchers has come to strikingly similar conclusions about
the potential involvement of these phenomena in human development
and earth changes.
Most incredibly, evidence suggests the sacred science of the
ancients, known until now only to an elite few, could be used today
for power and control, as modern technology and even weaponry. A
global array of inexplicable stone megaliths stands as a haunting
reminder of a past long gone, of knowledge long forgotten…or is it?
Can we really afford to ignore the feeling that something is
very wrong with our world? The environment suffers more each day.
How many billions of people live without adequate food or shelter?
Today, even Western countries face an all-out global jihad as a result
of our long-standing wars of religion.
No longer can I sit back and accept what “the world” dishes
out to me. There is something seriously lacking in our perception of
reality. I believe universal truths about our spiritual natures exist that
we should all know about. Life after death is still our greatest
mystery, and it shouldn’t be. It has kept us trapped in ignorance and
fear for too long.

“Hear this, you foolish and senseless people, who have

eyes but do not see, who have ears but do not hear.”
-Jeremiah 5:21

2
Questions of Love

A very big part of what is going on has to do with love, or the

lack of it. Love is a frequency. It is a state of mind, a state of being.
Everyone explains the feeling differently. It can’t really be put into
words, but once you know it, you know it. It is that radiant glow, free
of negativity, free of anger, worry, fear, etc. It can even be measured
in the brain; like other emotions, it triggers the release of certain
chemicals and electronic stimulus. For many people the pure
experience may only last for short moments at a time, because we are
bombarded with so much non-love every day down here. Love is
often more elusive than the common worry and frustration of
“modern” life. And non-love is not just the obvious anger, hate,
murder and war, but pretty much anything that takes us out of the
consciousness of love, which for most people can be much of their
daily lives. Especially when the overriding emotion of the day is
terror.
How many people do you know who can actually maintain a
constant, unconditional consciousness of love regardless of whatever
is happening around them? There are a few, to be sure, but our world
can be a maze of daily subsistence, work, worry, bureaucracy,
political and racial division, failing economies, personal dramas and
hungry children not to mention fear for one’s very life. Many of us
are not even taught how to feel love properly anymore; more and
more people on our planet are living lives in misery, without any love
at all. And frankly too many of us are simply too busy to even think
about it. We think this is just the way the world is, just the way people
are.
But what if humans were originally designed as beings of
love? If we are trapped in a place of non-love, like fear, worry, or
anger, we are not able to fully explore our true natures. All the “good
guys” throughout the millennia tried to tell us the secrets of love, and
how important it is. It is this very frequency, or harmonic, of love that
is necessary to be able to see beyond our present condition. It opens
doors to perceiving reality in way that could make all war and misery
basically disappear.
3
Surfing the Tao

So why is it so difficult for us and our world? Why has fear

and war been so pervasive in our history? Is it our own fault? Is it that
‘human nature’ just cannot help it? How come some people are
compassionate while others are self-serving? Is it in our genes, or is
someone out there trying to mess us up? Has there ever been a
successful loving community, or is “Utopia” just a pipe dream? Is
there a God at all? Are we being punished for a “sin” committed by
our ancestors? If there is a God, why has He left us down here to rot,
or has He come to save us and we just don’t know it? Do we have to
cycle through “multiple lives” before we can ascend to a higher
realm, or is this all there is? The questions can go on and on.

4
Difficult Answers

And so can the answers. There have been many explanations

circulated throughout time by various cultural and religious traditions,
regarding our existence here on planet Earth. How we got here and
why is still argued somewhat, but for the time being, those who
control the leading educational and intellectual institutions of our day
have settled on the general public view of non-supernatural evolution.
But we might be wise to revisit our philosophical founding
fathers. Plato himself warned us of a possible existence in an illusory
“shadow world”. Socrates was condemned to death for dangerously
spreading notions of higher realities, and refusing to worship pagan
gods. Even respected modern philosophers such as Willard van
Orman Quine proposed further consideration regarding how we can
know what is real in our limited state.
Regardless of this or the astounding progress made in quantum
physics and fractal geometry, mainstream rational thought still does
not accept so-called “Matrix”-type concepts. Notions of other realities
are instead mocked by pop culture or argued by stubborn religionists,
neither of which is taken very seriously.
Some researchers contend it could very well be in the best
interest of various religious, social or political institutions present in
our society today to perpetuate this type of confusion, in order to
maintain not only the power that they presently exert, but control over
any future release of knowledge. If things have been going on outside
our usual abilities to perceive them, it is nearly impossible to know
how to make people aware of them. If a supernatural scenario were
presented to them, most people wouldn’t even know what questions to
ask and thus could be easily shocked and misled.
A ‘slide response’ is a CIA term for a conditioned type of
response that dead-ends a person’s thinking or examination of a topic.
People might also find it difficult to consider that their society hasn’t
always had their best interests at heart. Many would rather accept the
lives they have been taught, take the bad with the good, and not
bother with anything more. Our life spans are generally too short for
most of us to notice. For some this will seem too frightening. Others
5
Surfing the Tao

will just be too proud, stubborn and set in their beliefs; even they are
presented with evidence they will just ignore it and go on.
Most people are generally unaware of how easily ensnared we
can become in the routine trappings of tradition and material
existence; many don’t even want anything more. But those interested
in experiencing for themselves what I am explaining must learn to
know that there is a reality beyond the one we can “see.” To
understand this, we must choose to live in love, and tune in to this
higher frequency.
Incredibly, this ability to resonate at the higher frequencies
might, or might not, reside in something as basic as our genetic
coding. For this reason some people are more likely to comprehend
this message than others. But any and all have the option – we all
have free will.
It is simply unfortunate that most people will not choose love,
peace and harmony over egotism, tradition or ambition. For whatever
reason, the majority of the people alive on the planet today have been
rendered completely deaf to this entire subject: they will not have the
‘ear to hear’.

“All truth passes through three stages. First it is

ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third it is
accepted as self-evident.”
– Arthur Schoppenhauer

For a precious few of us, however, these words will ring clear
as a bell. Many people endlessly seek the eternal and perfect wave,
the desire to exist in an undisturbed consciousness of unconditional
love. Some call this ‘enlightenment’ and it is elusive in our
dimension, not because it is unattainable, but because of the unseen
yet powerful currents and reefs which create fear and unbalance.
For the most part throughout history the higher truths have
been hidden away from public scrutiny, so that by not believing in
them or even knowing they exist, we will remain working in the
world they have created for us. We accept new technologies without a
blink, never questioning their source or agenda. We do not know how
to think “outside the box”, so we accept our governances the same
way we do our religions and revolutions; we think we have a choice,
6
 Difficult Answers

and yet have not had the courage to recognize the manipulation. We
accept the bad with the good because we cannot imagine or
implement other options. Hitler himself said, “It is fortunate for
leaders that the masses do not think.”

“My people are destroyed from lack of knowledge.”

–Hosea 4:6

Aren’t you tired of politicians and their empty promises? Once

they get into office they all seem to have their own agendas. They
continue to get away with it because people don’t want to believe
anything unpleasant. People automatically disregard the notion of a
power establishment clever enough to subtly manipulate the five-
sensorial world without our knowing. To further complicate the
matter, powerful religious institutions, which control the spirituality
of millions of people, seek to convince believers that anything
contradictory to the official interpretation is heresy. Our society
practically thrives on divisiveness. Conformity, racism, and tradition
only suppress our progress towards more advanced perspectives.
Instead of learning to exercise our spirits and discover who we
really are, government, advertisers, and others invested in the present
reality seek to keep people within its standards. Thus many are
trapped in endless non-love mind/body dramas and life and death
dilemmas. For most people, daily life revolves around the material
world alone. Inner perceptions or alternative realities are ridiculed.
This is accepted as the only reality; the only alternative - and
resistance is futile.
For example, we are made to believe things like consumerism
and convenience products are a great advancement. But a high-tech
society is just a more efficient way to keeping people from becoming
independent of the system. As time and technology progresses,
general knowledge is actually regressing. Could you build or even fix
you own computer? How about your car, or any appliance? Do you
grow and gather your own food and water?
A system based on money instead of love will eventually
falter. Having a free consumerist culture does not necessarily mean
we are getting the best world possible – or that we are even truly
‘free’. Are we not slaves to technology? How about our debt? The
7
Surfing the Tao

people with the most money decide how the world will be, based on
what will make more money. Things are designed to run out or break
so that we have to continually buy more; we are never taught to make
these things for ourselves. If grocery stores shut down millions of
people would starve. We cannot built our own shelters or make our
own cloth. Without electricity, most of us would sit, cold and alone,
in our boxes full of useless appliances. Without adequate access to
water life would become miserable or even impossible for many.
Do you think a more practical or less expensive way to power
our homes would be in the best interest of those who own the big
energy companies? Most people I know are naïve enough to trust that
our government and corporations have our best interests at heart, and
that life will go on like this forever, and even get “better”. But as our
lives become more compartmentalized, we must rely on the
technology they give us for more of our basic needs.
What if there were entirely different ways to generate power,
and even maintain harmony between people, which the general
population knows nothing about? Over the years, such technology
been suppressed for financial reasons. No one can gain from it if it is
free. Free energy is fun to research, because there is a lot out there
about it.
Just look at the news, and consider if our wars have anything
to do with power or control. Do you believe the publicly stated
philanthropic goals are their only reasons, when many of our own
people are often suffering and starving, and denied proper education?
Most people still believe this is the most modern age ever on our
planet, a wonderful world with great potential. Some even believe war
is a necessary evil! But many others do want love and goodness in
their lives. If they truly realized how they were being taken advantage
of and how much power they really had to do something about it, the
world would already be a very different place.
Unfortunately, humans are so easily swayed that a little TV, a
strong sense of pride, such things successfully veil the truth of a much
more incredible reality. And anyone who tries to enlighten them will
get only scoffing and mockery, for in these times, “the prophet is
considered a fool, the inspired man a maniac.” (Hosea 9:7)
Many will find it difficult to hear beyond the deafening roar of
the engines of deceit. Our lifestyles have been cleverly designed and
8
 Difficult Answers

infiltrated for generations, and most people will not even want to
awaken. For most people tuned in to the world and unaware of their
spirit, death is an unknown, and they rationalize fear for their bodies
as survival instinct. Manipulating the spirit involves changing
“frequencies” of the body, and in my experience certain ones can
keep people ignorant to the truth while others can wake them up to it.
Those who are “awake” must be sure they are tuned correctly as well,
for there are many deceivers in the ethereal realms.
We do indeed have eternal natures, though this immortality is
spiritual rather than physical. If we were taught about this properly,
we could learn to ascend spiritually in our physical bodies, which
would then become transformed to a higher state, or frequency. But
we have to be in a pure state of love to do it, practically an
impossibility today. This lack of understanding of our true natures has
been part of the reason we are stuck down here mired in wars and
dramas, and have been for countless millennia.

9
Can We Wake Up?

Too many people will not be able to mentally separate

themselves from the present reality. Indeed, the barriers are strong;
every day we have been alive on Earth we have all been innocently
led to take everything at face value.
But if we choose to welcome a higher reality into our lives,
and really learn how to walk in love, the truth begins to announce
itself in its own way to each person. Initially, it can be difficult and
even a little frightening. But pretty soon we realize it’s not scary at
all, just a far, far more exciting, incredible, wondrous, magical world
out there than we have been allowed to know. We can be free of all
hate, anger, worry, and even fear of death. Think of it sort of like the
movie The Matrix. We have been caught in this invisible illusion of
time and space for eons, and now it’s time to wake up.
Our bodies are just machines, like cars; things we ride around
in - but they are not us. We are the conscious spirit inside,
experiencing life in the third dimension. There are many people who
realize this, and yet still won’t be able to understand that without the
proper understanding of love and how to use it, this particular
dimension can be a trap where we are forced to confront negativity.
This is because our own thoughts and emotions resonate powerfully
in the quantum realm in ways we cannot even begin to imagine. When
we are conditioned to react to our circumstances, we become prisoner
of our own emotions. To break free we must learn to walk in joy
regardless of what happens, to “turn the other cheek”, so to speak.
But it can take time to internalize this knowledge, and
overcome years of habit and negative programming. If I had already
perfected my own Walk, I wouldn’t be here to write this. The
experience of “waking up” can be difficult; it has taken years of
prayer and research to satisfy both my spirit and my intellect. Also,
“turning on” my spirit was a crazy sensation, and it took awhile to get
used to the new feelings. It might be kind of like experiencing the
radio or television for the first time. There are probably at least 100
different stations and channels broadcasting right in the room where
you are in right now, but you can’t hear or see them without the
10
 Can We Wake Up?

proper device. It’s the same with higher realities. You just have to
find your radio, or spirit, inside you and tune it in.
To be honest, it has felt emotionally painful at times, as my
previous concept of the world has been turned upside down. The truth
hurts – at first. I didn’t have to experience the pod of pink goo like
Neo in The Matrix to feel horrified. I have read about a lot of other
people experiencing the supernatural and having the same reaction at
first. It takes time to absorb and the older you are, sometimes the
harder it can be, for you simply can’t believe you didn’t see it before.
But eventually you became part of a higher, more wonderful
reality. It actually feels different to be in my body now than it did
before. I am more alive; more conscious of every cell, even physical
sensations are different, more exhilarating, like a constant natural
high.
In actuality the practice raises the vibration of every molecule,
so they start resonating at a faster rate. It is possible to go to places
beyond the material plane through prayer and meditation, something
unbelievable to many, but to others a common and quite ancient
experience. It should be something we all learn to do as children. I
realized we can maintain awareness outside of the physical body, if
we can set aside our thoughts and learn to live in spirit. Intellectual
philosophical discourse about whether our world is real or illusory
becomes moot when you have personally been outside of the ‘shadow
world’. Suddenly death was nothing to be afraid of, and it completely
altered the way I viewed my life in the body. It was like being
released from a ‘non-love’ frequency grid. There is a joyous, eternal
existence beyond the world as we see it now. And yet this eternal joy
is right here, right now, just waiting for us to reach out and take it.
Humans must consider their evolution in terms of spirit or
consciousness, rather than pure biology. Intuiting the connections
between science and religion, in a place beyond the physical or
temporal world, would be a step towards rediscovering the ancient
truths of our existence. The first step in this revolution of
consciousness is just to realize that there is a higher truth; there are
dimensions or realities beyond ours. The “Path to Enlightenment,”
historically distorted by, and reserved for, a selfish “elite” few, needs
to be untwisted and made available to every person who can open

11
Surfing the Tao

their ears. If you can hear it, then it exists for you and you should
have the right to know about it.
The right time to realize this is different for everyone. Many
people are not ready for it and some never will be. I had to learn to
use prayer and meditation to still my mind and gain understanding
from my spirit. Mind and spirit are very distinct, and sometimes they
can even give conflicting opinions. The mind is our thought process
on the physical plane and it is tuned in to the world or people around
you. It is easily influenced by external, chemical, even electronic
forces, which can cause many of us to feel angry, depressed or
worried. The spirit can only be heard clearly if the mind is turned
down, or off. By vibrating ourselves into a higher frequency electrical
and emotional interferences disappear; the mind ceases to babble and
the spirit begins to sound clear.
Ironically love and joy are the tools necessary to achieve this
state, and yet they only become easier to access and maintain after it
is achieved. This is one of the many paradoxes of enlightenment.
Learning to surf can be tiring and frustrating, but once mastered is
effortless and the ecstasy indescribable. How to do this cannot be
explained in a paragraph, or even in an entire book. It begins and ends
within each individual and his or her own personal relationship with
God, the Tao, the Great Spirit.
The first part of the journey led to a clearer understanding of
God, which before had meant very little to me. Learning to rely on my
spirit for answers was strange at first. It surprised me that spiritual
matters began to make sense intellectually. Like most people, my
intellect was over-trained and I didn’t even know I had a spirit. Now,
I find I just know things, and I have a hard time explaining it to people
who demand “proof”. I can only suggest that people learn to tune in
their own spiritual radios. In Eastern belief systems it is taught that
people are really spirit beings who during this life become enmeshed
in physical vehicles, and that the healthiest state for humans is
actually separation from the body without suffering trauma or death.
Western psychiatric theory sharply contrasts with this idea.1 Even
within the framework of a hierarchical approach to religion few are
encouraged to investigate their own spiritual independence.
So growing up in the western world has made my trip a little
longer. But I found I could listen to the spirit and then go out and find
12
 Can We Wake Up?

actual evidence of what I heard. The startling experience of finding

proof in books and materials I would never have otherwise known
existed, as well as in daily headlines, has taught me just how
important listening to the spirit can be. If we rely solely on orthodox
‘hard evidence’ we will in no way be able to put the pieces together.
Too much has been destroyed or corrupted from the inside for us to
understand. I think Lao Tzu said it best, “the Master observes the
world but trusts his inner vision.”
Our world is not what it seems; its wondrous beauty pales in
comparison to the next, but we would never know that ourselves just
by looking around with our limited perceptions. Neither can modern
scholarly interpretations of scraps of ancient texts give us a clear
picture of what was really going on. We are conditioned to live within
a certain frequency, so many people never learn how to see beyond.
Looking back on our world today from a vastly changed perspective
of the Big Picture, it seems to me as if our reality has been
misconstrued, kept hidden, or if anything, made into lunacy, corrupted
religions, myths, fairy tales and science fiction in order to squelch or
tantalize our imaginations, either way forever disabling our ability to
understand the Truth.

“True wisdom seems foolish.” –Lao Tzu

When I attempt to determine why we must consider these

things, I hear Lao Tzu saying, “The best general enters the mind of his
enemy.” Even George Washington warned, “If we are wise, let us
prepare for the worst.” We must be prepared so that we do not
become fearful. This is coming to light now because many historical
and religious sources and ancient calendars, as well as my own spirit,
refer to the end to our era. Not the end of everything, but just this
particular reality: the end of the dominion of non-love beings. More
and more people will be encountering such things, because they are
hard at work trying to hold on to their power. We must retune
ourselves to survive, and it is a narrow Path; most people will not find
the Way, for the deceptions, delusions and mockeries are already
strong in the world – and about to get a lot stronger.
I will guide the reader through my own Way to awakening. I
do not belong to any cult, religious group, political movement or
13
Surfing the Tao

special interest. I have not compromised or changed anything for

personal gain. I do not profess to know everything. I can only share
what I do know, and I continue to learn more every day. I am not
beholden to anyone or anything but love.
There are so many people whose thoughts and writings helped
me understand I am not alone in my vision. Thank you to every bold
soul. My intention was to use the words of others that touched my
spirit, arranged in a certain order, to set forth the perception of reality
I had been shown. It was like putting a puzzle together. I worked hard
to give credit to everyone whose work is found here. And though I
know there will be many who will find offense within these pages, I
must state that my goal is to take everything to a higher level – that
means religion, politics, philosophy; pretty much anyone bound to
their own comfortable interpretation of reality will get left behind.
This is a highly personal experience. From here on may the
reader understand the spirit works in mysterious ways. Little things
will pop up in everyday life that will start to “prove” it to each person
in their own way. Even though some of it sounds dreadfully crazy at
first, at last we shall see how things start to make sense in a different
way, that our future is really quite terrific and we have a lot of reasons
to be joyful, to the very last second, without worry.
Much was written about the times we are living in now a long,
long time ago, and modern science and current events are giving us
signs to sit up and take notice. Once this unimaginable thing begins to
happen, you will know. Live life as if you had a hundred years, but
keep one eye on the sky because as the terrifying events on 9/11 can
attest, everything can change in an instant. It could be a difficult time
for many people around the world. But at least we can finally
understand that this world is not normal in its tortures of the meek and
small, and its great atrocities are similarly unjustified. There are
ferocious powers at work in the world right now as there have been
for a very long time, but their time is growing rapidly short.

“That which goes against the Tao comes to an early

end.” – Lao Tzu

14
Who is GOD?

He moves and he moves not. He is far, and he is near.

He is within all, and he is outside all.
– Isa Upanishad

If you don’t have a handle on God or spiritual matters at all,

quantum physics is a fair place to begin. Find out that inside an atom,
there really isn’t any substance at all; just tiny sparks of energy
rapidly spinning about inside a relatively huge open space. Read how
physicists are surprised to discover you can’t measure sub-atomic
activity without influencing it. That is, the simple act of measuring
and watching can stimulate, destroy or even create new little quarks
of matter. It’s modern science catching up with the ancient sages, who
knew our entire world is simply an illusion of our own creation, and
that simply by knowing this we can change and create our own reality.
With breath and sound, we can control our frequency, free our spirits,
and accomplish miracles. The secrets of prayer are not lost, just
dormant inside ourselves.
It is our awareness of this connection with this loving Force
that enables true understanding of spiritual immortality. It is the
realization and utilization of the energy fields around us. This type of
information is being “discovered” by modern science, yet we are
rarely encouraged to see the higher spiritual meanings behind it.
Orthodox science refuses to consider such matters for the most part,
although these days one can find various physicists writing their own
interpretation of spiritual realities. If you haven’t yet read The Tao of
Physics by Frijof Capra, it’s a great book about how modern physics
relates to ancient spiritual philosophy.
All atoms are mostly filled with - nothing. That is, they
contain only tiny little sparks of energy flying around an enormous
void. What all atoms have in common is this great empty space - this
‘void’ is what physicists call the Unified Field - and spiritualists call
God (or the Force, the Tao, or Brahman). It is the void, the negative
space between each atom, which binds them together, designing the
intricate fractal world we live in, building atom upon atom like a
15
Surfing the Tao

crystal; forming structure; establishing form - mineral, organic,

gaseous. This Force resides in the void; it is the void, the space
between – and is not named.
Lao Tzu explains this intangible Essence is beyond form and
beyond sound. It is neither light nor dark, yet both. It is the form of
the formless, the image of the imageless, endless and ancient. This
Ineffable Nothingness is all connected, each atom next to each other,
made up of mostly space. Someone once suggested if we could
condense the mass of our solar system so that all the empty spaces
were gone, it would become the size of a (very heavy!) baseball.

“We should consider that in the inner world Brahman

is consciousness; and we should consider that in the
outer world Brahman is space.”
– Chandogya Upanishad.

Spirituality enters the picture when we consider

consciousness. Who we really are is something beyond the material
plane; we each have an essence, or spirit, that eventually leaves the
physical, and without it, the body won’t work. It is this essence that is
connected to the Tao - the void. For many attached to their physical
natures, living in the spirit is an unfamiliar sensation. At the very least
most people experience that “gut feeling”, when some strange instinct
allows you to sense something beyond the five senses. What’s
important is this knowing; what we are conscious of and connected to
beyond the physical reality. This knowing connects us to the
unknowable.
Maintaining our awareness of the connection we were born
with is a skill we must choose to relearn in this chaotic physical
illusion. Only by internalizing love and using it unconditionally can
we come to know this great, resonating field of energy that surrounds
and permeates everything; our bodies, the air around us, material
objects, nature. This is the act of becoming aware of that perfect
wave, which already exists, and choosing to hop on for a ride. We are
already physically connected to it; we are all made of the same stuff.
If we can learn to quiet and still our physical minds from the
deluge of life’s daily thoughts, we can connect with our spirits, and
really know that this Field, or Force, has a loving consciousness, and
16
 Who is GOD?

then we can obtain and maintain a connection with it. In fact you can
substitute the word “love” for “Tao” and come away with a pretty
sound understanding of the term.

“The life force is all-pervasive and its strength

boundless. The Art of Peace allows us to perceive and
tap into that tremendous reserve of universal energy.”
–Ueshiba

Becoming aware of this Flow, and the love necessary to

perceive it, is the birth of the Kingdom of God within us: the
awakening of the God frequency. Perfection of this loving state of
consciousness has been sought and written about since ancient times.
Its attainment gives one mastery over space and time.

“All this universe is in truth Brahman.

He is the beginning and end and life of all…
He enfolds the whole universe and in silence is loving
to all.”
– Chandogya Upanishad.

From the Tao Te Ching, to the Upanishads, to the writings of

Buddha, to the Holy Bible, they all say that in the stillness one can
‘know’ God. For the most part, stillness is foreign to today’s world.
But it is entirely possible; I have learned to still my mind in
meditation and prayer and feel the warm, loving embrace of God. It is
a wholly unearthly feeling, and it is one of the first things we should
be taught in life. To relearn it later requires focus and control over
emotions, but the reward is peace and serenity. It is with pure love
and joy that He fills us – I use the masculine because “it” sounds so
impersonal, and my relationship with Him is a personal one – but the
energy of the Tao is genderless. Our language keeps us from
adequately describing it for He is beyond words.
He sees in us human beings a miraculous and unique creation,
capable of a greater love than any other life form, which enables us to
love Him in return and desire to do His will, by our own free will. Our
desire to love and communicate with Him, seek first His Kingdom of

17
Surfing the Tao

peace and love within ourselves, is what separates us from those who
have been led astray.
Those who are lost seek to use the pure energy of the unified
field to do their own will. To hear His will, we must first quiet our
minds, be still, and listen with our spirits.

“Be still, and know that I am God” – Psalms 46:10

“Look within. Be still. Free from fear and attachment,

Know the sweet joy of the way.”
– Buddha

“When the five senses and the mind are still, and
reason itself rests in silence, then begins the Path
supreme.” – Katha Upanishad

“Empty your mind of all thoughts. Let your heart be at

peace.” – Lao Tzu

“If you have not liked yourself to true emptiness, you

will never understand The Art of Peace.”
– Ueshiba

But the vast majority of people are either ignorant of this

altogether, are too busy surviving this world, or purposefully ignore it.
Those few who have obtained and maintained this connection are
some of our greatest sages and philosophers. Some of them were able
to intuit the false, almost comic nature of the illusion and ascend to
the higher realms without ever suffering physical death because their
connection was so pure, such as Lao Tzu and Buddha.

“Those who follow wisdom pass beyond and, on

leaving this world, become immortal.”
– Kena Upanishad

“Wakefulness is the Way to life. The fool sleeps as if

he were already dead, but the master is awake and he
lives forever.” – Buddha
18
 Who is GOD?

To become immortal we must first become awake. Our spirits

need to be turned on and tuned in, to borrow a phrase from the sixties.
For this we need love to be our overriding emotion and our minds
otherwise empty.

Jesus said, “Love the Lord your God with all your
heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.
This is the first and greatest commandment. And the
second is like it: Love your neighbor as yourself.”
-Matthew 22:37-40

Many throughout time have sought to explain this but their

message has been compromised. This simple concept has been
complicated with giant worldly religions, hierarchies, doctrines,
strange histories, wars, buildings, politics and financial needs. They
watered down powerful truths about love, our eternal spirit bodies and
the higher realms of existence. God is beyond thought, beyond
knowledge, beyond words, beyond ritual and beyond religion.
Complete mental stillness is an unrealistic goal for many,
especially if we are learning it anew as adults. Begin by just
recognizing unwanted thoughts and watching them pass on through
your mind. By learning to control life’s daily thoughts, the mind, and
not allowing them to interfere with our walk of love, the spirit, we can
come to know that which is beyond. Having your mind full of trivial
knowledge is only a hindrance. Before long, regardless of how
chaotic your life is, you will be able to function with clarity and
serenity. You will become the eye of the storm. I particularly love
Lao Tzu’s explanation of how to be, “Stop thinking, and end your
problems…I am like an idiot, my mind is so empty.”

“He is unknown to the learned and known to the

simple…” – Kena Upanishad

“I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth,

because you have hidden these things from the wise
and learned, and revealed them to little children.”
Luke 10:21
19
Surfing the Tao

We cannot see God with our eyes, but we can know he is with
us always. That knowledge is faith. He is everywhere around us, and
inside of us; He is the unified field. And love is the key ingredient; to
know Him is to know love. Amplify love inside yourself and you will
find Him. Choose love: use your free will to seek His will, and soon it
will coincide with your own and your life will be truly blessed.
Tao means Way; this Way of Life is a walk of love. As soon
as you begin to make decisions in your life based on love, peace and
harmony, your life will become one of abundance and serenity. This
is what it means to live in the Tao. Some say, Let Go, Let God; this
says it well. Allow Him to guide your life. It’s surfing the perfect and
endless wave, staying perfectly balanced in your Walk along the Path.
Be aware of Him, this Higher Power. He can communicate with us by
guiding our spirits; we must quiet our minds and choose love, peace
and harmony above all else to hear Him. This guiding Essence is
“God”, the Tao.

“No one has ever seen God; but if we love one another;
God lives in us and his love is made complete in us.”
-1 John 4:12

20
Who is like God?

“The blessing of the Lord brings wealth, and he adds

no trouble to it.”-Proverbs 10:22

Many will ask, if there is such a God and He is so omnipresent

and full of love, how could He have allowed such horrors to take
place down here? Simply accepting that there is a higher reality helps
us understand how we have been limiting our free will, not to mention
our understanding of what dangers are really lurking out in the surf.
We must be sure we understand what is real, so we can make an
informed choice.
Discovering that God, the Tao, is within you and around you,
and always has been, helps. Those already with faith or experience of
the higher realms will have an easier time with these concepts. If you
are new to the idea, just remember stillness and love are paramount,
and prayer, the creative use of breath and sound, can alter our world
from within the quantum realm. Speak and think positively to tune
yourself up in frequency. If your intentions are pure, even speaking
your belief before you actually believe can help create the reality in
which you truly do. Use the paradox to your advantage.
Our ancient sages knew this and modern science is catching
up. Open your hearts and minds, set aside your preconceived
judgments, and before long you will find the peace and clarity you
need for the rest of this to make sense – because you will begin to see
it for yourself.
This particular dimension where we exist is a lower frequency
and that is why we otherwise cannot “see” the supernatural. But once
we understand this great source of power and energy exists all around
us, we begin to realize there are likely to be those who would try to
use the Force for their own ends.
Evidence suggests people have been practicing ‘magic’ for
thousands of years, regardless of the religion of the day. Only in
modern times has this practice gone underground to escape the
skepticism of a modern world, leaving most people dangerously
susceptible to falling for any ‘miracle.’ Indeed, its practice has
21
Surfing the Tao

recently been making a huge comeback because it is so easy to

deceive or amaze people otherwise unaware of this Force, by
misusing or abusing it. And there are many who believe they deserve
this right. For example, esoteric followers like the Gnostics believed
God was not all-powerful, but that a duality maintained balance in the
universe that could be manipulated. They believed practicing this
‘magical’ use of the Force would eventually elevate initiates to the
“equivalent of God”. 1
Abusing the Force for selfish reasons is what truly
differentiates the good guys from the bad. Unfortunately simple
ignorance can be just as dangerous. If we are unclear about our
choice, we could be living against the Tao without knowing it, blindly
following the temptations of a material world and its multitude of
cleverly deceptive spiritual paths. Our world craftily encourages
people to be ambitious and self-seeking, and many have taken it to the
extreme, perverting the Force and using it for selfish purposes instead.

“Trying to control the future

Is like trying to take the master carpenter’s place.
When you handle the master carpenter’s tools,
Chances are that you’ll cut your hands.” –Lao Tzu

We can choose to recognize the loving consciousness behind

this Force, communicate with it and determine its will for us. Truly
seeking the will of our loving Tao allows Him to open doors for us in
His own “magical” way; but we must allow Him to decide and act for
us. It is in our awareness of His presence, as well as in the Way we
choose to live, which manifests His love, peace and harmony in this
plane. Each moment of our lives is part of this Walk if we are living
in the Tao, living in His will. It’s kind of like becoming aware of the
rushing river of energy we are a part of and consciously choosing to
ride along.

“Peace originates with the flow of things - its heart is

like the movement of the wind and waves. The Way is
like the veins that circulate blood through our bodies,
following the natural flow of the life force. If you are

22
 Who is like God?

separated in the slightest from that divine essence, you

are far off the path.” – Ueshiba, The Art of Peace

Obstructing or fighting the roaring rapids of the Tao, or

attempting to reroute its power, is what magic and sorcery is all about.
Today, this abuse of the Force is becoming more and more
acceptable. The finer points of this discrepancy of wills has become
less obvious, and easier to manipulate. In today’s world, many truths
exist which have been so subtly perverted, warped or contaminated
that it is difficult to separate them from non-truth. In fact the best lies
contain the most truth.

“If God is all, then how can I be evil?”

– Charles Manson

This is actually a very good question, because it serves to

illustrate several key points. It is a common deception to have us
believe there is no evil, since everything is part of, well, Everything.
It’s a subtle distinction – one of many, something they love, because
it makes the truth so much more difficult to discern.
The truth is, the Tao is the Force, it is Everything; but how we
choose to think about it and what we do with it is our choice. The
issue is what we do with our free will. Is it in agreement with the
Great Spirit and His frequency of love? Are we allowing His natural
loving flow to continue in the Way He intended? Do we really think
we can plan things out better than He can?

“Do you think you can take over the universe and
improve it?…The universe is sacred. You cannot
improve it. If you try to change it, you will ruin it. If
you try to hold it, you will lose it.” - Lao Tzu

Are we forcing our own selfish desires on our lives, or trusting

in His Universality to find the best Path? Are we going His Way or
ours? Do we really know what it means to live a life of unconditional
love? The answers are up to you – just be sure you really understand
the questions.

23
Surfing the Tao

“…There is evil and disorder in the world because

people have forgotten that all things emanate from one
source. Return to that source and leave behind all self-
centered thoughts, petty desires, and anger.”
– The Art of Peace

The Tao is everything; in fact He can use Everything to prove

His points. The truth is, it is all good - there really is no evil in His
frequency of love; it doesn’t exist. However our lower dimensional,
starkly physical, non-spiritual world contains so many terrible
elements it seems impossible to ignore the fact that evil does exist for
many people. The Tao did not choose this state of affairs (this was a
result of other beings using their free will and choosing not to live in
agreement with the Tao) but He can still use this evil to create more
love. In point, though Charles Manson’s words aren’t really true, they
can be used to bring a higher understanding.
Another key point here is the very subtlety of the
misunderstanding. The closer to the truth, the more difficult it is to
recognize the deceit. And because people tend to put meaning to
everything, they are easily swayed by semantics and legalisms. It is
difficult to explain how a small perversion can cause such great
misunderstanding. Different interpretations of the same words often
cause problems. Many examples of this are found in religion. Most
religions contain an aspect of truth – but have also accumulated other
elements that are not. Tradition and generational wisdoms can contain
similar ambiguities.
Perhaps our three-dimensional reality can best be compared to
being a Mirror Image of the truth. When you look in the mirror, you
are always seeing your reflected image; for many of us, seeing
pictures or videos of ourselves can be strange because we don’t look
exactly like we do in the mirror, where our reflections are reversed.
We are also looking at a two dimensional version of ourselves, rather
than the three dimensional “real” person. What we are able to
perceive about our reality contains a similar paradox. We can only see
our world in three dimensions, while in truth there are many more.
This world has been warped – so subtly we think it looks real, but in
truth we are merely like fish in a pond, trying to discern the dry outer
world without actually going there.
24
 Who is like God?

Buddha taught in the Lankavatara Sutra, “The triple world

resembles a net, or water in a mirage that is agitated; it is like a
dream, maya; and by thus regarding it one is emancipated. Like a
mirage in the springtime, the mind is found bewildered; animals
imagine water but here is no reality to it. There is here nothing but
thought construction, it is like an image in the air when they thus
understand all, there is nothing to know. Eternity and non-eternity;
oneness, too, bothness and not-bothness as well; these are
discriminated by the ignorant who are confused in mind and bound up
by errors since beginningless time. In a mirror, in water, in an eye, in
a vessel and on a gem, images are seen; but in them there are no
reality; anywhere to take hold of.” (translated by D. T. Suzuki)2
How can we know for sure? To discern the Reflection from
the true Reality we must choose to live in agreement with the Tao –
with love, peace and harmony. This will quickly clue us in as to
which elements of the world are maya, the Mirror Image, and not in
agreement with Him.
Living in the Tao is about balance, not extremes. It is about
harmony, not legalisms. It is about compassion, not wealth. It is about
laughing, not worrying. For many people mired in today’s willful and
selfish world, these choices will seem impossible.
Have you ever stopped to consider whose will you are acting
upon in life? Is there no option other than to do your own physical
will, the will of a modern lifestyle, tradition or culture, or even an
advertisement? Not many people these days are in conscious
communication with a higher, loving Force, for if they were, everyone
would act selflessly out of peace and love. Given all the selfish,
violent, degrading and greedy acts that go on down here, it is obvious
that the material realm is an easy place to convince people to seek
their own carnal will and pleasure, instead of God’s spiritual one. Our
very culture rewards a self-seeking lifestyle, lived in the artificial
reflected light of the material world. Today’s new brand of
spiritualism even focuses on self-realization and power, instead of the
selfless internalization of unconditional Love.
There are many who believe there is an intelligent energy in
the realms beyond our normal perception that seeks to keep people
unaware of this discrepancy of will, so that we will remain imprisoned
in the illusion and unaware of God. Our misunderstanding of it and its
25
Surfing the Tao

agenda has left us susceptible to its various machinations in every era

and culture. It has cleverly perverted our understanding of who “God”
is and tempted us with our own free wills, to choose a life of personal
satisfaction and human glorification, rather than spiritual fulfillment
in the glory of the Tao. Keeping us unaware of our spirits or any such
spiritual reality to begin with was a masterful move.
But we are now able to use science to understand spiritual
questions. Quantum physics reminds us that since at an atomic level,
all matter is really energy, shape shifting may not just be the stuff of
movie magic. Even scientists can now do such things, on a small
scale. What was heretofore the realm of science fiction, like space-
time manipulation, teleportation and anti-gravity technology, is
quickly becoming a reality. U.S. News and World Report recently
discussed shape-shifting aircraft in the works at NASA’s Langley
Research Center in Virginia. Having been developing basic
‘morphing’ technology for years in collaboration with the Pentagon,
their goal is to create aircraft that can “fly like an eagle”, reshaping
the aircraft in response to airflow.3 Scientists are even learning how to
teleport molecules of matter from one place to another, never failing
to turn our Star Trek dreams into a startling new reality. But knowing
such technology exists still won’t help some people imagine the
possibilities beyond our awareness.

“Because it is sometimes so unbelievable the truth

escapes becoming known.” -Heracleitus

Difficult to define, this swirling mass of prideful energy can

pervade the minds and souls of the unsuspecting and unprotected, and
appear in various, even multiple, and very beautiful physical forms. It
appears as we wish to see it. Its very incorporeality can help it seem
like God – or even a goddess, especially to people who are limited to
the physical senses. Our inability to see or perceive it at all can be its
very source of power. It can also manifest as the warped Mirror Image
reflection of our reality – anything that is negative, confusing or
misleading.
Though it often feigns love and affection for people, it is not
in agreement with the Tao. It seeks to cause chaos and non-love,
thriving on the frequency of fear and bloodshed. But however much it
26
 Who is like God?

wishes to be worshipped as God, it cannot even be compared as being

the opposite of God. It’s true opposite would be a similar type being
infused instead with love and compassion. The name “Michael”
means the question “who is like God?” As if demanding to know, who
would have the utter gall to compare itself to the Great All-Knowing
Void?
If such a creature had personal motives of power, control, and
greed, especially if it were able to move about invisibly, it might like
to imagine it is as powerful as God – or more. Of course no one is like
God; pretty hard to duplicate that which already occupies all space.
However, if it were not physical but a being of pure spirit and light,
(not to mention ego), this might help it seem more likely to be a
mysterious “Great Architect” of the physical realm. Not to mention
how easy it is to convince people you are a good guy when you and
your cronies appear as “beings of light.”

“He who tries to shine dims his own light.”

–Lao Tzu

We are for the most part blind to the effect of our emotions in
the quantum realms, and the bad guys are counting on it. They
actually thrive on the frequency of selfishness, anger, fear, chaos and
destruction. Feelings of worry and especially terror have a profound
effect. Learning to feel love and joy in spite of the situation is the only
way to fight back. It might sound easy but it can be extremely
difficult in practice. In this type of battle, warriors must learn to
choose love of their own free will, even if they are being attacked
from all sides.
C.S. Lewis wrote a wonderfully humorous depiction of these
attacks in his book The Screwtape Letters. Regardless of the reader’s
religious affiliation, if any, this fictional collection of letters written
by Screwtape, an important official in “Satan’s” evil army, to his
nephew, a “junior demon” on earth whose job it is to keep humans
from knowing God, is a lighthearted allegory which teaches how
unaware humans are of their spiritual potential.
It doesn’t really matter who or what they are – simply
comprehending that there are forces at work seeking to keep humans
unenlightened and in their control, instead of in touch with a loving
27
Surfing the Tao

God and aware of their own natural potential for immortality, is

what’s important. They even attempt to deceive humans into
believing they want to help us, or are themselves the “good guys”.
They are known to “channel” themselves spiritually through innocent
humans, impersonating angels and other entities, telling spiritual
truths mixed with subtle lies to purposefully mislead. Their lies are
smooth as silk, and their tentacles reach millions; one must constantly
be on guard that your conversations with God are not really
conversations with the Deceiver.
Why? Scholars and others have forever debated this question.
This entity certainly used his free will, discovered he could
manipulate the pure energy of the Force for his own reasons, and
therefore imagined himself to be greater than God. He craves worship
for himself; he wants to play God. It just so happens our Earth is the
perfect place. He seeks to keep humans unaware of the Way by
creating a subtly false “path of enlightenment” as well as teaching us
to misuse our free will the way he did. In part of an ancient battle for
power and control, he may even have long ago instigated a
catastrophic event that swung our planet and solar system out of
balance, de-activating Earth’s connection with its higher self and
causing humans to do the same. Throughout history his goals were
much the same as they are today: to be worshiped as ‘God’ on our
earth. For many millennia, in various civilizations, in many forms,
and with many names, he fooled masses of people into thinking he
was God.
The existence of this entity and its armies may primarily be on
the ethereal planes, but they work hard to get through to us, seeming
to crave the physical. They presently control our little world, whether
we know it or believe it or not, and their influence can be felt in
nearly every aspect of life. If you can look outside your door or on the
front page and see anything but pure love, peace and harmony, then
you are seeing this warped reflection. Nature herself has even been
manipulated for their purposes. The concept of duality, that there
must be bad things for there to be good ones, is false. There is no
justification for evil. Yin and yang are not opposites – yinyang is the
essence of the oneness of all things. Remember, the more subtle the
discrepancy, the easier to mislead.

28
 Who is like God?

Some people believe they may actually require blood to

physically get into our dimension. In Greek myth such beings are said
to suffer an existence devoid of blood, voice and vital energy (also
called mana, holy spirit, prana, or chi). But for the most part their
presence has been exceedingly clever in its subtlety and difficulty to
discern. Their interference in our evolution may have shortened our
life spans and removed our ability to retune to pure love and the
higher frequencies of existence, where we could easily discern their
presence.
For countless generations, armies of strange-looking creatures
have appeared to do their dirty work in our realm as ‘gods’, fairies,
aliens, dragons and other reptilians, vampires, spirit guides, demons,
and even “ascended masters” or “angels of light”. They appear the
way people imagine them. They even work together. A seemingly
loving ‘spirit guide’ could take credit for ridding one of demonic
torment, and then gently mislead the devotee towards a false light, a
more subtle but far more dangerous lie. Evidence abounds that they
continue to this day, though the majority of humans are not tuned to a
frequency where they can see them if they do not wish to be seen.
And they will go to all lengths to make sure we stay out of tune,
including using modern technology, developed from ancient sources.
There is still perhaps nothing logical about this crazy notion,
as far as today’s conformist science and society is concerned. In our
rigid scholarly society such stories are considered impossible to be
true, just silly notions of ignorant cavemen. It feels a bit like trying to
explain that the world is round to a bunch of stubborn medieval
peasants. The existence of such beings is difficult to prove in this
world since they can move outside of our dimension. Their different
frequencies mean some people are more likely to see them than
others.
Adding insult to injury, perhaps millions of people who can
see and communicate with these entities do not recognize them as
evil, thinking they are here to help “heal” the planet or guide us
towards an “age of enlightenment”. Their misinformation seeks to
continue to keep us in bondage, through our ignorance. And if our
controlled modern society refuses to acknowledge them or any of the
spiritual side of life, they will continue to remain invisible to all but
who have experienced the supernatural themselves, a group growing
29
Surfing the Tao

in number. And without proper guidance, whatever they hear about

the spiritual realms, truth and non-truth, will be believed, in awe.
These creatures enjoy nothing better than inventing ways to get
people to worship them.
Their appearance as normal humans is the biggest deceit of all.
In various ways they influence the royalty and governments of the
world, our culture, economy, religions, and educational systems; they
continue to wreak havoc on our planet, causing fear and war, and yet
they remain invisible to most; the quintessential wolves in sheep’s
clothing. They want to keep us unaware of them, the higher realms,
and how to get there – and if they do reappear to us and share their
advanced technology, it will be on their terms.
We really are like little sheep, completely unaware of anything
beyond our little prairie of the third dimension. Most people have
been too thoroughly steeped in this world and will not be able to hear
this call. But those who do choose to overcome this world will
become even greater than the angels themselves – something some of
them might not be too happy about. To free ourselves, we must
choose to retune ourselves to the frequency of love and surf the Tao
into eternity. Nothing will be kept hidden, and we will know all the
secrets of the universe.

“If men are not afraid to die, it is of no avail to threaten

them with death.”
– Lao Tzu

30
Who are the gods?

“Biblical authors simply altered names and changed

the many ‘gods’ in the original writings into the one
“God or “Lord” of the Hebrew religion. The latter
change was an unfortunate one because it caused the
Supreme Being to be blamed for the brutal acts that
earlier writers had attributed to the very unGod-like
Custodians.” 1

In order to be sure we are not being fooled into choosing the

illusion, we would be wise to learn to distinguish between God, the
Tao, our loving, omniscient Force, and the many various and strange
beings who have infiltrated and distorted our world from beyond our
awareness. A still mind and a peaceful spirit is the first step.
Whatever causes ripples in the pool of serenity is not of the Tao.
It might be surprising for some to discover that many of the
alternative explanations for our reality have a common yet bizarre
theme. Modern day researchers are beginning to notice that many of
our ancient historical, religious, and cultural sources tell the same
basic story of interference from a much more powerful race of beings
from outside of our perception and understanding. They control
certain sacred knowledge that is passed down through a designated
human elite, but kept hidden from the common masses. Today these
stories continue, taking many forms. They have been interfering with
our evolution and development for eons, keeping us in the dark about
their true natures. Their goals for our planet do not always include
love, peace or harmony.
How do we make sense of this idea in the real world? Today,
for certain reasons, we have been taught to think of the ‘gods’ as
mythological or symbolic. But more and more research indicates their
existence could be much more than that. Joseph Campbell taught in
his many famous works that myth, when interpreted with discretion
and in conjunction with archeological evidence, can lead to truth.
Nearly every early culture records some kind of knowledge, whether

31
Surfing the Tao

sacred, magical or agricultural, having had a mysterious divine origin

and passed down through an elite.
Psychologist Julian Jaynes in his work The Origin of
Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind wrote that
this communication with the ‘gods’ is this same experience of the
schizophrenia’s ‘hearing of voices’, and as we become more scientific
and independent minded, we actually go further down in
consciousness. We become more and more unable to understand or
interpret an awareness of higher consciousness. Instead, these realities
have become invisible to us, reserved instead for an elite few, who
misinterpret them for us for their own purposes.
Carl Jung called such beings “archetypes”, and he believed
they existed within our collective unconscious. Former NASA
scientist Richard L. Thompson suggested an increased openness to
studying the world’s legends would result in a better understanding of
human cultures than modern science currently allows. Writer Jacques
Vallee considers the similarity of the world’s myths and legends no
coincidence, but “something that is true at such a deep level that it
influences the very basic elements of our thoughts.” 2
Heinrich Schliemann is credited with having found the
legendary city of Troy by using descriptions left in ancient myth. He
once lectured to a group of students, “Read the old writers as if they
were reporters. The ancients had no reason to lie. Their stories are
often true.” 3 Author Brinsley le Poer Trench agreed, and stated,
“Mythology is shorthand, it is condensed history.” 4
Modern archeology has always had a hard time explaining
how fully developed civilizations with astronomical knowledge far
beyond even our own could have spontaneously come to exist in
various places on earth long ago. Ruins of enormous megaliths lie
dormant, lined up with ancient stars and arrayed conspicuously
around the world upon the intersections of powerful geodetic energy
or “ley” lines. Many alternative researchers present evidence that
regular catastrophic events may have suddenly and drastically
changed the surface and alignment of the planet. For example,
Charles Hapgood claims the North Pole was previously located in
other areas, like the Hudson Bay area. Canadian writer Rand Flem-
Ath also found that if the Great Pyramid at Giza were considered the
0 degree meridian, the longitude and latitude locations of the world’s
32
 Who are the gods?

sacred sites fit together in neat geometrical patterns.5 More on this

later, but for now this theory serves as a possible reason why
legendary ancient civilizations collapsed so long ago and fell into
myth.
Another clue is the sudden appearance of fully developed
agriculture crops like corn. Don’t forget the anthropological mystery
of the “missing link.” In addition, all sorts of strange, anomalous
artifacts called “ooparts” for out of place artifacts have been found
and officially documented. These baffling discoveries include
strangely shaped skulls, hundreds of artifacts and drawings depicting
humanoid reptilians, skeletons from giants with six fingers and toes
and two rows of teeth, modern-looking artifacts like screws, polished
metal spark plugs and gold chains found inside millions of years of
coal or rock, human footprints inside dinosaur prints, bullets in pre-
historical animal bones, ancient, detailed maps of an ice-free
Antarctica, the Antikythera Mechanism, and many other things that
have been conveniently swept under the carpet by mainstream
science. (Check out books like Forbidden Archeology by Michael A.
Cremo and Richard L. Thompson or Our Haunted Planet by John
Keel for more on the subject.) Stories of all kinds of strange beings
haunt our most ancient memories, and millions of sightings are
recorded by credible organizations all over the world to this day, yet
go strangely unheeded – pay no attention to the man behind the
curtain!
Ancient Sumerian tablets are one of many cultural references
from across the world that discuss the multiple gods, or custodians,
who were, or are, involved in an ancient battle on our planet. The
Bible refers to the small-g “gods” too: “Tell them this: ‘These gods,
who did not make the heavens and the earth, will perish from the
earth and from under the heavens.’” (Jeremiah 10-11). “For the Lord
is the great God, the great King above all gods.” (Psalms 95:3)
Various Mystery Schools and secret societies elaborate on the
idea of super-beings, gods or ‘ascended masters’, to be the source for
secret divine knowledge left behind, like sacred geometry, alchemy,
and the controversial science of grid harmonics and free energy. The
Nazis during World War II were similarly influenced by occult ideas
of a race of super-beings with divine knowledge, and just like in the
movies, actively searched for relics of their supposed forgotten
33
Surfing the Tao

technology like the Ark of the Covenant, the Holy Grail and the Spear
of Destiny (which pierced Jesus’ side). The Nazis believed the
descendants of these gods to be the ‘chosen race’.
The recently discovered and hotly debated “Bible Code”
allegedly makes reference to multiple gods originating in another
world. So do the controversial Dead Sea Scrolls, and the various
books of the Apocrypha. The names were changed along with other
details, but like the story of Noah’s flood, the same story can be found
everywhere. Just about every ancient culture around the globe tells a
similar story of a group of super-beings coming down to earth,
creating man, ruling over people, mating with humans, founding and
destroying cities, demanding sacrifice, flooding the earth or just
fighting amongst themselves.
Think about all the stories of ‘gods’ roaming the planet in
various places; Greece, Rome, India, China, Scandinavia, Mexico,
Peru, Hawaii, Egypt, and even ancient America. The Maori, for
example, believe their god Tane created the first woman and that
“after the second great war in the heavens Tane forced the rebel gods
to descend to other worlds in the darkness to live there in despair for
eternity.” 6
Buddhist scripture recounts that when the King of the Gods,
Indra, was born he found himself at the top of Mount Meru in the
company of the ‘gods’ as well as the ‘troublesome asura,’ or demons.
He proceeded to get the asura drunk and threw them off the mountain
and out of heaven – they landed below at the opposite end of the
earth.7
Maybe some of them did work for the cause of love in our
world, if they helped humans rise above their simple material
existence. We may never know how many people have successfully
ascended past our awareness throughout time. But the evidence left
down here, including millions of miserable non-loving souls,
indicates many of these “gods” were more interested in personal
power and glory, and told humans as little as possible about their true
predicament. They are much more than just “ancient astronauts.”
Even in the original Hebrew texts, the word for God was
“Elohim,” a plural term that might have been better translated “gods”,
or sons of God, instead of “God.” Some theologians interpret this
word to represent the Trinity. But it is possible, considering the many
34
 Who are the gods?

similarities from cultures around the world, that these were instead a
strange race of superheroes, ‘small-g’ gods bent on doing their own
will in our dimension. Today various fringe groups are even
trumpeting their return to our world. They work hard to be perceived
as God, even pretending to love man. But judging from the remains of
their dangerous technology we will investigate later, it seems they had
motives and agendas they kept hidden from us.
There are various cultural traditions that refer to a serpent god
or goddess called “El”, and they remind us of other names like “Bel”
or “Baal”, “Belial”, “Bethel”, or “Be-elzebub.” Some translate “El” to
mean “Shining One” and often these ‘gods’ were reported to have a
mysterious glowing countenance. This is found elsewhere as well.
The Maori record the appearance of their god Rongamai, “his
appearance was like a shining star, like a fiery flame, like a sun.” 8
Many of the various cultural, mystical or esoteric traditions
speak of a group of beings whose name features the sound “an”.
Author William Henry in his book One Foot in Atlantis believes the
“An” to be the same as the “El”. The descriptions are indeed similar.
The Phoenicians, who according to Biblical studies and archeology
were Canaanites and spoke a Semitic language, worshipped three
main gods, all known by several names: El, God, Baal, Lord, or
Melqart; Astarte, Baalat or Lady; and Adonis, or Adonai, ‘My
Master.’9
An ancient Sumerian text the Enuma Elish called them the
“Anunna” or the “Annunaki,” the Serpent Kings. In West Africa, the
deity Dan is depicted as a snake with its tail in its mouth, similar to
the alchemical symbol of the ouroboros. In the Old Testament, the
D’an or Dani-el were a Hebrew tribe whose job it was to preserve and
transmit the secrets of the Ark of the Covenant and other relics. The
Children of D’an, or the Shining Ones of An, guarded the treasures of
the Temple of Solomon. The Native American Anasazi Indians claim
otherworldly origins. The Japanese have a surprising legend of their
ancestors the Ainus, or Children of Diana, who were tall, blond and
came from the sky, left for the skies, and are said to return from the
sky again someday.10 A winged ‘sun god’ symbol is found all over the
ancient world – is this some sort of flying craft, “light” being or
shining god? Author Henry points out that phonetically, one can find
the sounds “an” and “el” in the world “Atlantis”, the legendary
35
Surfing the Tao

ancient outpost city established by the Shining Ones of Tula which

disappeared beneath the waves, perhaps after the civilization had
degenerated into materialism.
Irish culture contains myths of a people called the Tuatha de’
Danann, or the People of the Goddess Diana. A popular Irish belief
widely held until the 19th century claimed these ‘gods’ were originally
angels known as the “Good People” or Elves of Ireland. These so-
called “exiles” had neither sided with Lucifer when he fell, nor
committed to God.11 They were banished to an underworld existence
by the hero gods of the invading Celts.12 The Druids were said to be
the intermediaries between the world of men and the invisible, or
underground, world of the Tuatha de’ Danann. The Celts tell us these
beings were also known as Baal, or Bel. Known to inhabit the
Otherworld, or Middle Earth, they often mischievously interfered in
human affairs. Germanic elves were thought to be demi-gods,
descendants of the gods, the Esir, and were “invisible supernatural
beings who inflicted disease on man and beast”. 13
The Eastern concept of the dragon originally referred to an
energy or spirit of life, signifying abundance, blessings, heroism,
nobility and wisdom. “The dragon is an age-old symbol of the highest
spiritual essence, embodying wisdom, strength, and the divine power
of transformation,” quotes the title page of a Shambhala Dragon
Editions book. They are considered the “angels of the Orient” and are
still loved, and associated with divinity. They are mythical creatures,
created by bringing together the best parts of various other animals.
But as the best lies contain the most truth, the original notion
now seems warped by its Mirror Image. Did the appreciation of high
ideals become worship of strange gods? Dragons now conjure up all
kinds of negative imagery, and many cultures worldwide trace ancient
worship to a serpent god, or dragon. Even Chinese myth records
worship of a dragon god by prehistoric tribes. No longer representing
the ideal of enlightenment to everyone, dragons are now associated
with secret knowledge, evil intentions not to mention actual physical
beasts and damsels in distress.
It is often difficult to discern the truth from its reflection, for
the two have been intermixed and confused for generations. Saurian
imagery is universally found in the myths of nearly every culture.
Coiled serpents were the royal sign of Lower Egypt.14 They are also
36
 Who are the gods?

found on jewels and stones used by the ancient Celts and Druids. 15
Intricate carvings at Angkor Wat in Thailand represent the “figure of
a naga [serpent] that is identified with the rainbow and this is seen as
a link or passage leading from the profane to the divine world…
Another bas-relief there shows Vishnu surrounded on either side by
garuda (bird-headed) figures with wide-open beaks disgorging the
body of a naga, or mythical snake.”16
Gargoyles guard hundreds of castles and cathedrals, and
dragons play recurring roles in fairy tales. Serpentine spirals are found
among the ruins at Avebury, England. In fact so many sites in Britain
are associated with the serpent, it was adopted as the Welsh national
emblem.17 Dragons decorate many a family crest. Serpentine shapes
are found at the mounds in the United States, like the Great Serpent
Mound earthwork in Brush Creek, Ohio.18 Worship of the serpent is
found in early South American cultures like the Aztecs, Maya,
Toltecs and Inca. American Indians as well as the ancient Mayans
worshipped a giant rattlesnake god. Most strange is that it is found
among cultures where there are no snakes, like the Eskimos of
Alaska.19
Australian aborigines revere the “rainbow serpent” as one of
their sacred symbols of creation. According to them, during
Dreamtime, when the earth was barren and featureless, the “Rainbow
Serpent” ploughed through the earth, creating rivers and other earthen
features.20 This rainbow serpent was called “Ngalyod” and was
responsible for making all the plants and people as well. Sometimes
male, sometimes female, this creative spirit in the form of a giant
python is surrounded by rainbows and is associated with water and
fertility.21
The Hindus worshiped serpent beings called nagas. In Greek
mythology, Apollo defeats the serpent god Python. Hercules battled
with Hydra, a serpent with 100 heads. Thor, the Norse god, fights the
Midgard Serpent, who encircles the world – this battle is said to
continue until the “end of the world”. The Archangel Michael slays
the dragon in the Book of Revelation. The Polynesian god Maui
battles a giant eel. In Japanese mythology, the hero Susanoo battled a
multi-headed serpent. The multi-headed snake involved in creation in
the ancient Indian Vedic and Persian myth was called Vasuki. In the
Orphic religion of the ancient Greeks, the Great Mother, depicted as a
37
Surfing the Tao

snake, mated with the World Serpent, Ophion, to create the cosmic
egg of creation.
The serpent theme is disturbing but found everywhere. In his
search for advanced technology in our prehistory, controversial author
Erick von Daniken kept finding the saurian race wherever he looked,
to his own consternation, “why have snakes so persistently made their
home in all the creation stories and myths?” 22 He noted that
astrophysicist Dr. Irene Sanger-Bredt in her book Ungeloste Ratsel de
Schoftung (Unsolved Puzzles of the Creation) wrote, “Why does the
dragon motif play such an important part in the figurative
representations and myths of the ancient Chinese, Indians,
Babylonians, Egyptians, Jews, Germans and Mayas?” Robert
Charroux’s book The Masters of the World also quotes the similarities
in ancient texts in their reverence for the serpent, which was
worshipped as a god and said to be responsible for bringing “light” or
“illumination” into the world.
Some authors believe these serpents are the physical
‘custodians’, or guardians, of Earth. Intelligent humanoid reptilians
are said to have knowledge and technologies far beyond our own, like
the ability to shape-shift, like a chameleon, and can exist in other
realms or dimensions. The Comanche Indians have a myth of a shape-
shifting demon that torments people. Other researchers believe these
“creator gods” could be the ancestors of the Nordic race, tall, blonde
blue-eyed beings. Maybe there were more than one group of beings;
similar myths are found the world over. Some believed our planet just
changed “ownership” several times throughout the ages. Writer David
Icke boldly believes the Nordic and serpent races interbred and
created alliances and ruling families whose white-skinned
descendants continue to dominate today’s royal bloodlines.
Another interpretation claims the dragon motif was adopted to
describe the fiery serpents in the sky – the flying machines
themselves. And since the serpentine spiral is found also in the very
shape of our very DNA, perhaps there is even a stranger explanation.
Could other-dimensional realities exist on the atomic level – is our
consciousness simply visiting our own cells?
Swiss anthropologist Jeremy Narby wrote a book in 1995
called The Cosmic Serpent, DNA and the Origins of Knowledge. He
reveals the incredible information gleaned by tribal shamans in altered
38
 Who are the gods?

states of consciousness, such as incredibly sophisticated combinations

of plant extracts used by Amazonian tribes for medicine, knowledge
of which they claimed came from the plants themselves. Narby
himself took their hallucinogenic drug called ayahuasca, during which
he “encountered a pair of gigantic snakes that lectured him on his
insignificance as a human being and the limits of his knowledge,
which turned out to be an important personal turning point. He began
to question his Western preconceptions and approached his
subsequent studies in a more open-minded and less scientifically
arrogant way. He wrote it was the serpents that caused thoughts to
enter his mind he would not have otherwise had.” 23
Narby mentions the similar experiences of fellow
anthropologist Michael Harner in the Peruvian Amazon in the 1960s.
Harner wrote of his own hallucinogenic experience, “For several
hours after drinking the brew, I found myself, although awake, in a
world literally beyond my wildest dreams. I met bird-headed people,
as well as dragon-like creatures who explained that they were the true
gods of this world.” 24
The serpent symbol echoes the ancient notion of mystical
spirals, like the Golden Mean or closely related Fibonacci, found in
flowers, ferns and mollusks. Some ancients, like Pythagoras, believed
the spiral was the key to the mystery of the universe. Its shape is
found everywhere in nature, from within the DNA to out in the
cosmos. Could the serpent represent a spiraling wormhole in the
galaxy as well as our genetic coding? As above, so below, goes the
Hermetic axiom.
According to local legend, the curiously ancient megalithic
ruins of Nan Madol on a tiny island in Micronesia were built by a
fire-breathing dragon, who created the canals, and had a magical
“helper” who knew a rhyme which could make the “basalt blocks fly
without lifting a finger.”25 The theme from ancient legendary
civilizations like Atlantis and Lemuria-Mu is the snake or serpent.
They were known as the Dragon Lands. The Greeks claimed a dragon
guarded Atlantis. Native American records call Atlantis “Itzamana”,
which means “Dragon Land”. An Indian text describes a lost
continent called Kumari Kandam, meaning “Dragon Lands of the
Immortal Serpents.” 26 A half-man, half-serpent creature called Fu-
Hsi is said to have established the Chinese civilization. Credo Mutwa,
39
Surfing the Tao

a Zulu shaman, author of a book called Song of the Stars, wrote

“…the Nommo, who resemble the king of the Water People in our
legend…[are] said to be intelligent beings who have visited the Earth
several times…somewhat like human beings, but with skins like
reptiles.”27 Carlos Castaneda described Don Juan’s experience with an
inter-dimensional saurian race. Several people have published books
about their terrifying and often tragic personal confrontations with
exactly such beings in today’s world. And this is just a tiny part of the
volumes of information I found written on this bizarre subject.
The idea that humans have more or less of these reptilian traits
is a common theme amongst the ancients as well as modern science.
Studies suggest if dinosaurs had continued to evolve, they might
resemble humanoids by now. Indeed they have found remains of
biped saurians. NASA contracted Dale Russell, a senior
paleontologist at North Caroline University, to create a model of what
extraterrestrial life might look like. He evolved the “Troodon”
dinosaur over millions of years of genetic changes and ended up with
a reptilian humanoid identical to those claimed to have been seen by
modern “abductees.”28 In fact the most ancient part of a human brain,
called the reptilian brain or “R –complex” by scientists, is the source
for our cold-blooded characteristics and is thought to have evolved
from an evolutionary link between dinosaurs and mammals.
Besides that a few people are still born with tails, webbed
fingers and toes and patches of scaly skin, our connection to our
reptilian past is best understood through character traits. The reptilian
brain is characterized by activities such as obsessive-compulsive
behavior, rituals and superstitious acts, dualistic belief structures,
conformity, hierarchical behavior, ceremony and legalism. The
ancient stories suggest these ‘gods’ could be cruel, selfish, and
lacking in compassion for the poor humans they made to work. Traits
now often found amongst humans as well; traits that are certainly not
of the Tao.
Are such creatures from another planet or dimension, or
within our own Earth? The Mayan Popul Vuh talks about the return of
their feathered serpent god Quetzalcoatl to the stars. A Tibetan
Buddhist book called Kantyua, which means “the translated word of
Buddha,” tells of “pearls in the sky” which transport the “gods” to the
world of men. 29 A 4,700 year old Babylonian poem called “flight of
40
 Who are the gods?

Etana” strangely describes the view of Earth from the sky, gradually
getting smaller and then disappearing, as if the viewer were traveling
in outer space. 30 Other researchers believe there are vast hollow
spaces within the Earth where these beings now reside. Maybe these
“other places” are more subtle and difficult to discern, the inner earth
or outer cosmos simply being different perceptions of the same place,
or portals that lead to alternate dimensions.
Their origins may have been enlightened, but at least some of
the group that “fell” to our earthly frequency seemed to be a rebel
faction, intent on separating themselves from God and governing
Earth as they saw fit, often under a guise of love and generosity. But
their mere presence indicates they are enacting their own selfish will,
not the loving will of the Tao. And they seek to teach us poor ignorant
humans to join them in this subtle rebellion. Any ‘enlightenment’ or
technology they bring is on their own terms.
The Sumerians recorded that a mysterious 10th planet called
An, NAN.TIL.LA.KU., or Nibiru, whose orbit around the sun takes a
staggering 3600 years, originates in the galactic core and is said to be
the source of souls, original matter as well as all life force energy. The
Mayans called this “Tula”, the “white (pure) place” or the “place of
herons,” white birds which symbolize resurrection and ascension.
Quetzalcoatl came to earth to build a temple called Tula; supposedly
he carried knowledge designed to “uplift the human race”. 31
Author Henry points out this heavenly place is found
referenced in several other cultural traditions, characterized by a cross
symbolizing the four rivers of matter and souls spewing out from its
center. In the Comanche Indian creation myth, the Great Spirit
collects dust from the ‘four corners’ of the world to create people. The
Tahitian creator god Taaroa called on the four corners of the universe.
There are the four rivers of Eden in Genesis and the four corners of
the world in the Book of Revelation. In the Nordic Edda there are
four streams of souls, which originate from a central fountain in the
‘home of the gods’. The Hindus tell of a fourfold headspring at the
‘center of heaven.’ The Aztecs spoke of a promised land of dazzling
whiteness with white snakes and white trees, a Source from which
springs a Tree of Life with four major roots, along which flow four
sacred rivers in four sacred directions. This living ‘water’ (energy?)
united and sustained all life.
41
Surfing the Tao

Is this location really in our hearts, at the heart of our cells, or

the heart of the galaxy? The galactic core is located in the southern
portion of the constellation called Ophiuchus, or the “Serpent
Holder”, next to Orion. Some believe it is the missing or hidden
thirteenth constellation in our zodiac, also known as Dinah, or Diana,
the “light of An.” According to Time Magazine on May 12, 1997,
NASA pointed their Compton Gamma Ray Observatory directly at
the center of the Milky Way and found a “veritable colossus of
antimatter…spewing out from the center of our galaxy” which
nobody predicted.32 Is this a “white hole”, the opposite of a black
hole, which instead sucks in matter?
The information available regarding “black” or “white” holes
is mostly theoretical, though astronomers have now learned to use
sensitive telescopic photography to prove the existence of the rapidly
spinning masses of material surrounding these dense centers in other
galaxies. Strangely enough the pictures looked like spiraling spheres
with four streams of light coming out from the center. They
postulated the black holes could have something to do with the
creation of the galaxy, as well as its demise. They theorized the
“black” holes go through periods of intense feeding, and then seem to
grow inactive for a time. Theoretically, whatever a black hole can
suck in, including time itself can be spewed forth from a “white” hole.
The passageways between them are referred to as wormholes,
gateways through space/time. A Schwarzschild Wormhole, or Eisen-
Rosen Bridge, is a theory which unites two black holes at their event
horizons. One is upright, the other upside down, with matter rushing
through the tube between them. This concept mirrors our ancients’
views about our reality.
Some say the original heavenly location of Tula was the
inspiration for the earthly copy called Atlantis, known for its layout in
concentric circular canals around a central cross. In Sanskrit, “Tula”
means “balance” and it is associated with the joining of the earth to
heaven. A Mongolian myth tells of a sky god who came to Tula to
reconnect or re-tie the earth with heaven using gold as an interface.33
Gold, an excellent electrical conductor, is thought by scientists to
make up as much as 1% of the earth’s core, enough to spread across
the continents knee deep. The mining and use of gold in ancient
technology kept coming up throughout my research.
Gold is also found all over the Bible.
42
What are they doing here?

There are those whose scholarly or scientific pursuits, or

whose belief in “aliens”, cause them to discount the existence of God.
Others are so focused on their own comfortable interpretation of their
religious tradition that they could be led away from their faith
altogether if presented with shocking new information. I seek to
clarify our relationship with God, the Tao, while continuing to
explore the evidence of our origins. Knowing Him, we can avoid any
dangers that arise from misinterpreting our strange reality.
I believe everything, including humans, was originally created
and evolved by our loving quantum Source. But our creation myths
suggest human evolution was ‘adjusted’ somewhere along the way.
Already the warped Mirror Image was in the works; someone was
trying to play “God”. Many religious texts contain important clues to
the nature of our reality, but have been misconstrued over the
centuries.
Since I began listening to God through the Spirit, I realized
how important it is to consider the truth for ourselves, instead of only
listening to someone else’s interpretation. Einstein warned,
“Condemnation without investigation is the height of ignorance.”
Community and fellowship gives us strength and support in life, but
to stop thinking for ourselves is downright dangerous. I encourage
everyone to search their spirits and do their own research.
The Tao wants us to walk in love, not argue legalisms
amongst ourselves. Tune in properly and develop your own sense of
discernment. Developing this focus helps us each know, in our gut,
when we are walking the Way of love and when the wool is being
pulled over our eyes.
In fact, few of our religions are really pure. They all contain
aspects of other older cultural traditions. For example, it is common
knowledge that since medieval times many Christian churches were
built on old pagan sites. The Church also continued the ritual practice
of requiring a mediator or priest, like an oracle, to speak to God.
Many people continue to imagine this one “God” was a personality
who resembled the people’s more familiar “Zeus” or other such
43
Surfing the Tao

anthropomorphic notion, rather than actually understand the nature of

the true ‘quantum’ God and their higher spiritual potential. Some of
the rituals and words can even be traced back to earlier Egyptian or
Babylonian pagan religions, leading many to disregard the entire
belief system, including its core message of love.
Even though he is memorialized in the Vatican for his efforts
instituting Christianity, Constantine himself is thought by some to
have treated this new “God of Christianity” similar to the pagan gods,
such as Apollo, to whom he had already sworn his allegiance. He was
known to have used epithets as comprehensible to the pagan world as
to the Christian. In fact, it was only when he knew he was truly dying
that he finally agreed to be baptized and exchanged his royal purple
for the white of the newly baptized Christian.1 Some researchers have
pointed out other confusing reuses of pagan images, such as the
mother-son goddess-gods in Christianity, doing further damage to the
core message.
The message was also ignored when Charlemagne came on
the scene in the ninth century and demanded everyone in his Empire
either be baptized or be killed. His style was then imitated throughout
Western Europe, using religion as a method of kingship and rule.
Though it is credited for bringing stability into the region, as Islam
did for parts of Africa, it has led to a wave of modern spiritualism
seeking a departure from such a cruel history.2 These days many
people seeking the divine in life are gravitating away from traditional
religions and toward a more sensitive yet lukewarm global pluralism.
Stepping out against mainstream academia, not to mention
religion, Dr. Zecharia Sitchin has written many controversial books
on this subject. Born in Russia and raised in Palestine, Sitchin learned
both modern and ancient Hebrew at an early age and went on to study
other Semitic and European languages at the University of London.
He is one of the few researchers alive today who can read ancient
Sumerian. He has done his own translations of the Bible as well as
other ancient stories and believes many of our modern translations are
insufficient. He outlined his conclusions at a lecture he gave in
Bellaria, Italy on April 1, 2000. “We are not alone – not just in the
vast universe, but in our own solar system. There is one more planet
in our solar system, orbiting beyond Pluto but nearing Earth
periodically. Advanced “extraterrestrials” - the Sumerians called them
44
 What are they doing here?

Annunaki, the Bible Nephilim – started to visit our planet some

450,000 years ago. And, some 300,000 years ago, they engaged in
genetic engineering to upgrade Earth’s hominids and fashion Homo
Sapiens, the Adam.” He translates Annunaki to literally mean “those
who from Heaven to Earth came.” Nephilim means “the ones who fell
down”.
The controversy at that time involved a high official from the
Vatican, Monsignor Corrado Balducci, an expert on demonology,
who was said to agree with Sitchin that the Bible does not rule of the
possibility of extraterrestrial life. He stated, “It is entirely credible that
in the enormous distance between angels and humans, there could be
found some middle stage, that is beings with a body like ours but
more elevated spiritually. If such intelligent beings really exist on
other planets, only science will be able to prove; but in spite of what
some people think we would be in a position to reconcile their
existence.”3 He noted that Sitchin referred to the physical plane but
that a well respected Vatican theologian, Professor Father Marakoff,
had formulated a hypothesis that when God created man, it was not
from just mud and slime but that it had more to do with taking an
existing creature and giving it self-awareness: a soul.
In his books including The Twelfth Planet and The Cosmic
Code, Sitchin translates Sumerian texts such as the Enuma Elish that
explain exactly how the Adam, the first Homo Sapiens, was created,
and the process sounds exactly like that of creating a test tube baby,
or clone. In the 1970s, geneticist Dr. Douglas C. Wallace led the
controversial discovery that all humans can be traced back through
the mitochondria of the female DNA to a single female on Earth
around 250,000 years ago.
According to ancient Sumerian texts, the ‘gods’ took and used
an existing earth creature for their own purposes. Modern science tells
us that human genes are 99% chimpanzee. When the human genome
was recently mapped scientist were humbled to find out it contained
just over 30,000 genes instead of the anticipated 100,000-140,000;
even insects have up to 19,000. In fact we share 70% of a mouse’s
genes as well. What is strange is that in humans there are 223
completely enigmatic genes, which are entirely absent in
invertebrates; they have no precursors whatsoever. “It is a jump that
does not follow current evolutionary theories,” stated Steven Scherer,
45
Surfing the Tao

director of mapping of the Human Genome Sequencing Center at

Baylor College of Medicine.4 Some researchers outside orthodox
science have commented on the unlikelihood that humans suddenly
evolved to have a much higher intelligence and even different look.
We were suddenly endowed with 50% bigger brain and the addition
of language ability in the neo-cortex.
Interestingly, there are actually two creation stories in
Genesis; first man is created, then the Adam. Because the stories are
so similar to other, earlier sources, many scholars believe part of it
was taken from ancient sources such as the Enuma Elish. Other
evidence of this interference can be found in the books of the
Apocrypha such as the Book of Enoch, texts that didn’t make the final
cut into the Bible in the fourth century. Similar stories are found in
nearly every ancient culture worldwide, which tell of multiple creator
gods who fiddled with God’s original creation. Certainly our great
quantum God created everything in the beginning, including man, and
perhaps the process of evolution itself, with a Word, a sound, a ‘big
bang’. But maybe in this next part there was something else going on.
Maybe there were other beings here, with reason to change or warp
man to suit their own needs.

“The elohim said, “Let us make man in our image, in

our likeness, and let them rule over the fish of the sea
and the birds of the air, over the livestock, over all the
earth, and over all the creatures that move along the
ground. So the elohim created man in their own image,
male and female they created them,” –Genesis 1:26-27.

Church fathers may have another interpretation in mind; that is

all well and good for now. I only suggest awareness of these theories
in case future events bear them out. Better to be shocked now and at
least be prepared, instead of being shocked out of ignorance later.
Because if strange beings appear on Earth someday claiming to be
these “Elohim” or “Annunaki” and show us great ‘magical’ wonders,
some believers could take it to mean they are the good guys, simply
because they are in the Book. In fact this may be exactly what “they”
want.

46
 What are they doing here?

Zecharia Sitchin explains that the Hebrew word avod, which is

commonly translated as ‘worship’, could instead mean ‘work.’ He
suggests ancient and biblical man did not ‘worship’ his god; he
worked for him. The ancient texts explain humans were created
because the gods were tired and “here was no man to work the
ground.” – Genesis 2:4. They could have taken what precursors to
man existed on earth, maybe upgrade the genetics a little bit to make
him fit for work, and put him to work in their “garden.”
The ancient myths suggest the Annunaki labored here to mine
gold. Strangely, there is evidence of ancient gold mines going back
over 100,000 years in Africa. Theoretically gold particles can help
heal ozone depletion in the atmosphere, and has been suggested for
such use by our own scientists. Later on, however, I shall discuss a
possible alternative use for the gold as a power source for celestial
technology, which enables space/time travel, enlightened perception
and even immortality: the actual “Tree of Life” or Golden Apple.
The ‘one who thinks he is God’ probably had lots of reasons
to keep the workers far from this knowledge. These gods didn’t want
to lose their miners to spiritual ascension into the higher realms.
Except for a select, secretive elite, which has warped this information
for power and control over the centuries, we are in fact still lacking
knowledge of these advanced abilities.
Many respected scientists and thinkers today agree on the
possibility of I.D., or “Intelligent Design”, as an explanation for the
‘missing link’. Religious people might take issue with the notion that
we were not a 100% direct creation from “God”. But one could argue
that in fact our existence was in His will from the beginning.
Regardless of how we came to be, He now has a unique, wonderful
race of beings who are capable of the greatest and purest love and joy
of any other creature – it is why, if we choose to live like this, we are
promised a place ‘above the angels’. But we have to first save
ourselves – we must each overcome a negative state of being. We
must use our free will and choose to see beyond our present condition.
Such knowledge has been kept hidden from us since the beginning.

“The man has now become like one of us, knowing

good and evil. He must not be allowed to reach out his

47
Surfing the Tao

hand and take also from the tree of life and eat, and
live forever.” - Genesis 3:22

The various super beings that exist outside of the Tao have
done their best to keep people tuned into the material world and
unaware of their choice to live in love, in a higher plane. Genesis and
other sources mention mysterious beings called the “Nephilim,” the
giants, which were supposedly the abominable result of the strange
“sons of God” having acted outside of God’s will and reproduced
with humans. Some interpret them as having been physical giants;
others believe it means giant in power and strength.

“The Nephilim were on the earth in those days-and

also afterward-when the sons of God went to the
daughters of men and had children by them. They were
the heroes of old, men of renown.”-Genesis 6:4

I found that many scholars assumed the “sons of God” were

the fallen angels themselves, but I find it difficult to imagine how an
ethereal race could breed with humans. Many people have written
entire books on this discrepancy, but I don’t see the point. There are
potentially all kinds of beings involved in the deceit. It doesn’t really
matter which ones actually interbred with humans, just that they were
clearly acting out of their own will and pleasure, rather than going
with the Tao. Instead of tuning in to love, they were making people
more aggressive and cold-blooded. Maybe they infiltrated and
contaminated the genetics of the humans to keep them away from the
“frequency of ascension”, to help perpetuate a non-love
consciousness.
Stories of “demons” raping women or fairies stealing children
are found as far back as the middle ages, when learned men seemed to
agree on the existence of such creatures. A Franciscan monk called
Lodovico Maria Sinistrari wrote a treatise called Demoniality in the
late seventeenth century about the differences and abilities of various
entities, known to appear and disappear at will and fornicate with
mortal men and women.5
Sinistrari suggested the “gods” of ancient Greek and Rome
were actually incubi and succubi. Remember the strong sexual
48
 What are they doing here?

appetites of gods and goddesses like Aphrodite and Zeus, famous for
their extra-marital affairs with mortals? Stories of the resulting god-
like children of such unions like Hercules, who is said to have
ascended Mt. Olympus to be with “the gods,” still entice us. Legends
from Egypt describe an age called Tep Zepi, or First Time, when “sky
gods” came down to Earth “and gave man laws and wisdom through a
royal line of pharaohs.” 6 These Egyptian “gods” were also known to
have human qualities, enjoying wine and women.
The following Dead Sea scroll fragment was found at
Qumrum,

“13. [They (the leaders) and all…of them took for

themselves] wives from all that they chose and [they
began to cohabit with them and to defile themselves
with them]; and to teach them sorcery and [spells and
the cutting of roots, and to acquaint them with herbs.]
And they become pregnant by them and bo[re (great)
giants three thousand cubits high…] – Book of Enoch

Other writers also suggest similar identities for our mythical

legends.

“The Hebrew word for giants (nephilim) literally

means the fallen-down-ones because these tall celestial
beings fell from the sky. Their half-breed progeny and
their descendants are often mentioned in the early
books of the Old Testament until the last of them were
finally killed off. They were known as the Rephaim
[Hebrew for ‘phantoms’], Emim, Anakim, Horim,
Avim and Zamzummim. Some scholars speculate that
this tradition of giants born from the union of gods and
humans formed the basis for the demigod of Greek
Mythology.”– Raymond E. Fowler, The Watchers

“The tradition in Genesis 6.4 may reflect the Canaanite

myth of the birth of minor gods from the union of El
and human women. The conception of the Rephaim as
supermen may reflect the Canaanite tradition of
49
Surfing the Tao

defunct kings as rp’um, or Dispensers of fertility. The

identity in tradition of ‘the fallen ones’ of Genesis 6.4
and the Rephaim is supported by the nature of the
latter in Proverbs 2:18; Job 26:5, and Phoenician
funerary inscriptions.” – John Gray, Near Eastern
Mythology

There are books being published today that actually help

people obtain sexual relationships with demons, the “sons and
daughters of Lilith.” Thousands of stories of “alien abductions” and
subsequent failed pregnancies suggest such unfathomable acts also
continue against our will. “Each generation has its own visions and
stories, its own dreams and magic. In the wider context, Ireland’s
fairy lore hasn’t been entirely supplanted by the current flirtation with
beings from outer space. Sidhe [fairy] kidnappings, alien abduction.
Don’t they strike the same mythic cord?”7 Author John A. Keel wrote
in his work Operation Trojan Horse, “The UFO manifestations seem
to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demon-
ological phenomenon.”
Sightings of heavenly craft have been recorded since ancient
times. The Bible talks of strange vehicles and creatures in the books
of Ezekiel and Revelation, among others. Pictures of questionable
objects and beings have been found in ancient cave drawings as well
as medieval paintings. Ancient Indian “vimana” which soar through
the heavens are mentioned throughout the Mahabharata. Strange stone
objects that resemble modern fighter jets are on display in places like
the British Museum. The Dropa stones found in China tell of a people
having come from another world, and were accompanied by a race of
small, strange-looking people whose descendants can still be found
there today. A stone-age tribal culture called the Dogon in Africa
knew that Sirius, the Dog Star, was a binary star system before our
modern telescopes could even see it.
The scholarly establishment discredited writer Erich von
Daniken’s theory of “ancient astronauts” after it was revealed he had
embellished his facts. Various religious leaders also accused him of
attacking Biblical scripture. These theories remain the laughing stock
of academia. This inexplicable deceit by Daniken, whatever his own
reasons, certainly served to discredit the entire subject. As writer
50
 What are they doing here?

Colin Wilson wrote in his 1972 book Crash of the Chariots, “This is a
pity, for there is far more convincing evidence that that presented by
Daniken.”
William Bramley, author of Gods of Eden, had no belief of
knowledge of UFOs before he began his book on the history of war.
His conclusions were so disturbing to him that he set aside his
research for a time unable to write about it. (I sure know how he felt.)
He finally concluded in 1989,

“Human beings appear to be a slave race languishing

on a isolated planet in a small galaxy. As such, the
human race was once a source of labor for an
extraterrestrial civilization and still remains a
possession today. To keep control over its possession
and to maintain Earth as something of a prison, that
other civilization has bred never-ending conflict
between human beings, has promoted human spiritual
decay, and has erected on Earth conditions of
unremitting physical hardship. This situation has lasted
for thousands of years and it continues today.”8

Author David Icke echoes the thought,

“In summary, a race of interbreeding [‘royal’ reptile-

human hybrid] bloodlines…were centered in the
Middle East and Near East in the ancient world, and
over the thousands of years since, have expanded their
power across the globe…creating institutions like
religions to mentally and emotionally imprison the
masses and set them at war with each other.”

This is not science fiction, which has corrupted our

understanding of these things by often portraying them as fantasy on
television and movies. It is very real and serious indeed, especially
when you consider not just the legacy of bloodshed and war, but the
countless thousands of people, including children, who are murdered,
seriously abused or go missing each year.

51
Surfing the Tao

A Native American of Hopi and Apache descent, Robert

Morning Sky, wrote “The Terra Papers,” the account of a little known
UFO crash in August 1947. It was just after the famous Roswell
incident when six of his fellow tribesmen found a crashed disc and an
injured, but living, alien creature in the New Mexico desert. Instead of
turning in the creature to the military, the Indians cared for the being
themselves in their home. Communicating through a mysterious
crystal device, the creature conveyed a story of the history of Earth
similar to other myths worldwide. This “Star Elder”, called Bak’Ti,
claimed his kind had been on Earth since it was a “…barren rock.
They were here throughout evolution. In some cases their
involvement was benevolent and in some cases it was not. Man has
been guided…and he has been misled. The Star beings have been our
gods…and our devils. They have always been here, and they are still
here now.” Morning Sky writes that humans were created by DNA
manipulation for labor in mining operations. Different factions were
“vying for control of Earth” so they inbred humans with their own
and other various genetics, some thus becoming more docile, others
becoming more intelligent and independent. Morning Sky further
relates that a later alien leader called “Ra” attempted to destroy the
evidence of this true history in order to keep humans ignorant and
more controllable. However, Ra lost control of Earth to another alien
race descended from lizards, known today as the “greys.”9
The Roswell incident has become modern folklore. In some
countries, such as Mexico and Brazil, there is less cover-up and
sightings are discussed openly on the news. There was a brief period
in the Soviet Union after glasnost when unidentified phenomena were
openly discussed and investigated in the media, but it didn’t last long.
An international assortment of government officials, past presidents,
pilots, astronauts and millions of citizens have recorded sightings, and
in some cases even close encounters or outright abductions. Some
claim the rapid increase of technological advancement like transistors,
micro-circuitry, nanotechnology and alternative energy sources in the
past fifty years is due to “reverse engineering” of alien technology,
such information having allegedly been traded for access to the
people of earth for their genetics and/or ‘spiritual energy’. Many of
the ‘unidentified’ objects are reportedly our own military craft. Jim
Marrs outlines the astounding evidence for a military cover up in his
52
 What are they doing here?

book Alien Agenda, one of the most objective, well researched and
documented books I have ever come across on the subject.
From what I can tell, and I am not alone, there are many sorts
of strange, otherworldly beings working for the bad guys. They
infiltrate our dreams and imaginations, sending mixed messages about
the nature of our reality. They created generations of worship and
acknowledgement from various cultures around the globe. They can
appear as bright, loving beings of light and love who seem to have our
best interests at heart. Millions of people’s experiences with these
often terrifying, other-worldly entities have established a cleverly
thorough, yet insidiously false understanding of the spiritual realms,
our eternal natures and the future of the planet.
Since we have forgotten the universal laws of manipulating
our reality we have long since allowed these other creatures to do it
for us. We think war and misery and various human dramas are just
part of life, when in fact they are not. Most people don’t know that
our world is out of balance. The deceit is easy to hide in this
dimension, where the spiritual side of life is invisible, and our life
spans are so relatively brief. It seems to most of us that this is just the
way the world has always been; we figure three thousand years or so
is an awfully long time to have records of, when in fact we may have
no idea about what is really going on at all.
They came to earth from another time, another planet, another
dimension – whatever. We are the fish in a pond, unable to conceive
of the multi-dimensional universe, particularly the nonphysical
realities. What we can, and I believe should understand, is that they
do exist and are the source for whatever misery is present on earth
today. Human beings do NOT have any such natural inclination
towards evil. I firmly believe our spiritual natures originate from a
loving Source. It has been the torment of these bad guys that has
created this disturbing dualistic or “non-love” culture. From the
beginning, they cursed us to pain and toil upon the earth. They even
like to claim they created human beings. However, we must remind
them, even if they “re-created” and interbred foreign races with the
existing humans, that God, the Tao, is the Source for all Creation. He
made the dirt and clay they used. Some believe there were eras in
which people possessed perfect understanding of their spiritual roots –
they were born knowing how to Surf, and lived their whole lives
53
Surfing the Tao

without ego or self, in the Flow. Later, people were tempted with the
material world and their freedom to choose not to go with the Flow.
Eventually they lost awareness altogether, and forgot there was even a
flow to follow. Sounds like us.
These strange gods may have introduced certain knowledge
and living standards to the local people, so we wouldn’t die out
completely (what fun would it be without us?) but they also
apparently brought blood sacrifice, sexual bondage, genetic
mutilation, forced worship, wars, terror and other chaos. All religious
traditions are laden with tales of beings with a superior knowledge
who enjoy worship and reverence in exchange for distributing
wisdom to the people. Far from being aliens, gods or angels of love
and light, as they are fond of claiming, they literally thrive on the
energy frequency derived of power, control, frustration, anger and
even terror. Throughout the millennia they helped instill and even
breed these same qualities into humans. Tragically, because of this
thousands if not millions of people have perhaps been rendered
genetically unable to hear this message.
This concentration on conflict throughout our history has kept
us far from a planetary frequency of love. They thrive on war, fear,
drama, sacrifice, misery, terror and chaos. God never required
sacrifice of any kind from us besides being loving and thankful. I
believe these old commands are a remnant of the gods, well known to
relish sacrifice and drink blood. A loving God would never ask even a
small animal to give up its life.

“I have no need of a bull from your stall or of goats

from your pens, for every animal of the forest is mine,
and the cattle on a thousand hills…Do I eat the flesh of
bulls or drink the blood of goats? Sacrifice thank
offerings to God, fulfill your vows to the Most High,
and call upon me in the day of trouble; I will deliver
you, and you will honor me.”-Psalm 50:9-10, 13-15

“For I desire mercy, not sacrifice, and

acknowledgment of God rather than burnt offerings.”
– Hosea 6:5-6

54
 What are they doing here?

He only wants us to acknowledge Him, thank him and love

him. If you think about it, most people alive today do not do even
these simple things.
The good news is, we can use our free will, activate our own
spirits and learn to discern the truth for ourselves. We can break the
Mirror and Surf right out of the illusion if we want to; there is a Way
if we open our hearts and retune.
You just have to open your eyes and heart, and go out and find
the evidence. Most people are either too scared to know the truth, or
simply don’t have time to. Unfortunately, they are in danger of being
misled. It is clear that whoever these gods are, they or their followers
do not want us to know of our eternal natures. They cursed us to pain,
submission, sweat and toil upon the earth until our physical bodies
die, and that is all we are allowed to know – for now.
I cannot agree that we should live in shame for any “sin”. The
Tao does not require guilt, curse us, increase our pain or even
command us not to do something; His will is simple but constant love,
peace and harmony. Murder and mayhem automatically disappear
with such a consciousness – specifics aren’t necessary.

“The more laws and restrictions there are, the poorer

people become…
The more rules and regulations, the more thieves and
robbers.” - Lao Tzu

It is not our fault that we have been trapped, unaware of the

consciousness required to understand and internalize this wisdom.
The truth is He wants us to know about our spiritual immortality and
live forever with Him in joy. But we must first know about this
option, and then choose it. How we find out about the choice in the
first place is a bit of a paradox – it’s what the good guys have been up
to, passing down the message of Love, and how to live in His will, or
Surf the Tao.
I credit our real loving God, the true Source, with our initial
creation. You can bet He knows what’s going on, and wants us to
understand our eternal natures.

55
Surfing the Tao

“He who has an ear, let him hear…To him who

overcomes, I will give the right to eat from the tree of
life, which is in the paradise of God.”
– Revelation 2:7

Overcome the lower vibrational world with the frequency of

love, and you will live forever. Seek first His Kingdom - tune in - and
all things will be given unto you. Our loving Tao doesn’t keep secrets
from us, or deny us eternal life.

“He said to them, ‘Do you bring in a lamp to put it

under a bowl or a bed? Instead, don’t you put it on its
stand? For whatever is hidden is meant to be disclosed,
and whatever is concealed is meant to be brought out
into the open. If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.”
-Mark 4:21-23

I believe we were meant to know about our eternal souls. But

we were blinded by an illusion; our higher abilities were turned off, or
we were forced out of a higher dimension or frequency of existence.
To keep us down here and entranced by the Reflection, they train us
to do their will, which is adhere to the standard established mindset
and the desires of our physical bodies, instead of seek God’s will for
our spiritual natures. They definitely do not want us to learn to Surf
the Tao, for then we would no longer be victims to their abuse.
Even so, this does not mean that all of these strange beings
were bad guys. Some people believe that at least one of these Shining
Ones was on our side at the time of our (re)creation. Translations of
the Sumerian Enuma Elish talk of a being called Enki or “Ea”. Ea
wanted to teach humanity the truth about our immortality, but the
other “gods” wanted to retain control over us. The texts portray Ea as
an advocate who spoke out against the cruelties that the other “gods”
had imposed - they wanted to keep us ignorant so we would stick
around.
Other researchers suggest it was Ea who originated the
organization known as the “Brotherhood of the Serpent/Snake”, or
“Great White Brotherhood” to educate the human race in spiritual
matters. (The “white” perhaps referring not to a race, but to a certain
56
 What are they doing here?

white gold powder used for fuel and/or enlightenment.) This

Brotherhood still exists today. Whether or not it was originally
established to help us, it is now an organization that instead seeks to
corrupt and hide the truth from all but a select few, using secrets,
symbolism and mystery.

“The world is ruled by letting things take their course.

It cannot be ruled by interfering.”
- Lao Tzu

57
Secret Brotherhoods

“The world is governed by very different personages

from what is imagined by those who are not behind the
scenes.” – Benjamin Disraeli

It hasn’t been that difficult to keep such knowledge secret.

Supernatural realities are made to seem ludicrous in today’s world.
No one believes them even when presented with evidence! However,
hidden, or occult, information continues to invisibly influence our
world. Just by researching secrets one finds all kinds of interesting
related material. Secret societies, secret knowledge, secret rituals,
secret teachings, secret hide-outs, secret meetings, secret passages,
secret handshakes, secret scrolls, secret symbols, secret ballots, secret
testimony, secret government, secret mysteries, secret rooms, secret
compartments, secret technology, secret tunneling, secrets, secrets,
secrets. Don’t trust anyone who tries to sell you something “secret”.
They are full of baloney.
In this research the same names popped up again and again.
An astounding pile of evidence points to the possibility that our
world’s elite are perfectly aware of certain universal spiritual truths,
which remain largely unknown to the public. They are members of
these organizations that claim to have ‘protected’ this knowledge
since ancient times. This knowledge isn’t “evil” in and of itself, but it
can be perverted and used as a weapon. For example, if simple
knowledge of their eternal natures is kept a secret, people can be
manipulated by fear for their physical bodies. Also, suppression of the
awareness of the ethereal realms keeps its inhabitants and their
trickeries a secret. Free will is moot if we aren’t even aware of all of
our choices.
If knowledge of alternative energy sources were kept a secret,
not only would we be falsely enslaved to oil, but advanced
technologies could also be made into weapons of war or even worse
before we knew what was happening. What leaks out about this sort
of thing is either quickly discredited, or pushed to the edges of
unorthodox, nonconformist interpretations of reality. For example,
58
 Secret Brotherhoods

some claim our world’s megaliths were levitated into being with
knowledge of the manipulation of matter through certain vibrational
sounds or tones. But for most of the rest of the world, these types of
stories are just fairy tales – or lost secrets.
The most successful method to retain control over the masses
is to keep their true potential and power a secret, keep them at a low
level of education and condition them to believe this is the only way
to live. Meanwhile, power, wealth and information is gained and
maintained through warfare, exploitation and control of the world’s
political and economic systems. Our system was constructed so that it
seems rational and reasonable when it is actually slightly off center.
Liberty, justice, freedom and equality certainly aren’t evil, but when
these notions subtly misdirect so many away from love, peace and
harmony perhaps we might take a second look. Is it the Truth or the
Mirror Image? Remember, the closer to the truth, the easier to
deceive. Long arguments and even war have followed conflicting
definitions of freedom, justice or equality, while peace and harmony
cannot be as easily manipulated - disharmony rings loudly to all, and
peace can never be found in war.

“When a truly kind man does something, he leaves

nothing undone.
When a just man does something, he leaves a great
deal to be done.” - Lao Tzu

One way to control people is to homogenize the population to

lower standards. In 1950 linguists recorded over 6000 known
languages throughout the world. Now there is less than half that
number. Another language disappears forever from our planet every
two weeks. Forgetting our ancient methods of expressing ourselves
over time can result in the inability to pass on certain kinds of
knowledge as well. Runic stone symbols were in use in northern
Europe long ago, thought to have originated in India. Even then,
knowledge of such magical writing systems was forbidden to the
commoner, reserved for the elite “magicians”, the intermediaries
between men and the gods. The location of the stones was also
considered sacred. When meditated upon and/or uttered, the “song-
names of the runes became keys, which unlock the doors to the spirit
59
Surfing the Tao

world of the ancestors.”1 Forced to change to the more barbaric or

mundane Roman script, many details were lost as time went on.
Another powerful way to keep spiritual knowledge confusing
is the creation of conflicting religions. Limited amounts of spiritual
half-truths are made available to certain elite members of earthly
societies, passed down for generations to further mislead and deceive.
The hierarchical structure is essential. Requiring intermediaries
between God and the people keeps them largely unaware of their own
power. This happens in our large world religions as well as in smaller
tribal cultures.
Some groups that seek to hide spiritual truths are also involved
in secret political agendas. There is evidence to link these families
and groups, which have since ancient times sought to unify world
power, and hide spiritual truths from the masses, who they claim are
not worthy. Believe it or not, descendants of the same gods and kings
of the ancient world still control our planet today. In fact it could be
the same basic groups of people or families who have passed down
this type of knowledge from generation to generation, patiently
planting seeds of dissention, warring with each other, manipulating
events to their advantage and waiting for an opportunity to take
power.
One can find enormous amounts of information of this secret
ruling hierarchy, which has existed throughout time, in the
background of all culture, business and government. In the last
century, rapid technological advancement, especially in
communication, is quickly realizing the secret ambitions of this
ancient Brotherhood: a world government with a world currency, a
world army, not to mention physical and spiritual control over every
citizen.
Author Jim Marrs wrote in Rule by Secrecy, “…the Secret of
Secrets, the hidden knowledge passed down through the ages by the
Mystery Schools and secret societies – not only is humankind not
alone in the universe but nonhuman intelligences most probably had a
hand in our creation.” Author David Icke goes one step further in his
book Children of the Matrix, “The worship of the reptilians and their
Dragon Queens, and the placing of their bloodlines into the positions
of power, is the secret of secrets held within all the secret societies.”

60
 Secret Brotherhoods

Jim Marrs continued, “…the immense and ancient power of

the knowing elite – traceable through both blood and philosophy –
that has sought to usurp and control virtually every major movement
toward the development of full human development…is still tightly
held within the inner sanctums of the secret societies, there appear to
be three possibilities: the small inner elite continues to accumulate
wealth and power in the hope of contacting our ancient creators
(nonhuman intelligences); or they have already achieved such contact
and are being guided or controlled; or they are the ancient creators,
the Annunaki, the Serpent kings.” The Deadly Deception, written by
former 33rd degree Mason Jim Shaw, described the interior of the
headquarters of the Scottish Rite, not far from the White House in
Washington, D.C. “…The thing that is most noticeable is the way the
walls are decorated with serpents. There are all kinds, some are very
long and large. Many of the Scottish Rite degrees include the
representation of serpents and I recognized them among those
decorating the walls.”
A common thread of these groups is the claim of having “non-
human” superiors who are never identified or located. Masonic author
Manly P. Hall wrote, “In the remote past the gods walked with men
and…they ordained these anointed and appointed ones to be priests or
mediators between themselves – the gods – and that humanity which
had not yet developed the eyes which permitted them to gaze into the
face of Truth and live” and that this ancient knowledge had been
given to man by “their progenitors, the Serpent Kings, who reigned
over the Earth. It was these Serpent Kings who founded the Mystery
Schools…and other forms of ancient occultism.”2
Henrietta Bernstein, author of Ark of the Covenant, Holy
Grail, became friends with Hall, who she claims shared many of these
“mysteries” with her. She writes of the existence of these beings with
superior knowledge of divine laws, “…sufficient proof exists that
these initiates were the agents of a World Fraternity of Adepts that
had existed before the time of Atlantis. This fraternity has been called
the Philosophic Empire and the Invisible Government of the World.”3
According to her, Masonry claims to have predetermined and planned
human development, with Adepts appearing as needed during certain
important moments in history.

61
Surfing the Tao

Early Freemasonry records men called magicians, or “magi”,

which until the 18th century meant scientist. These men seriously
claimed to have the ancient knowledge of metal transmutation, matter
manipulation and eternal youth: celestial technology. Such gnosis, or
secret knowledge, is said to have originated ‘somewhere else’. To
keep this information in the hands of only a few, the structure of these
mystical organizations is hierarchical, like a pyramid, with a tiny
minority controlling all others. They have secrets from each other,
and provide contradictions and confusing information to lower
initiates so that their own scholars cannot agree on everything.
Various secret brotherhoods like the Knights Templar, the
Knights of Malta, the Rosicrucians, the Illuminati, the Cathars, the
Essenes, the Assassins, Gnostics and the Priory of Sion have evolved
into various modern religions, orders, cults and sects all with similar
origins and goals. Access to this “ageless wisdom” is not granted
based on capacity for love, but is instead passed down to those few
members who have the highest I.Q., not to mention the big bucks
necessary to acquire the highest ranks. Hermetic texts and the
teachings of the Cabbala are examples of the powerful spiritual tools
they use. Today secret society websites boldly and eagerly invite new
members to become part of ‘the most successful conspiracy.’
The powerful modern Freemasons are often praised for their
lofty ideals and humanitarian services. Many of its members also
belong to other modern organizations like the Skull and Bones, the
Council of Foreign Relations, the Councils and Committees of 3, 5, 7,
30, 300, etc., and the Bilderbergs. Brotherhood-type secret societies
are known to exist throughout Africa and Asia as well, with many
various names. Other associate organizations are the Grand Orient
Lodges, P2 and the Black Nobility. Initiation into the higher levels of
Brotherhood secret societies requires huge financial endowments. In
this way the mutually beneficial “old boy” network takes care of its
own. The same policies of political disruption, global domination and
spiritual obfuscation have survived throughout.
This is not fiction - these groups exist. In the back of the June-
July 2000 issue of Nexxus magazine, I found a strange ad for “The
Foundation for Higher Spiritual Learning – The Only World Body
Empowered to Represent the Great White Brotherhood.” It claims,
“Our name is legendary and our word is divine law!” It offered the
62
 Secret Brotherhoods

opportunity to “become a privileged chela within the ranks of Our

Student Body presently serving 73 lands, as part of a great Co-
operative World-wide Endeavor with the Spiritual Hierarchy and The
Great White Brotherhood…to become a “Living Stone’ within the
Foundation, and to give…in service to mankind…” And at the end of
the ad it mysteriously adds, in bold, “Gold is where you find it!” It
gives a P.O. Box number for their World Mission Headquarters in
Washington, D.C.
Secret societies are known to require strange and often
dangerous rituals of initiation. The origin of such mystery ceremonies
can be traced to ancient Greece, Egypt and India. Members were
given to understand their promotion through the ranks would result as
they received certain hidden powers and wisdoms. Usually there are
various levels or degrees of initiation; in Freemasonry there are 33
known levels, for example. Sometimes teachers would hint that
outward knowledge was merely a cloak for a hidden, secret
knowledge they would receive when they were “ready” for it. Many
brotherhood-type organizations require various blood oaths and secret
signs; initiation tests and even forced programming of the mind
helped insure the initiates blindly obeyed their superiors at all times.
Breaking down an individual’s mind and then building it up again
based on certain conditioning are common ways to disrupt old
patterns of behavior in such groups. Initiates are forced to undergo
grueling and degrading tests, like passing through a dark tunnel while
being harassed and spooked at every turn, and at the end being
harangued again at an altar and perhaps presented with some
symbolic object. Always the organization is arranged as a pyramid-
shaped hierarchy; the higher up the superiors, the fewer there are. I
found several scandals involving these types of groups in the past few
centuries, having been allegedly linked with murders and satanic
ritual abuse.
The most controversial and recognizable secret society name
is the Illuminati. Founded in Bavaria by Freemason Adam Weishaupt
in 1776, its name is supposed to reflect the “illumination” of the
enlightened ones by the secret teachings of Lucifer, whose name aptly
means “reflector of light.” Its secret goal is to take over the world, of
course, by influencing politics and decision-making from within the
inner circles of government. For their goals of global domination to
63
Surfing the Tao

succeed, members were sworn to secrecy with bloody oaths,

threatened with worse than death if they revealed the plan. Ultimately
the Illuminati were exposed, prosecuted and forced to officially
dissolve in 18th century Germany, though its members reportedly
continued their efforts through the established network of Masonic
lodges throughout Europe and America.4
It may be disturbing for some to learn how closely the
presidency is controlled by Freemasonry. Author Ralph Epperson
wrote in his book The New World Order that in March 1867, General
Gordon Granger reported his surprise that President Johnson so
clearly considered himself subordinate to Albert Pike, the Supreme
Commander of the Scottish Rite at the time. During the inauguration
of George W. Bush, his oath of office was proudly sworn on the same
Masonic Bible used by fellow Freemason George Washington. In
Washington, D.C., the Washington monument is lined up not with the
White House, but with the headquarters of the Scottish Rite of
Freemasonry. Most members also attend church, in a guise of outward
Christian conformity.
These institutions actually seem to brag about having secret
spiritual truths that they only reveal to the elite. The universally
approved doctrinal book of Freemasonry, Morals & Dogma of the
Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, published in
1871 by Supreme Commander Albert Pike, claims its actual purpose
is to be, (emphasis added) “The custodian and depository (since
Enoch) of the great philosophical and religious truths, unknown to the
world at large, and handed down from age to age by an unbroken,
current of tradition, embodied in symbols, emblems and allegories.”
And why would they hide them, and for whom? In July, 1889 Albert
Pike offered instructions to the 23rd Supreme Councils of the World,
“To you, Sovereign Grand Inspectors General we say this, that you
may repeat it to the Brethren of the 32nd, 31st and 30th degrees – The
Masonic Religion should be, by all of us initiates of the high degrees,
maintained in the purity of the Luciferian Doctrine…the true and pure
philosophical religion is the belief in Lucifer…God of Light and God
of Good…”

“Masonry, like all the religions, all the Mysteries,

Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals its secrets from
64
 Secret Brotherhoods

all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses
false explanations and misinterpretation of its symbols
to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to
conceal the Truth, which it calls Light, from them, and
to draw them away from it. Truth is not for those who
are unworthy or unable to receive it, or would pervert
it.” - Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma… p. 104-105

“When the Mason learns that the Key to the warrior on

the block is the proper allocation of the dynamo of
living power, he has learned the Mystery of his Craft.
The seething energies of Lucifer are in his hands and
before he may step onward and upward, he must prove
his ability to properly apply (this) energy.” – Manly P.
Hall, The Lost Keys of Freemasonry, p. 48

Only the top 3% or 5% of this group is said to be aware of this

mysterious power. The majority of initiates are probably good people
who would find this all hard to believe. One writer helped explain that
“Luciferians” think they are doing good, while “Satanists” know they
are evil. I am just as sick of hearing about “Masonic plots” as the next
guy, and yet the connections are there in black and white. Maybe
Freemasonry was just in the wrong place at the wrong time, and
provided a perfect organization through which they could continue the
transference of secret information. Even disregarding the disturbing
connections one could argue that such organizations were not created
to be in agreement with the Tao. It is clear these people have their
own agendas, or they wouldn’t need to gather so secretly.
Even today secret societies are in the news around the world.
In Africa they are considered the cause of major political and
religious problems. Samuel Wonwi Thompson delivered the keynote
address at the Buduburam refugee camp in Ghana for the Liberian
Welfare Council in observance of Liberia’s 155th independence
celebration in 2002. He discussed the years of instability and socio-
political conflict as a result of so much indulgence in the occult.
Citizens attend Church and then practice “juju” and consult spirits
too. He said,

65
Surfing the Tao

“Our country has also been known for a proliferation

of secret societies with various types of blood rituals
and covenants. Examples of this included the “Nee-
Gee” and the “human leopard” societies that were
banned during President Barclay’s administration in
the 1930s but simply went underground…ritual
murders and human sacrifices to other gods continued
to be the order of the day. As several of such cases
were linked to leading members of those Liberian
communities who were also know to be members of
secret Western-style societies like the Masonic Craft
and the UBF, we often heard repeated speculation that
the ‘society people’ engaged in ritual murder.
However, these speculations were never proven and
may therefore not be true at all.”5

In Sierra Leone people are so afraid of military uprisings and

instability that many still rely on the “magic” of their secret societies
for protection. The Kamajors, one of such societies, possess, in
addition to their AK-47s and rocket launchers, “a special cape
embedded with amulets, which is said to render the wearer invisible
and deflect all bullets.”6 Such societies are making a comeback in
West Africa after years of war and anarchy. Initiations are severe and
painful, and membership is often required by all members of a
village.7
In Sierra Leone, many people who profess to be Christian or
Muslim continue to believe in witchcraft and ancestral spirits as well.
Indigenous belief systems are so ingrained in their culture, most
people don’t even realize they are combining different religions.
However, most people there continue to communicate with a variety
of spirits: spirits of the dead who guard all knowledge, spirits of
objects and natural phenomena like rocks, rivers and trees; spirits of a
mischievous sort who require offerings to prevent misfortunes, and
the spirits of secret societies, who are known to provide the power and
enforce the rules of such societies. Masked officials in ceremony
impersonate this last group, using the ‘impersonal amoral Force’, this
all-pervasive universal energy, for various charms, omens and curses.

66
 Secret Brotherhoods

For this renowned ability to control and manipulate the Force, secret
societies are highly revered.8
Many researchers are suspicious of the secretive political
groups that have emerged among the secretly interrelated leading
world politicians and businessmen. Did you know that all members of
the Council of Foreign Relations are actually pledged to secrecy about
its goals and operations? Yet it does publish a roster of its around
3300 members, which includes much of the Fortune 500, the media,
as well as nearly all past and present U.S. government officials who
deal in international concerns. These people have dominated every
presidential administration in history. The initials CFR pop up
everywhere in the research of global policy decisions and world
conflicts. According to Dan Smoot, a former FBI man who first
researched the organization, the CFR’s goal is “to create a one-world
socialist system and make the United States an official part of it,” of
course all in the name of democracy.9 Respected Georgetown
University School of Foreign Service professor Carroll Quigley, Bill
Clinton’s mentor, stated in his controversial 1966 book Tragedy and
Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, “The CFR is the
American Branch of a society which originated in England…(and)…
believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule
established.”
The more elite Trilateral Commission was initially formed in
1973 from the ideas of Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was looking for a
closer relationship between the trilateral nations of Europe, North
America, and Asia. He proposed that national sovereignty was no
longer a viable concept, and that the next step towards world
government was a community of developed nations. Financed largely
through Rockefeller interests, many claim it is trying to create a
worldwide economic power greater than any political government of
nation states. Unfortunately, the results are a widening gap between
the rich and poor, a shrinking middle class and growing social unrest.
The top 2% of the rich in the U.S. own over 54% of the wealth, while
over half the population has a negative total worth. Is this a fair and
loving world? “By Biblical standards, the United States most certainly
deserves judgment—perversion runs amok, child abuse is common,
greed and avarice are the passwords to success and morals have
rotted. It we are about to be thrown into the pits of the dark ages, the
67
Surfing the Tao

most logical catalyst or motivator on the horizon is the Trilateral

Commission.”10
The Bilderberg Group is the most secretive of all, and keeps
its member’s names mum, but it is known to include the crème de la
crème of European royalty, top media personalities as well as world
leaders. Identified with the Bilderberg Hotel in Holland where the
group was first discovered in 1954, the meetings are never reported in
the media, even though the “confidential” minutes of its first meeting
claim, “insufficient attention has so far been paid to long-term
planning, and to evolving an international order which would look
beyond the present-day crisis [the Cold War]. When the time is ripe
our present concepts of world affairs should be extended to the whole
world.”11 What on earth are they planning that they can’t tell the
common people about?
The Club of Rome is another group with a secret membership,
whose goals promote the concept of world government at the expense
of national sovereignty. Supposedly this group has divided the world
into ten political/economic regions, or “kingdoms” for rule. (Fulfilling
a Biblical prophecy from Daniel and the Book of Revelation,
according to some interpretations.) This group is more clearly
associated with spiritualism and esotericism. Its founder, Aurelio
Peccei, has written in his book Mankind at the Turning Point about
man’s communion with the transcendent, and to the “noosphere”,
which refers to the collective field of human intelligence, a term
created by Jesuit priest Pierre Teilhard de Chardin.
Skull and Bones is a secret fraternal organization at Yale
University some consider to be at the epicenter of the new world
order, and a stepping-stone to membership in the CFR and other such
groups. Author Marrs found that an unprecedented percentage of
powerful family names started here. Among them are Whitney, Lord,
Phelps, Wadsworth, Allen, Bundy, Adams, Harriman, Rockefeller,
Payne, Davison, Bush, Stanley, Low, Forbes, Coolidge, Delano, Taft,
Stimson, Luce, Buckley, and Vanderbilt. It was founded at Yale in
1832 by General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft,
father of William Howard Taft, the only person to have been Chief
Justice as well as President of the U.S. Russell is said to have had
permission from a mysterious German society (Illuminati) to open a
chapter here. Their official skull and crossbones symbol is the same
68
 Secret Brotherhoods

official crest of the Illuminati. And their continued connection to the

CIA is staggering, having had so many members become officials and
directors that the CIA has the atmosphere of a class reunion,
according to one Yale professor. These secretive, elitist groups stay
that way by intermarrying within the ranks. Nepotism flourishes
inside these organizations.
The tactics employed by these various groups has been to
influence all aspects of society in such a way as to seem innocuous,
and yet one day have the population wake up and find themselves part
of a one-world system whether they like it or not. Their hope is to get
Americans as well as all people around the world conditioned to view
world government as being as natural as baseball and apple pie.
The term “New World Order” has been used by the Council of
Foreign Relations to describe the future world state. George Bush Sr.
has used the term publicly over 200 times since he first mentioned it
in his speech as President on September 11, 1990. Senator Jesse
Helms was one of the few left in defiance of this new world order. In
1987 he said before Congress,

“This campaign against the American people – against

traditional American culture and values – is systematic
psychological warfare. It is orchestrated by a vast array
of interests comprising not only the Eastern
establishment but also the radical left. Among this
group we find the Department of State, the Department
of Commerce, the money center banks and
multinational corporations, the media, the educational
establishment, the entertainment industry and the large
tax-exempt foundations.
Mr. President, a careful examination of what is
happening behind the scenes reveals that all of these
interests are working in concert with the masters of the
Kremlin in order to create what some refer to as a new
world order. Private organizations such as the Council
on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of
International Affairs, the Trilateral Commission, the
Dartmouth Conference, the Aspen Institute for
Humanistic Studies, the Atlantic Institute, and the
69
Surfing the Tao

Bilderberger Group serve to disseminate and to

coordinate the plans for this so-called new world order
in powerful business, financial, academic and official
circles…In this point of view, the activities of
international financial and industrial forces should be
oriented to bringing this one-world design – with a
convergence of the Soviet and American systems as its
centerpiece – into being…All that matters to this club
is the maximization of profits resulting from the
practice of what can be described as finance
capitalism, a system which rests upon the twin pillars
of debt and monopoly. This isn’t real capitalism. It is
the road to economic concentration and to political
slavery.”

Many scoff at the idea of a secret government but since 9/11

the truth of such an organization was released to the public, maybe
even to help calm nerves in case of a massive invasion. It is now
public knowledge that our government has actual enormous
underground facilities. It doesn’t take much research to discover there
are at least 129 fully operational underground cities, with networks of
underground trains powered by magnetic levitation to connect them,
for use only by the elite.12 Advanced tunneling equipment such as
thermal drills soundlessly melts through solid rock with no waste
material; the walls become like glass. Per a dictatorial Executive
Order, it has been arranged since 1979 for FEMA, the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, to take totalitarian control of
government functions in case of a ‘national emergency’. Such an
emergency was brazenly defined as, “nuclear war, violent and
widespread internal dissent or national opposition of a U.S. military
invasion abroad.”13 (emphasis added.) FEMA’s central underground
facility at Mount Weather controls 96 other such facilities known
ominously as Federal Relocation Centers. Even various civilian
organizations like McDonnell–Douglas and Standard Oil possess
extensive underground facilities.
Some skeptics have changed their tune since our new
Homeland Security act has legitimized seemingly fascist policies in

70
 Secret Brotherhoods

our own precious America. Even the ACLU is campaigning against

the new USA Patriot Act.

“When the country falls into chaos, patriotism is born.”

–Lao Tzu

If we were all living in the Tao government would be

unnecessary. The more government we have, the farther from the
truth we swing. Those who desire power and control find it easy to
create unrest and thus the need for a strict system. The government
even recently banned a book called The Federal Mafia, which had
already been on the shelves for 13 years, about the illegality of
income tax and the IRS. The government never denied the book was
true, but it is now illegal – and you don’t hear that on the news.
Secretary of State Donald Rumsfeld said recently, we can have
freedom, or security, but not both. It seems they have chosen for us.
“Suspected” terrorists are arrested and held for months without a
hearing, Miranda rights are nearly a thing of the past, storm-troopers
can invade homes without a warrant, and video surveillance is so
pervasive that most people are unknowingly photographed an average
of two dozen times per day! Enormous “quarantine” facilities built all
over America able to hold millions sit empty, waiting for what? Our
prisons are filled with millions of people arrested for possession of
substances perhaps knowingly distributed by the CIA. And for many
people, their fear of terrorism, this other, outer threat, far outweighs
any nagging distrust of the government. But who knows for sure
whose arms we are running into?

“As nightfall does not come all at once, neither does

oppression. In both instances there is twilight. And it is
in such twilight that we all must be aware of change in
the air – however slight – lest we become unwitting
victims of the darkness.”
– Justice William O. Douglas, Supreme Court Justice
1939–1975

Today our world’s nations are growing ever closer together.

The concept of Synarchy is based on complete social, political and
71
Surfing the Tao

religious control of the individual. The idea is for its members to

secretly control entire nations. One of its aims, written in a Synarchist
document in 1946, is the “creation of a ‘federal European Union.’14 A
seemingly innocuous and even necessary development, eagerly
anticipated by those corrupted by absolute power.
The United Nations is an obvious precursor to world
government. Some even claim the various wars and insurgencies the
past few decades were artificially created in order to establish the
need for collective security, a hideous thought. The UN and NATO
were both a result of World War II, a war with so many links to the
occult and secret societies it made me sick to my stomach. And the
UN’s seeming indecisiveness and inability to affect global change in
the face of growing threats has actually caused a worldwide
uproarious demand for more effective global leadership. Create the
problem and then conveniently offer the solution as well –
Machiavelli would be proud. Our own President’s war mongering
could cause the other nation-states to bond even closer, eventually
forcing the American vigilante to give over its sovereignty in the
name of peace or democracy. Or perhaps the U.S. will lead the way to
the new world order. Clever ruses - They win either way.

“I challenge the illusion that the U.N. is an instrument

of peace. It could not be less of a cruel hoax if it had
been organized in Hell for the sole purpose of aiding
and abetting the destruction of the United States.”
– J.B. Matthews, former chief investigator for the
House Committee on Un-American Activities

The goal of all these secret societies is the establishment of a

global government, with a world religion, world army, a world bank,
abolition of firearms, centralized educational programs and a world
police force. They have been patiently working towards this goal for
longer than we can imagine. Patrick Buchanan is another politician
we are conditioned to think little of, but he said in 1992, “Most of
these folks (the Bush crowd) are globalists. They believe in
subordinating American sovereignty to some globalist New World
Order. When I see European countries giving up their currencies,
giving up their control of trade…when I see George Bush engaged in
72
 Secret Brotherhoods

the unilateral economic disarmament of his own country, I say watch

out.”
A scary footnote regards George Bush’s “thousand points of
light,” which was a phrase also used often by occultist Alice Bailey.
Fellow globalist H.G. Wells wrote about the idea of a planned world
government, initially appearing partially at “a thousand points”, and
then later synthesizing the New Plan in America with the one in
Russia for the ultimate World State. A New Age prayer calling for the
new Christ, the ‘Lord Maitreya’, says “From the point of light within
the mind of God…let the stream forth into the minds of men….Let
light descend on earth. Let the light…restore the Plan on Earth.” They
are calling for a new age of earthly unity, but we should gravely
consider who is at its helm.
The ‘powers that be’ and their secret motives remain hidden,
to our obvious detriment. Gary H. Kah wrote in his 1991 book En
Route to Global Domination that New York is the logical choice to be
the world’s capitol, but that the secret hierarchy of Europe may have
other plans. “Such a decision, however, would probably involve either
the economic devastation or physical destruction of New York City.
This could be accomplished in several ways-economically, through a
planned collapse of the stock market or a severe depression resulting
from our severe national debt; or physically, as an act of terrorism…Is
New York destined for destruction?”
Ignorance is bliss, but it can also be awfully dangerous.

“When rich speculators prosper

while farmers lose their land;
when government officials spend money
on weapons instead of cures;
when the upper class is extravagant and irresponsible
while the poor have nowhere to turn—
all this is robbery and chaos.
It is not in keeping with the Tao.” – Lao Tzu

73
Secret Gods

“Those who know don’t talk.

Those who talk don’t know.” – Lao Tzu

Secrecy is a way to control people, and information. It is a

method not in agreement with the Tao, and can be especially useful
the closer the lies are to the truth. As writer Alan F. Alford
commented, “Anyone might turn up claiming to be Jesus or
Yahweh…there might be little advantage to the gods immediately
announcing themselves to the masses. News of their return might be
disseminated on a need-to-know basis, with only a few of the world
leaders permitted to approach them. Life might appear to carry on as
normal, but with a new political agenda. We might detect their
presence in inexplicable events, changes in government policy or acts
of war that don’t quite make sense, and perhaps an increase in
government secrecy.”1
Ancient writings depict ‘gods’ who were part of a mysterious,
celestial hierarchy. For example, India’s Vedic writings tell of gods
from other planets called “Devas”, who act as administrators for a
hierarchical universal government, and often visited Earth in “flying
machines”.2
Alongside the most intriguing information gleaned from
ancient sources, there are also many modern day writers and leaders
who claim to be in contact with a group of advanced “gods” directing
events from behind the scenes. In The Stargate Conspiracy, writers
Pickett and Prince seek to establish the secret puppet strings pulling
advancements in world affairs and astro-archeology, used to acclimate
the world to the ideas of an advanced, other-terrestrial or inter-
dimensional hierarchy. According to them, a mysterious “Council of
Nine” intelligences is found to have announced itself to a wide variety
of scientists, entertainers, politicians and military-intelligence elite
since around 1950.
Even before this, legendary Satanist Aleister Crowley was said
to have been involved with communicating with “a new order of
beings.” His main contact was a spirit called Aiwass, or Aiwaz, one of
74
 Secret Gods

a group of “secret chiefs” from the star system Sirius who were
involved with guiding the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn and
the Ordo Templi Orientis, or OTO. The star Sirius adorns each
Masonic Temple as a ‘Blazing Star.’ The Argenteum Astrum, or A.A.
was his own “magickal” religious group, which later gained many
influential members. The A.A. believed in a group of non-human
intelligences from Sirius to be involved in the affairs of Earth. Some
say when the group met in California after the Second World War,
new-fangled notions of extra-terrestrials and aliens began to replace
outdated concepts of angels and demons.3
Egyptologist R.A. Schwaller de Lubicz first mentioned these
beings in his writings in the early 1900s. According to him “The Nine
Principles” were the basis for the existence of the “sensorial” world,
now made “accessible to human intelligence.” His early articles for a
French magazine called Le Theosophe explained his mystical analysis
of the number nine and the nine principles that surrounded “the
irreducible One”. His later books more clearly demonstrated a parallel
to the Egyptian concept of the ‘Great Ennead’. Schwaller claims to
have “discovered” Hermetic principles encoded in the Gothic
cathedrals, the same ones he found in ancient temples in Egypt. Some
believe him to be the true author of The Mystery of the Cathedrals,
published under the pseudonym Fulcanelli.4 He joined a group called
the Brotherhood of Heliopolis, and become involved in alchemy and
the occult. He later helped form the spiritual foundation of Nazism,
having greatly influenced Rudolph Hess.
Schwaller was also a well-known synarchist. Synarchy, the
opposite of anarchy, is the concept of a religious-based, totalitarian
state, led by nine legendary leaders. It was first developed by
Frenchman Joseph Alexandre Saint-Yves d’Alveydre in the 19th
century, who advocated gaining power by taking control from within
the politics, religions and economies of states.5 19th century French
writer Louis Jacolliot wrote about the “Nine Unknown Men” who
secretly ruled the world.6 Synarchists also believe the Knights
Templar were founded by nine French knights. Strangely, the
Templars did exhibit complete control over the religious, political and
economic workings of their time, though their agenda did remain
secret, only truly known to its members.

75
Surfing the Tao

Madame Helene Blavatsky formed the Theosophical Society

in 1875. Her doctrines blended various mystical and occult traditions.
She claims to have been in psychic contact with the Hidden Masters,
called the Great White Brotherhood, who have guided human
evolution from behind the scenes. She influenced a great many
philosophers and leaders such as Schwaller, Hitler, and Rudolf
Steiner.
Alice Bailey continued Blavatsky’s work when she
psychically made contact with one of the “Masters,” a Tibetan called
Djwhal Khul, who proceeded to dictate twenty-four volumes
regarding the evolution of the human race through her. He described a
Council, or “Hierarchy of Brothers of Light”, who according to him
continue to guide the evolution of the human race. Bailey’s job was to
“prepare the world” for the coming of a “World Teacher”, who was
expected around the end of the 20th century. “The Tibetan” also
specifically refers to Freemasonry as being the “terrestrial version” of
a school of initiation on Sirius.7
Since Bailey’s background was so heavily influenced by
powerful Masons, such as her husband, the writers of The Stargate
Conspiracy wonder if this “channeling” was part of a set-up for some
other ultimate purpose. How about the creation of a world religion,
for their pet synarchistic state? Even writer Jacques Vallee wondered
whether this “wisdom” was really coming from the stars, “Could the
source of the so-called wisdom be right here on Earth? Could there be
human manipulators behind all this?”8
Followers of the Nine were found in odd places.
Astrophysicist Jack Parsons joined the OTO in 1939. Some believed
he became Crowley’s successor as leader of the group. During WWII,
Parsons worked on classified military projects, and was one of the
first members of Jet Propulsion Laboratories. He died in an explosion
in the lab in 1952. Writer Kenneth Grant explained, “Working with
the formulae of Thelemic magic [based on Crowley’s The Book of the
Law], Parsons established contact with extra-terrestrial beings of the
order of Aiwass. Unfortunately, he lost control of the entities he
evoked and one of them, obsessing [possessing] the woman with
whom he worked [Margorie Cameron], drove him to self-
destruction.”9

76
 Secret Gods

Parsons met L. Ron Hubbard in 1945 and helped him join the
OTO, where they proceeded to perform various “magickal” acts
together. Hubbard later stated his participation was part of a plan to
infiltrate the organization on the behalf of the office of Naval
Intelligence.10 Why would Naval Intelligence be interested in the
occult?
Pickett and Prince noted that artist, surrealist filmmaker and
eccentric drug culture figure Harry Smith was also a member of the
OTO and the A.A. Esotericism was already in the family – his parents
were theosophists and his grandfather was a high-ranking Freemason.
A famous icon of the Beat generation, Smith recorded a folk
anthology that influenced musicians from Bob Dylan to the Grateful
Dead. He received a Grammy for his work in 1991. He was a devoted
follower of Crowley and became Master of the Temple of Crowley’s
A.A. Christians might have been surprised when the OTO performed
a ritual during Smith’s funeral at St. Mark’s Church in New York in
1991.11
David P. Myers, former US Navy officer and writer and David
S. Percy, a film producer, were both directors of Richard C.
Hoagland’s Enterprise Mission, which is engaged in the promotion of
the Message of Cydonia, the supposed ancient city on Mars. Myers
and Percy authored a book in 1993 called Two-Thirds which tells of
their contact with these nine “godlike extraterrestrials”, who say they
come from a planet called Altea, first colonized Mars and then came
to earth to form the hybrid human race.12 They claim it is non-fiction.
James Hurtak is widely known by his mainstream book The
Face on Mars and his work in the military’s psychic spying, or
remote viewing, programs. He claims to have communicated with the
same hierarchy of intelligences. His strange experiences sound a lot
like UFO encounters, according to some researchers, and he has
become some sort of New Age guru. He wrote a book The Keys of
Enoch in 1977 which is a quasi-religious-type work subtitled A
Teaching Given on Seven Levels To Be Read and Visualized In
Preparation for the Brotherhood of Light To be delivered for the
Quickening of the “People of Light”. His book claims the Nine are
only allowed to govern one solar system – ours, and that they are
actually subordinate to a higher source, the most supreme being the

77
Surfing the Tao

‘70 Brotherhoods of the Great White Brotherhood’, also called the

“hierarchy.’
Picknett and Prince further point out the research by
American-born Yugoslavian Dr. Andrija Puharich, who ran a private
paranormal research center called the Round Table Foundation in
Glen Cove, Maine. There he claimed to have assisted an Indian
mystic named Dr. Vinod channel these Nine spirits. The first such
session was on Dec. 31, 1952. The first one identified itself as “M”,
another speaker called itself “R”, and over several hours these
personalities described extremely detailed and complicated scientific
information concerning a variant of the Lorentz-Einstein
Transformation equation. The Nine were recorded as saying, “God is
nobody else than we together, the Nine Principles of God. There is no
God other than what we are together.”13
Israeli psychic Uri Geller also worked with Puharich, who
claimed to hear the same “Nine” come through Geller. Geller
distanced himself from the Nine, whom he called “a civilization of
clowns.”14 He believed they were playing games with them. Geller
later worked for SRI International, the former Stanford Research
Institute, known to have been involved in psychic research for the
defense department. The CIA was also reportedly involved with SRI
at this time, and Geller has gone on record to say he worked for them
as well.
Completely separate accounts from other psychics like Dr.
Charles Laughead recorded the same scientific information, and
identified the same Nine intelligences. Sir John Whitmore, heir to an
aristocratic British family, and a medium called Phyllis Schlemmer
formed an organization called Lab Nine. They had many wealthy and
influential backers like Canada’s richest family, which owned
Seagrams, and an Italian nobleman. James Hurtak and Dr. Puharich
joined them later. SRI physicists and other prominent figures kept
their involvement and identities secret. Ms. Schlemmer, aware of her
abilities as a medium since she was a child, began channeling a new
spirit in 1970 that called itself Tom. Later on Tom became the main
communicator of the Nine, who soon revealed their central message
of the imminent return of the extraterrestrials to Earth. Picknett and
Prince noted the interesting involvement of Gene Roddenberry, the

78
 Secret Gods

creator of Star Trek, who was later commissioned to write a film

script based on Lab Nine events.15
Other people began channeling the Nine in the late 1970s. Sir
John Whitmore introduced Englishwoman Jenny O’Connor to the
Esalen Institute in California, where the Nine reportedly gave
seminars through her.16 Another woman, Carla Rueckert, channeled
another one of the Nine, called Ra, who spoke of a body called the
“Council of Saturn” whose duty it was to keep the Earth in a kind of
quarantine. Twenty-four “Guardians” rotate the Nine council seats to
keep balance. Of course Ra also claims to have built the pyramids.
The Schlemmer-Whitmore group continues to operate, having
published a compilation of Tom’s collected wisdom in 1992, called
The Only Planet of Choice: Essential Briefing from Deep Space,
which sold like mad. Many millions of people looking for answers are
being cleverly deceived.
The entity ‘Tom”, or ‘Atum’, claims to be the ancient
Egyptian creator god of whom the Sphinx was created as a “living
image.” He is the head of the Egyptian Ennead of Nine gods. The
ancient Egyptians worshipped the “Nine that are One.” The legendary
Dragon god of the Chinese had nine sons, each with a strong
personality. Sikhs believe the Creator fashioned Nine Abodes [of
sensation]. The Nine also claim to be the Biblical Elohim of the
OldTestament, and the “Aeons of Gnosticism.”17 Allegedly they
claim they are from the star system Sirius. They have used many
names, found throughout various ancient religious and cultural
traditions. The Great Pyramid is central to the Nine; they claim it is
brings ‘energy’ to Earth from other civilizations, and regenerates cells
in the human body.
Other psychics like Harry Stone and Alice Bouverie recorded
messages in which the main concern of the Nine was to impart
information about a drug used by the high priests of Heliopolis to
‘open the door’ to the gods. They first identified the object as a
mushroom, but some claimed no effect on their psychic abilities and
continued to search for such a substance. This is of immense interest
in future chapters.
The writers of The Stargate Conspiracy claim the belief in the
Nine is so widespread it is astounding, and that well-known scientists,
industrialists, people at NASA, the CIA, and others seem intent on
79
Surfing the Tao

providing the Nine a smooth introduction to the people of Earth. This

is despite the fact that the Nine actually claims the Earth was created
as a battleground, so the Nine could confront the Others (another
‘alien’ race, allegedly from the Pleiades). This group of Nine also
suspiciously claims the Holocaust was a ‘necessary’ part of the plan
to create the state of Israel, which was important for Earth, some sort
of self-sacrifice by the ‘chosen ones.’ The Nine talk in sweeping
terms of a ‘new world order’, the future plan for mankind on Earth,
and that the people of Earth are involved in some sort of awakening or
evolution because their original ‘programming’ had gone haywire and
needed to be repaired. They imply humankind failed the program and
the White Brotherhood is trying to fix it.
Even our own government is plagued with shadowy rumors
that they are secretly aware of non-human visitors. Extraordinary
documents describing a secret government operation called
“Operation Majestic 12” were revealed in 1984.18 They detailed the
clean-up effort after the Roswell crash in 1947, including the recovery
of four ‘non-human’ bodies. The papers wonder if they came from
Mars, or another solar system; they describe a strange form of writing
found in the wreckage, and discuss the need for more information
regarding the craft and its technology. The papers also revealed the
names of the twelve men reportedly involved in the secret project.
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, the first director of the new
CIA in 1947, joined the National Investigations Committee on Aerial
Phenomena after he retired and stated publicly that UFOs are real. Dr.
Vannevar Bush was a scientist later involved in developing the first
atomic bomb. Secretary James V. Forrestal was secretary of Defense
during the Roswell crash, but he mysteriously committed suicide at
Bethesda Naval Hospital a month after he resigned. General Walter
Bedell Smith, who followed Hillenkoetter as director of the CIA,
replaced him. General Nathan F. Twining was commander of the Air
Material Command at Wright-Paterson and was instrumental in the
creation of Project Sign, a UFO group. General Hoyt S. Vandenberg,
also a former director of Intelligence, destroyed the Project Sign
report, perhaps in an effort to contain security on the issue. Dr. Detlev
Bronk was another scientist, a member of the advisory board of the
Atomic Energy Commission as well as the Scientific Advisory
Committee of the Brookhaven National Laboratory with Dr. Edward
80
 Secret Gods

Condon, the author of an important study on UFOs for the air force.
Dr. Jerome Hunsaker was an aircraft designer at MIT and the
National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics. Mr. Sidney W. Souers
was a retired rear admiral and another director of Central Intelligence.
Mr. Gordon Gray, a secretary of the army, became a special assistant
on national security affairs to President Truman. Dr. Donald Menzel,
an astronomer, became a famous debunker of UFOs. General Robert
M. Montegue was base commander at the Sandia Atomic Energy
Commission in Albuquerque during the time of the Roswell crash.
And Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner helped create the Weapons Systems
Evaluation Group; he had worked under Vannevar Bush in the Joint
Research and Development Board in 1946.19
Many have sought to discredit the MJ-12 papers. Whether
they are real or a con job, their existence and shroud of secrecy
continues to confuse – which was perhaps their intent. Another
document, a nine-paged executive briefing, was circulated widely to
various proponents of the alien question. It discussed Project
Aquarius, supposedly funded by CIA money in order to collect
intelligence on UFOs and aliens. It also mentioned Projects Sign,
Grudge, and Blue Book, programs established by the government to
give alternate, more “rational” explanations for the various
phenomena to the public. However, Projects Bando, Sigma, Snowbird
and Pounce were said to be deeply investigating alien technology.20 It
also states the MJ-12 felt relatively certain that our alien visitors had
peaceful intentions. Later this document was thought to be a hoax as
well. But the damage had been done. Now nothing could really be
believed on the subject.
While leading the public away from any honest understanding
of the phenomenon with misleading publications and propaganda, the
investigation continued behind the scenes. Numerous patents, plans
and government contracts lay a trail underground to the secret
underground bases constructed in the United States since WWII as
well as world political and spiritual unification, which promises a
mysterious evolution of consciousness. During the past generation,
thousands if not millions of Westerners have developed a new
spiritualism gleaned from Eastern-type traditions based on teachings
from a group of “hidden masters”.

81
Surfing the Tao

Hurtak’s terrifying language involves a galactic war and

housecleaning throughout the universe. He refers to the opening of a
‘gateway’ between the gods – actually, the Nine Principles of God –
and our world. Regardless of its totalitarian, anti-love undertones, the
public has sucked up the Nine in droves, and radio programs and book
sales reveal thousands it not millions of followers, including elite
members of our governments.
Richard T. Miller was an undercover civilian UFO
investigator for Air Technical Intelligence Center, or ATIC, until
1952. After several supposed contacts with a UFO and its passengers,
Miller claimed he was given messages from beings with names like
Hatonn, Korton, Voltra, Ashtar, Mon-Ka, and Lalur, who claimed
they had attempted to contact our world’s leaders, who had decided
not to tell us about them - yet.21
A London taxi driver named George King, who claimed to be
in contact with a group of extraterrestrial ‘cosmic masters’, founded
the Aetherius Society in 1955. They still have over 5,000 members
and branches worldwide. The Raelians believe the “Elohim” created
all human life and that they are returning to save those who have
‘striven for a higher planetary consciousness.’ This wealthy
organization has over 30,000 members, who practice a controversial
method of ‘sensual meditation’. (New members are required to get
tested for communicable diseases before they enter a session.)
Elizabeth Clare Prophet’s Church Universal and Triumphant is
directed by the “master” Saint Germain. Their beliefs are based in
Theosophy, eastern mysticism and environmentalism, and claim the
planet is in great danger. The Church of the Subgenuis, created as a
sort of Internet spoof, now has over 100,000 members. Their leader,
Bob Dobbs, says he was abducted by aliens called “Xists”; their God
is called “Jehovah”. Of course the Jehovah’s Witnesses are famous
for moving the date for the ‘end of the world’ from 1874, to 1914,
then 1925 and 1975 – finally in 1995 they announced they would be
announcing no new speculative dates.22 Probably a good idea.
These days, reverence for this set of nine “Ascended Masters”
with super powers is essential to some New Age beliefs. One such
being calls himself “Maitreya”, and has allegedly been magically
“appearing” to heads of state in their private offices for decades as
some self-appointed “Christ”. In 1977 his prophet, a man called
82
 Secret Gods

Benjamin Crème who claims to be John the Babtist, took a full page
out in the New York Times and other leading papers as well as going
on the Merv Griffin show, announcing “the Christ” was in the world,
preparing to appear soon. Maitreya recently wowed thousands of
people in Africa with his magical shape-shifting act. He and others of
the Nine are known to claim their “appearance” in the world will be
seen by all at the same time, as they are planning to “hijack” the
worlds communications systems to do so. I went to see a talk by one
of his spokesmen, Wayne Peterson, in a hotel ballroom a few years
ago and will never forget the sinister sensations, even as his words
spoke of world peace. Mr. Peterson says many famous reigning
monarchs in Europe have also met Maitreya but are afraid to reveal
themselves. 23 There is no question this figure has enormous financial
backing.
A publication I picked up at this seminar was called The
Emergence Quarterly. There was no date, just information to contact
the Tara Center in North Hollywood, California about this
“Background Information Issue.” One of the articles it contained was
entitled Highlights of Maitreya’s public emergence. It stated, “The
existence of great spiritual teachers, known as the Masters of
Wisdom, became public knowledge after the 1875 through the
writings of Helena Petrovana Blavatsky, founder of the Theosophical
Society. Anticipation of the imminent reappearance of the World
Teacher, Maitreya, grew and waned…In July 1977 Maitreya left his
ancient Himalayan retreat, taking up residence in the Asian
community of London, England. From there, as an apparently
ordinary man, he works behind the scenes, directing his transforming
energies to every corner of the earth. The timing of Maitreya’s public
emergence has been governed by many factors. These include
humanity’s response to his energies and the need for humanity,
through the world’s media, to invite Maitreya forward, so that our free
will is not infringed.” Our free will is a very important piece in their
puzzle – they need it to succeed.
Claiming to be responsible behind the scenes for the thawing
of the Cold War in the late 1980s and the freedom of blacks in South
Africa, Maitreya also manifested in people’s dreams as well as
miraculously among crowds. He will enter “public life” when
humanity extends the invitation, and “On his ‘Day of Declaration’
83
Surfing the Tao

Maitreya will appear on worldwide television. His words of

inspiration will telepathically sound in every person’s mind. His
energy of Love will enter the hearts of all, galvanizing humanity to
save the world. And hundreds of thousands of spontaneous healings
will occur. This we will know that he is truly the World Teacher for
all humanity.”
We must begin to sharpen our bullsh— detectors – our
delicate sense of discernment. Just because these strange gods talk
about peace and love does not mean they are our saviors. They may
even use our pathetic predicament to their own advantage. How do we
know for sure they weren’t somehow responsible for it in the first
place, to set themselves up? The Emergence Quarterly had several
articles about the terrible state of humanity in various parts of the
globe, and how the greed of an elite few was responsible. And now
this guy is a buddy with some of the biggest culprits? The article
Excerpts from Maitreya’s teachings stated that “in the new systems,
social consciousness will guide market forces, not the other way
around.” Maitreya teaches, “I have not come to found a new religion.
I have come to teach the art of Self-realization, which is neither an
ideology nor a religion, but benefits people of all religions and those
who have none…The Self alone matters. You are that Self, an
immortal being…”
It’s not so much that what he says is wrong, it’s more about
what he is leaving out. Subtly redirecting people towards Self rather
than unconditional love is an important clue. God never appeals to our
pride; this is a common tool of the bad guys. Also, our loving Source
does not use beings that hide behind the present rulers of the earth.
Our true God appears to each of us, in our hearts, and will never need
television to do so. We must treasure our free will and use it only to
choose the simple way of love, the Way of the Tao. To choose to
recognize this Force in our lives and allow it to guide our Path is in
direct opposition to empowerment of the Self.
Most terrifying is the information regarding his “transmission
meditation.” This “group service activity…’steps down’ the great
spiritual energies that continually stream into our planet…the group
literally serves as a ‘point of entry’ for these energies to reach
humanity and stimulate human progress.” God the Force doesn’t need
a “point of entry” to our world, but other-dimensional beings certainly
84
 Secret Gods

could. Their pamphlet stated, “This transmission process, which

makes the energies more useful to humanity, is similar to that of
electrical transformers, which step down the power between
generators and ordinary household outlets…During Transmission
Meditation, humanity’s ‘elder brothers,’ known in the East as the
Masters of Wisdom, direct energies from the highest spiritual planes
through the energy centers (chakras) of the group members. This
creates a ‘pool’ of energy that is more accessible and useful to
humanity…Then, based on their greater understanding of our world,
the Masters re-direct this stepped-down energy to wherever it is most
needed at that moment in time…” They claim this is a great service to
the world. But God is the Source of all energy – He does not need us
to ‘pool’ our energies for Him.
If strange, non-human “masters”, “gods” or “aliens” were to
reappear to the world, perhaps on every TV and radio around the
world at once, how many people would be shocked out of their
religion? Either out of awe, fear or just simple relief, many people
would quickly resume worship of these ‘beautiful beings of light’
who have come to ‘help us’. Most people will believe everything they
tell us, without question. It would be an easy way to explain away any
other seemingly outdated explanations of salvation.
Some question who these Nine really are. Are they really the
same ancient Egyptian gods, come back to us for some reason? Writer
Colin Wilson categorized the Nine along with other similar channeled
communications that are all subject to question. He speculates it could
be either drama from the subconscious mind, or the work of ‘crooks
and conmen of the spirit world.’ 24 Are they real or is their existence
somehow orchestrated and manipulated by human agencies,
electronic means, and/or the power of suggestion? A very interesting
thought indeed.

85
Secret History

“The leaders we trusted were enraptured by a mystery

and a history they forgot to tell us about.”
– William Henry

During the middle ages advanced knowledge was introduced

by secret societies, particularly with regard to astronomy, geometry,
and architecture. History tells us the Knights Templar went to
Jerusalem for the Crusades in 1118, excavated under Solomon’s
Temple, and came back with an unexplained enormous wealth.
Author Graham Hancock theorizes they could have unearthed scrolls,
manuscripts, theorems, or blueprints relation to Solomon’s Temple,
maybe even the architectural secrets of geometry, proportion, balance
and harmony known only to the builders of the pyramids and other
great monuments. Perhaps they found Solomon’s treasure in gold, and
the Ark of the Covenant itself. One legend states Solomon was an
alchemist and manufactured the many tons of gold, buried around the
Temple before it was destroyed by the Romans in 70 A.D; maybe
they found records of his technique.
St. Bernard of Clairvaux was the leading thinker of the
Cistercian Order of Benedictine monks at the time, who in a sudden
outburst of religious fervor became a great leader in the Church,
adviser to the Pope, Kings and the nobility. He enhanced the order of
Craftmasons, or Compagnonnage, whom he also called the Children
of Solomon. He is known to have played a considerable role in the
foundation of the Knights Templar, and his writings indicated some
mysterious discovery in the Holy Land everyone was excited about.
He wrote in a letter to Hughes De Payne, another Templar founder,
“Hail, land of promise, which, formerly flowing only with milk and
honey for thy possessors, now stretchest forth the food of life, and the
means of salvation to the entire world.”1 (Emphasis added)
Whatever happened, it is clear the Knights returned to Europe
with a wealth and power so great only the Pope could touch them. It
turned out love and compassion were not their goals, but power and
wealth were – not to mention the secrets necessary to protect it.
86
 Secret History

Various historical accounts connect the Templars with the Islamic

Order of the Assassins, who were thought to have actually fought
together in Jerusalem. The Assassins had ample opportunity to share
important esoteric knowledge along with military intelligence with
the European knights. Maybe a secret technology had gotten into the
wrong hands; maybe a good organization had been infiltrated. Either
way, their legacy is an intense drive towards a new high civilization
on earth, with the spiritual side still kept secret from most. The god
they worshipped seemed to be the same god of reflections and
illusions that has captivated many.
In order to encode this secret, sacred information, whatever it
was, the Knights Templar were forced to consider means beyond pen
and paper, which could always be burned or destroyed. The Templars
were known to use a variety of codes and secret alphabets to hide
their records and communications. One of the original Knights
Templar was called William St. Clair, and he and his descendants
were responsible for building and maintaining Rosslyn Chapel in
Scotland, said to be a three-dimensional code with a hidden message.
It was built to permanently record arcane, Gnostic traditions and
secret, Templar information, such as the legacy of spiritual
enlightenment – the “tree of life”. The Templars had fled to Scotland,
where they helped secure an independent crown, and developed two
underground Gnostic streams of thought, Freemasonry and
Rosicrucianism. In fact it was another St. Clair, Earl William, who
founded the powerful Grand Lodge of Ancient Free and Accepted
Masons of Scotland in 1736.
The fall of the Templars is a fascinating story. It is said the
French King Philip le Bel was heavily indebted to the Templars, as
many royalty were. He saw all the piles of bullion in their temple, and
badly wanted to relieve his debt and take their gold! On Friday,
October 13, 1307, he arrested Jaques de Molay, the Grandmaster of
the Templars, and thousands of other Knights throughout France, and
burned them at the stake. But when he went to take their gold – it had
already mysteriously disappeared!
Rosslyn Chapel’s “Christian” veil is superficial, for it is full of
carvings that celebrate esoteric spiritual influences. The bust of
Hermes Trismegistus, thought to be the author of the Hermetic texts,
the foundation of many Greek schools of initiation, occupies the
87
Surfing the Tao

highest place of honor. Representation of the Babylonian gods Ishtar

and Tammuz, pagan Norse gods, the Greek and Egyptian mystery
schools, Hebraic mysticism as well as Gnostic Christian traditions
abound. The Spear of Destiny is depicted in the stained glass, held by
two Roman saints, Longinus and Mauritius. Legend has it, all who
posses it hold the destiny of the world in their hands – for good or
evil. Pagan fertility symbols like the “green man” are found all over
the interior. The famous Apprentice pillar, beautifully carved with
representations of the tree of life and the “serpents of Neifelheim”,
stands as one end of the “Royal Arch”, its twin pillar on the other in
Cintra, Portugal.
Behind the orthodox Christian façade lay a secretive
esotericism rooted in traditions from Babylonia, Ancient Egypt and
early mosaic Judaism. According to writers Tim Wallace Murphy and
Marilyn Hopkins in their book Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the
Holy Grail, this arrangement of seven cathedrals, and eight sites, in
Europe parallels an arrangement of ancient sites and oracles in Egypt
and Greece. Bounded on either end by Solomonic pillars, the
medieval pilgrim made his way on this “apocalyptic” path starting in
Spain at the Cathedral of St. James of Compostela, journeyed north to
France and the cathedrals of Toulouse, then Orleans, on to Notre
Dame in Paris, then Amien, Chartres, and finally Rosslyn, in
Scotland. Each stop represented a level of initiation. As the student
went from cathedral to cathedral, he was also being secretly
“initiated” in underground chambers, which are the original sites of
the ancient oracles, places where the earth’s telluric energy is
particularly intense. The initiate received not just sacred knowledge,
but a new state of consciousness. Each temple represented one of the
seven “chakra” points on the human body. As the pilgrim progressed
down the path, enlightenment passed upwards through the chakras
along the spine – symbolized by a serpent spiraling its way up a tree,
the “tree of life”.
The cathedral of St. James in Compostela represents the root
chakra, red. Represented by the Raven, it marks the conversion of the
soul so it can begin to receive messages from the spirit world. Its
counterpart oracle in Greece is on the Island of Philae, near
Elephantine. The second, or sacral, chakra, orange, is in Toulouse, the
oracle of Mercury, and its symbol is the Occultist. Its counterpart was
88
 Secret History

in Thebes. Awakening the abdominal chakra meant the student could

now communicate directly with God – in esotericism this “god” was
Hermes Trismegestis.
The Warrior, or Knight, is the symbol of the third, or solar
chakra - yellow. The Cathedral of Orleans was built as the “modern”
oracle of Venus, like the Temple of Abydos. Its progression meant the
initiates were ready to physically demonstrate their beliefs. The fourth
stop on the journey is in Chartres. The Lion symbolized the heart
chakra, green. Its progression symbolized the death of the self and the
realization of the divine within. The Sun Oracle was also originally
located both in Hermopolis and Akhenaten, for the dual centers of the
“Royal self.” Fifth on the path is the great Notre Dame de Paris. This
was the oracle of Mars, also found in Memphis, the center of speech
and spiritual activity, appropriate for the throat chakra, blue. Now the
student could begin to teach and preach the Word.
The sixth stop is in Amiens, from its origins in Heliopolis. The
eagle represents this brow chakra, violet, also known as the third eye.
In this oracle of Jupiter, the student learned the secrets of space and
time, and how to move within the spirit realms. Last but not least, the
crown chakra, the color of gold, the seat of the soul, lay waiting in
Roslin, Scotland in Rosslyn Chapel, on the same location as the
ancient Druidic oracle of Saturn. Its ancient counterpart had two
locations, in Behedet and Heliopolis. Here the initiate became directly
contact with “An,” the “heavenly father.” Its symbol is the serpent,
and its attainment meant the student was now fully awakened, and
could leave the body in spirit at will.
According to Murphy and Hopkins, this configuration was
intended to represent the Temple of God on Earth. “Roslin” means
‘ancient knowledge passed down the generations.’ Various religious
sects believe Rosslyn will be the center of world peace someday, and
revere its location. Some believe the Chapel actually contains the Ark
of the Covenant, secreted there centuries ago by the Templars.
A popular New Age book called The Lion Path was published
in 1985. The enigmatic author, named simply “Musaios”, explained
the ancient Egyptian path of enlightenment, mostly gleaned from the
Pyramid Texts. These explain the transformation into a ‘body of light’
after death. Musaios promises this path is open to everyone now, even
before death, and goes on to explain a series of meditations to be
89
Surfing the Tao

carried out at astrologically specific times, so the individual can

proceed to ‘tune in’ to the higher intelligences located in the star
system Sirius. Picknett and Prince noted that Musaios turns out to be
Dr. Charles Muses, an internationally renowned mathematician and
cyberneticist. Known primarily for his brilliant theory of hyper
numbers, Muses was also editor of the journal for Arthur M. Young’s
Institute for the Study of Consciousness. Does he really believe in
such a transformation?
Another hidden and secretive tradition dedicated to an ancient
way of ‘knowing’ the connections between the spiritual and temporal
worlds was The Royal Society, founded in England in 1660. Cecil
Rhodes, who starting with the creation of his Round Table groups,
helped form several secret societies like the Royal Institute of
International Affairs in England and the Council of Foreign Relations
in the US, which still enjoy a close and intimate relationship today.
Rhodes was much influenced by John Ruskin, an Oxford professor
himself inspired by Plato’s more esoteric works, Madame Blavatsky
and her Theosophical Society, and secret societies like the Order of
the Golden Dawn. Karl Marx later echoed Ruskin’s views on tight
central control over the state.
Coinciding with the occultist philosophies of Blavatsky were
the ideals of Freemasonry, and Rhodes was a member along with
other prominent nineteenth century figures like George IV and
William IV, Lord Randolph Churchill, Rudyard Kipling, and Oscar
Wilde. Some writers believe British royalty continues to top the
pyramid of power in this dark underground ruling order, regardless of
its innocuous public role. (I have heard Prince Charles will never
become king because he has refused to become a Mason.) Rhodes is
now associated with scholarships for promising students at Oxford,
but he is thought to have been a member of the super-secret Illuminati
as well as other covert groups whose true object, according to
Rhodes’ own will, is the extension of British rule throughout the
world, including the United States of America.
Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley wrote, “The
Rhodes Scholarships…are known to everyone. What is not so widely
known is that Rhodes in five previous wills left his fortune to form a
secret society, which was to devote itself to the preservation and
expansion of the British Empire. And what does not seem to be
90
 Secret History

known to anyone is that this secret society…continues to exist to this

day.” He added, “There does exist, and has existed for a generation,
an international Anglophile network which…has no aversion to
cooperating with the Communists or any other groups and frequently
does so…in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to
remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough
to be known.”
Interestingly, our own government continues to be run by
descendants of British royalty. The genealogy of our key politicians
and banking and business tycoons can be traced to European royal
families, and some say even further to the ancient god-kings of Sumer
and Egypt. These families consider themselves to be the Rex Deus,
related to the gods and vying for the divine right of kings, the right to
rule over man. Far from being simple Freemasons, most people don’t
realize that 34 of our 43 presidents can trace their lineage directly
back to Charlemagne. This is astounding in a country renowned for its
genealogical multiplicity, where “anyone” is supposed to be able to
become President. According to Burke’s Peerage, in every single U.S.
presidential election, the candidate with the most blue blood has won.
George W. and Al Gore are both related to British royalty, but Bush is
a little closer. He is a 13th cousin once removed to Prince Charles,
directly descended from Mary Tudor and Charles II. Al Gore is a
cousin to Richard Nixon, and a descendant of Edward I. Other notable
blue bloods are George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Ben Franklin,
the Roosevelts, Harry Truman, Ronald Reagan and even Colin
Powell.2 Is America really as free as it thinks it is?
For generations the general population has been told little
about their true origins or the reality going on behind the scenes. Was
our precious America really designed as the New Atlantis, a term
made popular by Francis Bacon and cherished by our Founding
Fathers, to be an enlightened society rising again from the ashes of
Atlantis like a Phoenix bird? This group of Freemasons believed
America was God’s undertaking, part of his covenant with Israel, his
promise to reunite the dispersed from the “four corners of the earth”
in the process of creating a new heaven on earth. Are we certain
which “God” we are talking about here? Were they? Could there have
been an ulterior motive? Whose kingdom was being created? Was the

91
Surfing the Tao

real truth and knowledge being released, or was a complicated new

system of rules and laws in the works?
SRI International’s 1973 report entitled Changing Images of
Man concluded that a new spiritual movement could upset the
‘modern industrial-state culture’ and result in social disruption and
collapse. To avoid this social resistance against authority, the report
recommends Freemasonry as a solution. “Of special interest to the
Western world is that Freemasonry tradition which played such a
significant role in the birth of the United States of America, attested to
by the symbolism of the Great Seal…That this…has the potentiality
of reactivating the American symbols, reinterpreting the work ethic,
supporting the basic concepts of a free-enterprise democratic society,
and providing new meanings for the technological-industrial thrust.” 3
America’s version was to be a melting pot; genetic diversity
was a necessity. And what better way to validate this experiment for
its people, than to have an alternative interpretation of reality to fight
against. On the other side of the Atlantic, another interpretation of the
New Atlantis, which preached purity of race, appeared in Germany in
the early 1900s. Its legacy was mass genocide and global war.
The hidden, or occult, history of World War II is very
disturbing. Most people accept the shallow mainstream military
history we are taught. However, certain strange facts continue to
disrupt this view. For example, Hitler was fascinated by the occult as
a young man in Vienna, and studied ancient history, occultism,
hypnotism, astrology and theosophy, even ingesting hallucinogenic
drugs to achieve enlightenment, according to author Trevor
Ravenscroft. He became obsessed with the celestial relics like the
Holy Grail and the Spear of Destiny, and was fascinated by the
supernatural. Miraculously regaining his sight after having been
blinded in a mustard attack during WWI, he became a “changed man”
– many people described a dual personality, and periods during which
he seemed “possessed,” especially when he was giving a speech.
Hitler himself honestly believed he had been contacted and
possessed by “extraterrestrial creator gods”. He dedicated his book
Mein Kampf to Dietrich Eckart, the spiritual founder of National
Socialism, who had initiated Hitler in the Secret Doctrine, a
philosophy written or “channeled” by Helena Blavatsky, founder of
the Theosophical Society. This Doctrine states “nonhuman visitors to
92
 Secret History

Earth long ago produced by genetic manipulation ‘divine-human

hybrid beings, sort of God-men’” divided into seven races, including
the Aryans. It also states humans were meant to serve these “gods”
unreservedly, and to protect the purity of their blood.7 Under his
orders, the Nazis spent considerable time and money searching for
holy artifacts. They also developed the belief strangely shared by the
Japanese, that they originated from “blond gods from outer space”,
according to author Henry.
Meanwhile, Franklin Roosevelt, a 33rd degree Freemason,
owned shares in a company which was attempting to salvage the
repository containing the gold and spiritual secrets of the Knights
Templar. This was believed to be hidden somewhere underground in
Nova Scotia’s Oak Island. Additionally, Newsweek magazine reported
that FDR and his third-term vice president Henry A. Wallace were
looking for the “reincarnated Jesus in Shambhala.” Strange as that
sounds, Wallace was a disciple of a Russian guru/visionary named
Nicholas Roerich, who had been preaching about the Second Coming
since 1927. “Their plan was to connect America with a group of
spiritual masters whom they believed survived the cataclysm of
Atlantis and who lived in Shambhala, secretly influencing world
affairs.”4 How many people know FDR first built and named Camp
David, “Shangri-la”? President Eisenhower renamed it later.
The symbols and myths which surround this era makes it clear
this was not a war of good and evil, but a la Machiavelli, of one
“secret” mindset over another. The same “gods” at the centerpiece of
Wallace’s New Atlantis also warped and inspired the minds of the
Nazis. At the close of the war, Winston Churchill ordered that the
occult and religious beliefs of the Nazis remain secret. This was for
several reasons, one being the fear that the jury would find them
innocent of their crimes by reason of insanity. Another reason may
have been that knowledge of such spiritual principles could encourage
imitators, or it might reveal to the masses the key to the puzzle of
humanity. Author Henry wrote, “Out of the loop of secretive Oval
Office conversations, most Depression-era Americans had no inkling
of the bizarre, occult wonderland their leaders had tapped into, the
utopian fantasies that filled their heads, nor the arcane myths that
guided and inspired them.”5

93
Surfing the Tao

Certainly their plan for a New World, New Deal or “New

Atlantis”, rising from the ashes, would be impossible if this
information were widely understood. Deeper still was the knowledge
that the same international group of financiers had provided the funds
to build weapons for both sides of the conflict, and had profited
greatly from the whole mess. For example, Standard Oil, owned by
the Rockefellers, came under investigation during WWII for a series
of secret business dealings that resulted in selling gasoline to Nazi
Germany during the war.6
This period is a great example of how easy it is to use the
existence of “otherworldly beings” to manipulate people in positions
of power on both sides of a conflict. Machiavelli is indeed smiling up
from hell. For these and other reasons the occult remains outside the
mainstream historical paradigm. No one wants to admit that there
were no good guys – both sides were striving for power and control,
not love, peace and harmony. For this reason we were all fooled.
Score one more for the Mirror Image.

94
The Power of Money

“Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care

not who writes the laws.”
– Arnsall Rothschild

This elitist control of our society begins and ends with money.
Names that can be linked to secret societies are the same wealthiest
and most powerful families in the world. Money rules our world at the
moment; with it, most anything is possible. Without it, life can be
cruel and miserable, and this is how it is for the vast majority of the
earth’s present 6 billion inhabitants. It is a clever system, for it is
necessary to survive, and yet to acquire it one must often make
decisions that are in opposition to love, peace and harmony.
The concepts of banking, borrowing and lending changed our
world and ensured the masses would be forever enslaved to it. Today
mounting debt is epidemic. Even people who live in western
countries, whose wealth and modern technological innovations should
have long ago made life easier, must still toil long hours to make
enough money to live. The world’s economy and quest for wealth
turns the engines of industry and technology, and the sovereignty of
nation states is blurring in favor of economic associations.
The Rothschild family has been working for the interests of
Freemasonry since the late 1700s. Having started as a small but
ambitious banking house, its alignment with the Masonic Orders
helped expand and establish the Rothschild power and wealth. They
manipulated and controlled debt and financial affairs in Europe for
centuries. By the nineteenth century the Rothschilds had acquired
titles of nobility, and controlled the financial transactions on behalf of
England, France, Prussia, Austria, Belgium, Spain, Naples, Portugal,
Brazil, and various German states. They also acted as personal
bankers for many heads of European royalty and invested in markets
across the world. The Warburgs of Europe are another elite banking
family, and in the U.S. familiar names like J.P. Morgan, Carnegie,
Harriman, Kuhn, Loeb, Schiff, Lehman, and Rockefeller possess an
ordinate amount of the existing wealth, thanks in a large part to the
95
Surfing the Tao

investments of the Rothschild family over the years. They began

investing in American industry in the 1800s, contributing to the
Rockefeller oil, Carnegie steel and Harriman railroad dynasties. Anti-
trust laws didn’t stop them either, as it became clear the same people
owned the new companies too.
The Rothschild name pops up again when investigating the
financing of Cecil Rhodes’ creation of the De Beers monopoly of
diamond mines in South Africa. It is well known that such precious
metals and stones are expensive because of “artificial” scarcity. These
elite societies are known to hoard huge amounts of wealth, claiming
that mankind is still too selfish and not ready for these treasures to be
released to the “outer world”. I think we know who is really being
selfish.
Some of the greatest minds of our time recognized how
important money is, whether they were part of the cabal or not.
George Washington, himself a Freemason, in fact did warn the
American people about the insidious plan. He said, “I have heard
much of the nefarious and dangerous plan and doctrines of the
Illuminati. It was not my intention to doubt that the doctrine of the
Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the
United States.” He went on to warn us therefore about getting
involved with any foreign nation outside of commercial relations. If
only we had listened!
Even Abraham Lincoln attempted to resist the Illuminist
forces, and said just before his assassination, “As a result of war,
corporations have been enthroned and an era of corruption in high
places will follow and the money power of the country will endeavor
to prolong its reign by working on the prejudices of the people until
wealth is aggregated in the hands of a few and the Republic is
destroyed. I feel at this moment more anxiety for the safety of my
country than ever before, even in the midst of war.”

“If the American People ever allow the banks to

control the issuance of their currency, first by inflation
and then by deflation, the banks and corporation that
will grow up around them will deprive the people of all
property, til their children wake up homeless on the
continents their fathers occupied.” – Thomas Jefferson
96
 The Power of Money

Of course this did happen in 1913 with the creation of the

Federal Reserve, which is not part of the Federal government at all as
most people might think, but controlled instead by a private group of
elite bankers. Congressman Lindbergh warned against such an
institution the year it was created, saying the Federal Reserve
“establishes the most gigantic trust on earth…When the President
signs this act, the invisible government by the money power…will be
legitimized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts
want inflation. From now on depressions will be scientifically
created.”
Charles Lindbergh resisted the creation of the Federal
Reserve, and his subsequent personal tragedies raise a suspicious
eyebrow when listed next to the many other Senators and
Congressmen who have been publicly ruined, patently ignored, or
even mysteriously involved in “accidents”, when they spoke out
against this “establishment” throughout the years. In the 1960s,
Congressman Wright Patman attempted to expose one-world interests
by calling for audits of the Federal Reserve, but was frustrated over
the total lack of coverage on the issue. His shocking exposes of the
Federal Reserve were only reported in the Congressional Record,
which is read by barely a handful of people. He stated, “In the United
States today, we have in effect two governments. We have the duly
constituted government. Then we have an independent, uncontrolled
and un-coordinated government in the Federal Reserve System,
operating the money powers which are reserved to Congress by the
Constitution.”1
In the 1970s and 1980s, Congressman Larry P. McDonald
tried to speak out with his book The Rockefeller File, which attempted
to disclose the family’s vast wealth and secret intentions. “The
Rockefeller File is not fiction. It is a compact, powerful and
frightening presentation of what may be the most important story of
our lifetime – the drive of the Rockefellers and their allies to create a
one-world government combining super-capitalism and Communism
under the same tent, all under their control.”2 McDonald loudly
continued to take his message to the streets, but in 1983 he was killed
aboard the Korean Airlines flight 007, which was “accidentally” shot
down by the Soviets. Two other outspoken critics of the “Eastern
97
Surfing the Tao

Establishment” (a term frequently used to describe one-world

interests) were Senators John Heinz and John Tower. They were both
killed in “freak” small plane crashes one day apart in 1991.
Some say in order to create the Federal Reserve, Congress and
the nation was hoodwinked. President Wilson signed the bill just two
days before Christmas in 1913, most people’s attention being
elsewhere at the time. There is evidence this group of men made sure
Wilson made it into office in order to sign this bill. However, even he
was apparently aware of what was really going on.

“We are controlled by a small group of dominant men.

The worst ruled and most completely controlled
government in the civilized world. Some of the biggest
men in the United States are afraid of somebody, are
afraid of something. They know that there is a power
somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so
interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had
better not speak above their breath when they speak in
condemnation of it.”- Woodrow Wilson

“The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that
a financial element in the large centers has owned the
government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.”
– FDR

There is plenty of evidence that the nation’s wealthy elite

controls not just big business but the way our country itself is run.

“The real menace of our Republic is the invisible

government which like a giant octopus sprawls its
slimy length over our city, state and nation…At the
head of this octopus are the Rockefeller-Standard Oil
interests and a small group of powerful banking houses
generally referred to as the international bankers [who]
virtually run the US government for their own selfish
purposes.” -Former New York mayor John F. Hylan,
1922

98
 The Power of Money

One could imagine that with enough money, practically

anything was possible. As Jim Marrs wrote in Rule By Secrecy,
(p.108)

“Taken together the facts suggest that the overall goal

of these modern societies is to bring about one world
government with attendant centralized social control
and loss of national sovereignty. This objective is
coming ever closer to reality, largely through the
increasing corporate and financial control over both
governments and economies.”

The strain of the Depression led to FDR taking us off the gold
standard. But at least until 1971 our notes were backed by silver. Now
they just say “Federal Reserve Note”, backed by nothing.
This is not just evident in our own country, but around the
world. Everything seems to be merging into single currencies and
one, huge global company. Zbigniew Brzezinski, a famous advocate
of this “New World Order”, calls the progression into one world
economic and technological state technetronics. “The technetronic era
involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a
society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional
values.” Unrestrained by values?
How are these groups able to influence the evolution of
society with its hidden agendas? With so much money, anything
seems possible, especially when public agendas seem honest and
good on the surface. Our world’s biggest business conglomerates,
which may spout goals like world unity and equal justice, sounding
all warm and fuzzy, are actually financing the world’s billion dollar
porn industry as well. The Reese Committee investigated the
influence of our nation’s tax-exempt foundations and discovered they
serve both as tax shelters for the enormously wealthy, as well as fund
major think-tanks which influence our American life in ways we
barely understand. By funneling huge sums of money for research and
grants in areas such as the social sciences, public education, and
international affairs, numerous organizations such as the NEA have
been found to produce and promote information that advocates among
other things sexual freedom, socialism, and globalism intending to
99
Surfing the Tao

prepare students for a future one-world society. Of course these

conglomerates control just about everything we see on television as
well, one way or another.
A cursory glance of our nation’s tax-exempt foundations,
government think-tanks and alphabet agencies finds hundreds
founded and controlled by secret society members. The same
pyramid-shaped hierarchical structure helps keep all except for the top
elite unaware of the true goals of these organizations. The list is very
long, but just to mention a few: the Aspen Institute, the Anti-
Defamation League, the Brookings Institute, Center for Strategic
International Studies, Environmental Fund, Fabian Society, Ford
Foundation, Hudson Institute, Institute for Pacific Relations, Institute
for Policy Studies, Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice, International
Institute for Strategic Studies, Mellon Institute, NAACP, Rand
Institute, Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock Institute,
International Red Cross, the YMCA, the CIA, NSA, FBI, DEA, IRS
and of course, FEMA. The same goes for our nation’s top
universities.
Haven’t heard it on the news, so don’t believe it? It might be
news to you to learn the media is also heavily populated with secret
society members. And the consolidation of media empires has
accelerated rapidly in recent years. In 1982, fifty corporations
controlled mass media in the US. By 1990 the number was down to
23, and in 1997 it was down to 10. Now the FCC is even trying to
change its rules to allow big media to own print, radio and TV
conglomerates at once in the same cities – further decreasing the
variety of our news and placing it is the hands of a very small number
of people. Secret society members in the media include many past and
present tycoons and journalists such as Robert McNeil, Jim Lehrer,
Daniel Schorr, Katherine Graham, Cyrus Vance, A.M. Rosenthal,
Strobe Talbott, Stephen S. Rosenfeld, William F. Buckley, Dan
Rather, Bill Moyers, Diane Sawyer, David Brinkley, Ted Koppel,
Barbara Walters, John Chancellor, George Will, Tom Brokaw, and
many others.

“We live in a dirty and dangerous world. There are

some things the general public does not need to know
and shouldn’t. I believe democracy flourishes when the
100
 The Power of Money

government can take legitimate steps to keep its

secrets, and when the press can decide whether to print
what it knows.” – Katherine Graham, in a speech to the
CIA in 1988

A mysterious character that keeps popping up in my research

is the Count of St. Germain. In the eighteenth century St. Germain’s
movements can be linked to royalty, the secret Brotherhood and wars
in Europe. A flamboyant and multi-talented character, much was
written about him. He is rumored to have manipulated the politics of
the time, causing wars and arranging marriages between the elite, and
most importantly creating wealth and financial standing for certain
men in the Brotherhood. He charmed and influenced many important
people of the time. But reports throughout the century and the next
relate the recurring mysterious appearance of St. Germain, even after
his reported death. Today, several people claim to have been
contacted by this same being, including religious leader Elizabeth
Clare Prophet. He allegedly took some of them on out-of-body tours
of underground facilities in places like Mount Shasta, and revealed
the existence of some “Ascended Masters” with super powers. He
reportedly told writer Guy Warren Ballard earlier this century that,
“No one—in this world—ever accumulated a great amount of
wealth—without the assistance and radiation of some—Ascended
Master. There are occasions—in which individuals can be used as a
focus of great wealth—for a specific purpose—and at such times—
greatly added power is radiated to them—for through it—they can
receive personal assistance. Such an experience is a—test—and
opportunity—for growth.”3
But not everyone believed that progress was made with
money, or was worth the expense of a loving and harmonious way of
life. Indian poet and philosopher Rabindranath Tagore wrote in the
early 20th century,

“Therefore I speak with a personal feeling of pain and

sadness about the collective power which is guiding
the helm of western civilization. It is a passion, not an
ideal. The more success it has brought to Europe, the
more costly it will prove to her at last, when the
101
Surfing the Tao

accounts have to be rendered. And the signs are

unmistakable, that the accounts have been called for.
The time has come when Europe must know that the
forcible parasitism which she has been practicing upon
the two large continents of the world - the two most
unwieldy whales of humanity – must be causing to her
moral nature a gradual atrophy and degeneration.”

102
How is this possible?

“Who controls the past, controls the future: who

controls the present, controls the past.”
—George Orwell, 1984

The Mirror Image controls our perception of the present

reality. So many things that started out harmless have become
perverted and manipulated to keep us forever unable to discern the
subtleties of truth.
Our ignorance leaves us vulnerable to a host of cruelties most
people imagine are just part of life. When I read the Protocols of Zion,
I knew I had hit upon a powerful, underground truth I had rather not
have known. Unfortunately, it does exist, sheathed in deception and
misinterpretation through the ages. Also known as the Protocols of
the Wise men of Zion, it is a list of procedures for world domination,
and is still widely circulated today. Jim Marrs says in his book Rule
by Secrecy, “this document may have wreaked more havoc than
almost any other piece of literature in recent history.”
It originally appeared in 1864 in France in a book called
Dialogue in Hell Between Machiavelli and Montesquieu or the
Politics of Machiavelli in the Nineteenth Century by a Contemporary.
Written by a French lawyer named Maurice Joly, it was taken at the
time as a satire against Napoleon III. Joly, who along with friend
Victor Hugo was a Rosicrucian, was imprisoned for his impertinence.
Later on his book was re-written and augmented with anti-Semetic
material on orders of the Russian czar, who was trying to relieve his
own political pressure by creating it instead between Russian
revolutionaries and the Jews. The document stated the Jews and the
Freemasons were working together to create a one-world government
by means of liberalism and socialism. The documents were re-written
and attributed to Jews before World War I to incite anti-Semitism.
The message contained in the Protocols is chilling indeed,
with its descriptions of the methodology of tyranny of the few. It
states that outwardly, they shall adopt honorable and cooperative
procedures, but that a statesman’s words do not have to agree with his
103
Surfing the Tao

acts. By controlling how and what the public thinks, stirring up old
conflicts and creating new ones, spreading misery and plague and
distracting the youth, they will accomplish their plan for world
domination. Some of the phrasing is downright degrading and talks
about people as if they were animals. Here are a few examples.
–The Protocol plan “will remain invisible until the
moment…when no cunning can any longer undermine it.”
–”Wars, so far as possible, should not result in territorial
gains.”
–”The minds of the masses must be diverted toward
industry…(so as) not to take note of their common foe.”
–”We shall create an intensified centralization of
government…We shall soon begin to establish huge monopolies.”
–”Not a single announcement will reach the public without our
control”
—“In order that the masses themselves may not guess what
they are about we further distract them with amusements, games,
pastimes, passions…soon we shall begin through the press to propose
competition in art, in sport of all kinds…”
–”When we at last come into our kingdom by the aid of coup
d’etat prepared everywhere for one and the same day…we shall slay
without mercy all who take arms in hand to oppose our
coming…anything like a secret society will also be punishable with
death”
—“It will be no disgrace to be a spy and informer, but a
merit…how else are we to increase disorders?”
Taxes are a huge part of the Protocols, which call for general
taxation, progressive property taxes, sales taxes, income and
inheritance taxes and other banking loan procedures. Regardless of
where these protocols originated, one can surely agree that many of
these points are evident in our “democratic” society today. They are
manipulated into our world as being necessary and lack any
awareness of love.
Striking similarities exist between this plan and Marx’s
Communist Manifesto. The steps towards a communist state include
taxes, intense centralization of government and control over the
people, property and industry, and free education for all children.
These days the growing partnership is no longer secret but a matter of
104
 How is this possible?

pride between our nations. Charlotte Iserbyt was the Senior Policy
Advisor to the Office of Educational Research and Improvement
(OERI) at the Department of Education during the first Reagan
Administration. She exposed a major technology initiative that aimed
to control the curriculum in American classrooms in an attempt to
merge it with the system in the Soviet Union. She claims the plan, still
in place today, changed our system into one focused on quotas for
jobs rather than academics, and has resulted in the redistribution of
wealth with more benefits to a tiny elite.
The growing number of ex-KGB agents now working for the
U.S. government also evidences this merging partnership. An article
in the July 30, 2001 issue of The New American called “Community
Policing, East and West” said, “Among Louis Freeh’s supposedly
commendable achievements as FBI director, according to Robert S.
Bennett, (brother of William Bennett, former Secretary of Education,
ed) was the realization of his vision of a ‘global FBI.’ It was in pursuit
of that vision that Freeh traveled to Moscow in 1994, and—on the
fourth of July—signed an agreement creating a framework for
FBI/KGB collaboration. ‘We can honestly say that our two nations
have more in common that ever before,’ declared Freeh at the
ceremony, which took place after a tour of the KGB’s Lubyanka
Square Headquarters. ‘We are united in purpose and in spirit.’”
Iserbyt reminds us of a quote by Cicero, “A nation can survive fools,
and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within.”
In general people don’t recognize the profundity of these
global developments, which have become for most just another sound
bite. And in order to keep us from a more informed perspective of this
historical manipulation, much of the evidence of the true history of
the earth has been destroyed. The old libraries burned down and other
materials are kept hidden away in a safe place. Supposedly the
Vatican has the most elaborate collection of ancient manuscripts on
earth, but does not share them. Rumor has it other ancient collections
of manuscripts are kept hidden in places like the mountains of India
or under the Sphinx. These behind-the-scenes forces claim humans
are spiritually unworthy of such information. According to Mr.
Ballard and our friend St. Germain,

105
Surfing the Tao

“These records are not brought forth into the use of the
outer world at the present time, because of lack of
spiritual growth and understanding of the people. The
race has a restlessness and critical feeling, that is a
very destructive activity…the Ascended Masters of the
Great White Brotherhood, have always foreseen such
destructive impulses, and have withdrawn all important
records of every civilization, and preserved them, then
left the less important to be destroyed by the vicious
impulse of the vandals”.1

Modern prophets predict the discovery of ancient texts, which will

transform the way the world perceives itself and its history. But can
we be certain that information that has remained hidden until now
hasn’t been doctored? Just because something – even knowledge - is
old, doesn’t mean it is the whole truth. Also, using actual truth
improperly is another wonderful way to mislead people. Just put a
colorful “spin” on it, pepper it with unnecessary additives and
preservatives and watch the Pied Piper dance.
Most of us have never even considered what would really be
“outside the box.” Since birth we have been so subtly conditioned we
cannot imagine how life could be different. Our educational system is
often hailed as being a positive step towards an enlightened future,
when in fact it is a perfect system for turning out little programmable
robots. Even in private schools, the curriculum is strict, and teachers
must teach what they are told. It’s not that we have been taught lies,
but that there is so much out there they are simply not telling us at all.
Rabindranath Tagore, who received the Nobel Prize for Literature in
1913, worked during his lifetime to develop alternative ways to
educate the youth. He wanted people to learn to think for themselves,
not recite required words from an old book. A visionary ahead of his
time, he lived in the rhythm of the Tao, while the rest of the world
worried about tradition or wealth. He wrote about his struggle, “The
obstacles were numerous. The tradition of the community which calls
itself educated, the parents’ expectations, the upbringing of the
teachers themselves, the claim and the constitution of the official
University, were all overwhelmingly arrayed against the idea I
cherished.” People are taught to feel proud of themselves and what
106
 How is this possible?

they learned. It never occurs to them there could be all kinds of much
more interesting subjects and knowledge far beyond their wildest
dreams.
Similar types of lies of omission haunt our scientific and
medical systems. Modern science is like a little fascist club in which
all members must toe the line or lose their funding and reputations. So
many of them are “compartmentalized” in their specialty. The media
constantly trots out people with high-sounding degrees and titles to
denounce any claims of the “paranormal”. Even respected
organizations like the Smithsonian and the National Geographic
Society are the subject of complaints by alternative researchers, who
claim they debunk or simply ignore scientific evidence that might
enlighten people about their true origins. They may not necessarily
print actual lies, but omitting any discussion of differing points of
view on such topics is just as hurtful. Such institutions are also
accused of “losing” important archeological evidence. One example is
the discovery of an enormous underground tunnel system in the
Grand Canyon, replete with a hidden entrance, 20,000-year-old
mummies, tablets with hieroglyphics, copper artifacts, and
corroboration with Hopi legend of a vast and ancient underground
civilization. The exploration was led by Smithsonian archeologist
G.E. Kinkaid, and reported in the Phoenix Gazette on April 5, 1909,
after which the evidence quickly disappeared, the discovery vanishing
from public view.
Alternative healing methods also suffer ridicule and
misunderstanding by the public. In actuality it is a vibrational
imbalance, or dis-ease, of a person’s energy field that can manifest as
various illnesses in the physical body. True healers work to restore the
balance in the body’s energy field, and the physical manifestations of
the dis-ease disappear. These techniques work on a quantum level,
and have long been known to many ancient cultures. Today more and
more people are turning to alternative methods like faith or energetic
healing, acupuncture and chi gung instead of drugs and surgery,
which are not only dangerous but also very expensive. According to
the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality in 2002, 22% of all
hospital visits experience at least one error, and there are between
44,000 and 98,000 deaths annually due to medical errors. This is
thousands more than die from handguns each year, believe it or not.
107
Surfing the Tao

The Tao can heal and nurture without surgery or chemicals. In

the quantum realm, where there is no “matter”, All Things Are
Possible. Alternative therapies are beginning to bear out this truth
even in our close-minded modern world. People thoughtlessly ingest
so many questionable drugs and chemicals, instead of going to the
Source of the problem. However, having an aspirin is not going to
separate you from God. There is a fine line between what is
reasonable and what is downright against the Tao.
Some of the most dangerous drugs out there are perfectly
legal. Aspartame, a sweetener found in diet sodas, suppresses the
intellect and has been known to cause headaches, dizziness, attention
difficulties, memory loss, slurred speech and vision problems. It
changes brain chemistry and lowers the threshold for seizures, causes
mood disorders and other nervous system problems. Be smart – do
some research on your own. The Monsanto Corporation owns
NutraSweet and Equal. This is the same company that provides seeds
to our nation’s farmers, modified so that the plants they grow are
infertile, requiring farmers to purchase them anew each year. This
company is also responsible for genetically modified food, another
potential assault on the human body, which at the very least deserves
more study. Side effects often result from the common additive
monosodium glutamate, which is found in a lot of fast food and snack
items. Brain-altering phenylketornurics like phenylalanine are found
in children’s candy.
You can live in love and have a diet soda now and then - but
many people drink several a day. The same goes for tobacco. Long
ago, one could share a pipe in perfect joy and contentment. But the
Mirror Image has perverted it into the big business of cigarettes, and
elevated the consumption of this humble plant into an epidemic of
addiction, death and disease.
Prozac is another culprit; the FDA found that its parent drug
company, Eli Lilly, had failed to report psychotic episodes during
testing. However, there was no reprimand. Ritalin is a drug used on
children, but has been connected to violent crimes. Amidst
controversy of an industry cover-up, it has been found that the use of
these drugs causes a marked increase in the rate of murders and
suicides. Fluoride is an old friend of the dental industry. It is a known
intellect suppressant that is commonly added to water supplies, and is
108
 How is this possible?

also an ingredient in rat poison, hypnotics, and military nerve gas.

Various communities have protested this addition to their water
supply.
Alcohol is probably the single most destructive drug in
existence. “Alcohol is a premier drug of abuse in America, and sales
to children and underage drinkers are a critical component of the
alcohol industry’s profits,” says Joseph Califano, President of
Columbia University’s Research Center on Addiction and Substance
Abuse. However, the Tao would never deny us proper enjoyment of a
glass of wine now and then. Prohibition is a stern legalism, and as far
from the Tao as a sodden drunkard. Both extremes are reflections of
the Mirror Image.
A close second in destructiveness is methamphetamine or
speed, a cheap stimulant ravaging our cities, which virtually shuts off
one’s ability to love. Street drugs are a simple way to enslave the
minds of the masses. The development of stronger and cheaper drugs
has led to a worldwide epidemic of addiction. Unfortunately, certain
natural plants when used properly can help release the mind from the
non-love grid, and they have been completely misunderstood,
ignorantly lumped together with these and conveniently made illegal
as well.
Sugar and caffeine can dangerously alter our body’s chemistry
and render us less sensitive to higher frequencies of awareness. These
substances seem harmless, but today are consumed in such vast
quantities we would be wise to take a second look.
Vaccinations are another frightening issue. In the U.S., we are
conditioned to believe they are necessary, but there is evidence that
many of the claimed benefits are questionable at best. The science
behind it is real, but it can also be abused and become perverted. I
have read of millions of third world children dying from disease
despite being fully vaccinated. Flu shots are recommended for the
elderly, but often it is only the ones who refused the shot who stay
healthy. The fact that measles and mumps continue to be spread
among vaccinated children at school should be a heads up. Measles
was declared virtually eradicated in 1982, but in the 1990s it came
back with a vengeance. The death rate is now many times higher than
it was before the vaccine was in widespread use. Parents are often not
even warned that children can be left autistic after a routine measles
109
Surfing the Tao

or mumps vaccination. The U.S. has the worst infant mortality rate
among developed nations, and there is staggering evidence that
vaccinations could be one reason. There is even a campaign to
intimidate parents into getting them for their children. Most are not
told they can still legally waive them. In Maryland parents on welfare
lose $25 per month per child without vaccinations, even though they
are legally not required. There have been cases in which parents were
personally attacked and their children expelled for refusing them.
Most doctors will not treat children without them.
Online I found thousands and thousands of names of children
whose parents believed they were killed or damaged by vaccines. The
official statistics are potentially flawed, since the laws are very
technical; if a death occurs even five minutes after the four-hour
deadline, for example, the doctor must state it was from some other
reason. Doctors get kick-backs for enforcing them, like they do for
prescribing other medications as well. The production of vaccines is a
scary business itself and should make any normal person concerned.
“Live-virus” vaccines must be weakened by forcing cells through
tissue, like dead animal organs or fetal tissue. Then chemicals like
formaldehyde and mercury are added as stabilizers. One series of
studies questioned the presence of a human hormone which acts like a
birth control found needlessly added to thousands of vaccines that
went to women in third world countries. In fact, anything could be
added and we would be none the wiser. How do I know the company
that makes the vaccine won’t make even more money should I get
sick? Do you really trust them to work for your best interest, and not
theirs? Did you know the company who now makes Cipro, the
treatment for Anthrax, started out as the German company that
worked for Hitler? They sure made a lot of money last year. They are
capitalists, not philanthropists. I shudder to think of the day when
vaccinations are required by law.
Robert McNamara, former U.S. Secretary of State, also a
Trilateralist, a Bilderberger and a member of the CFR, responsible for
massive bombing campaigns in Vietnam, was quoted in a French
publication called “j’ai tout compris’, “One must take draconian
measure of demographic reduction against the will of the populations.
Reducing the birth rate has proved to be impossible or insufficient.

110
 How is this possible?

We must therefore increase the mortality rate. How? By natural

means. Famine and sickness.”2
Bill Cooper wrote in his book The Secret Government when
discussing the government’s “Alternative 3” plans for saving the
human race, “As a delaying action, ALL THREE ALTERNATIVES
included birth control, sterilization, and the introduction of deadly
microbes to control or slow the growth of the Earth’s population.
AIDS is only ONE result of these plans. There are others. It was
decided since the population must be reduced and controlled that it
would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of the
undesirable elements of our society.”
Another hideous and powerful lie regards the environmental
movement. We all care about the earth, its flora and fauna, and to
abuse this cause is unforgivable. “Ostensibly to save the environment,
misinformed and uninformed Americans are being mobilized to create
the appearance of popular support for a radical agenda intended to
alter our lifestyles and subvert the independence of our country. If this
agenda is implemented, it will not improve the environment but will
fulfill a long-sought-after goal of the Establishment. For this very
reason, the Establishment has supported the radical environmental
cause.” – Gary Benoit, The New American magazine. They pollute the
world, and then insist on a world state to clean it up. “Humanity needs
a world order. The Fully sovereign nation is incapable of dealing with
the poisoning of the environment…the management of the planet,
therefore – whether we are talking about the need to prevent war or
the need to prevent ultimate damage to the conditions of life –
requires a world government.” –Norman Cousins, Earth Day 1970. In
more and more cases the Federal government is buying up land for
the stated intent on saving a particular endangered species, when there
is evidence to question whether it is being used for something else. In
Hawaii, ranchers are helpless when the government permanently takes
possession of their acreage and denies access to ancestral lands to
save an endangered bird no one can find. In fact the government owns
nearly every acre of wilderness left under the guise of protection, and
entry into these lands is now highly regulated.
The best place to hide the truth is out in the open. You just
have to start to look for it, and it often isn’t fun. For thousands of
years the Brotherhood has communicated via symbology. It is not
111
Surfing the Tao

meant for the common man to notice as being out of the ordinary.
Such symbols have become such a part of our culture we take them
for granted and have no idea of their occult, or hidden, significance.
They particularly love to take symbols that originally represented
good and warp or twist them until they become associated with evil,
or the other way around. The Nazis did this with the swastika, which
is the reverse of a runic symbol representing the four winds of power.
The back of the dollar bill was designed during the
administration of FDR, a 33rd degree Mason. The reverse side of the
Great Seal is a pyramid with the all-seeing eye of Horus (or Osiris or
Baal – remember, many names) and underneath it is actually written,
“Novus Ordo Seclorum”, which means The New Order of the Ages.
This symbol was so dreaded and associated with Satanism centuries
ago that it had been suppressed since 1776. But it has made a
comeback since 1935, symbolizing the prophecy and goal of an
ancient priesthood. To occultists, it represents the spiritualization of
the world, with America as its leader.
Roses became the symbol of silence and secrecy after Eros,
the god of love, gave one to Harpocrates, the god of silence, to induce
him not to gossip about his mother’s indiscretions. In the middle ages,
a rose was suspended from the ceiling of a council chamber, requiring
all present to pledge secrecy to the proceedings occurring sub rosa, or
“under the rose.” Early Christians considered roses symbols of
paganism, orgy and lust. But the Church subsequently “absorbed,” or
warped, this concept by later referring to the Virgin Mary as the
“Rosa mystica” in Catholic litanies. Despite its questionable
associations, the rose has always been allotted a high status with
royalty as well. It is the official flower of England.
“Five pointed stars and roses were the traditional decoration of
the temples dedicated to the goddess Ishtar.”3 Researcher David
Ovason noted in his work The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s
Capital that the five-pointed star is a Masonic symbol, its ancient
Egyptian origin confirmed by Frenchman Jean Francois Champollion
in the 19th century. Champollion found it to be the hieroglyphic
representing Sirius, the Dog Star. To the Masons as it did to the
Egyptians, this star symbolizes the accessible Heaven and is the
sacred key used to unlock the mysteries of Heaven and Hell. Supreme
Commander Albert Pike wrote in his Morals and Dogmas… “The
112
 How is this possible?

Ancient Astronomers saw all the great Symbols of Masonry in the

Stars. Sirius still glitters in our Lodges as the Blazing Star.” (p. 486)
Many Masonic rituals are timed to occur when stars important
to them such as Sirius and Virgo are exactly aligned with each other,
or the sun or the moon. Virgo the “virgin” goddess is found under
various names in many ancient religions and is still revered by the
Masons. Also known as Isis, Tara, Diana, Athena, Ishtar, Ashtaroth or
Columba, she is often depicted with seven rays, or holding the eternal
flame of ‘enlightenment’. Sometimes the celestial Virgo is portrayed
weeping, as was the goddess Isis in ancient times – weeping because
the “Temple” is yet unfinished. Whether this refers to the actual
temple building, or the temple of the human spirit, varies according to
interpretation. Although another of her symbols is the dove, she is not
a goddess of peace. She and her followers will do whatever necessary
to put forth their version of progress. Her image is found in no less
than 50 public statues or buildings in Washington, D.C. alone.
The Phoenix bird is another favorite symbol representing the
new civilization rising from the ashes of the old. Some believe our
Founding Fathers wanted the phoenix to be the national symbol, but
settled on the more familiar yet similar eagle. A winged symbol is
found in nearly every ancient culture, as well as in many modern
insignia.
Another symbol we take for granted is our dollar sign, which
strangely resembles a snake working its way up twin pillars. Every
Masonic building has two pillars somewhere. According to legend,
sacred knowledge was inscribed upon two pillars called Boaz and
Jachin, one pertaining to the cosmos and other to the Earth, and that
they were lost during the great flood. Pythagoras and Hermes
Trismegistus supposedly found them later and taught the wisdom to
others.
The two towers also seem to stand for the number 11. It is a
bad number to Jews and Hebrews, to them meaning transgression of
the law, rebellion, war, sin, sorcery and martyrdom. To others it
represents the old world order. Aleister Crowley revered the number
and considered it an object of magic, even more important than 13.
The numbers 11, 22, 33 figure prominently and are considered
the “master numbers” to esotericists. The numbers 19.5 and 33
ostensibly have an intimate geometric relationship known to the
113
Surfing the Tao

Masons; also, twice 19.5 is 39 and these numbers are often found as
latitude points for important places. If you place a tetrahedron (think
four-sided equilateral pyramid) inside a sphere with one of its points
at a pole, the other three points will touch exactly at 19.5 degrees
south of the equator. Here are found many of our world’s sacred sites
(though some of them are aligned to an old North Pole). Esotericists
believe two intersecting and rotating tetrahedronal energy fields exist
within the earth and are the source of its energy. These opposing
triangles are encoded within two-dimensional symbols like the Star of
David as well as the compass and square of the Freemasons. Again,
these symbols are not evil unto themselves, but have often been used
as such and are a much bigger part of our history than most of us
realize.
The human body has 11 true ribs on either side, 22 bones in
the skull and 33 vertebrae. Is it just numerical synchronicity? Are they
claiming to be our creators, having encoded these unlikely numbers
into our bodies, or are they just using such numbers to prove they
have had advanced knowledge for a long time? There are reportedly
33 degrees, or levels of initiation, in Freemasonry. President Kennedy
was not a mason and probably wasn’t so hip on their plans. He was
killed on November 22 (11-22) in Dallas, which is on the 33rd
parallel. John Paul I enjoyed 33 days as Pope before he suddenly died,
after which the Roman Church suffered rumors that satanic influences
were afoot in the Vatican.
September 11 is New Years Day in the Coptic Christian
calendar. Society members love to schedule ceremonies or events for
this day. It was on September 11, 1990 when George Bush Sr. first
publicly used the term “New World Order” and it was exactly 11
years later to the day when the WTC was destroyed. The first plane to
hit was Flight 11. Some say there were eleven “11”’s encoded into
that fateful day in 2001; far from being coincidence, to an occultist,
the more elevens, the greater chance of success. For example, World
War I ended on the 11th hour, on the 11th day, of the 11th month. Do
the terrorists know about these things and are knowingly fighting this
underground power even we know nothing about? Consider that the
CIA trained many Muslims fighters. Who knows what is really going
on – but we can be sure much more is happening than we see on TV.

114
 How is this possible?

Pythagoras believed the “number is the ultimate reality” and

that everything, including God, could be expressed in numerical
terms. The occult obsession over numbers and numerology is
overwhelming, once you are aware of it. Sometimes I think of it like
the movie The Matrix, which represents the false reality with falling
lines of numeric codes. Instead of walls, the character Neo just sees
numbers. The more I research subjects like harmonics and fractal
geometry, the more I also begin to see the numbers that really make
up our world. Numbers are not inherently evil, though I do believe
they have varying frequencies, like colors. Maybe the reason the
Brotherhood has gone out of their way with them is to show they are
aware of a higher reality.
The streets and monuments of Washington, D.C, Paris,
London and others are heavily laced with Masonic symbolism. In fact
there is ample evidence to suggest their very layout is linked with the
heavens. As researcher Ovason wrote, “the mythology of the stellar
lights plays an essential part in the foundation and history of the
federal city. The deeper meaning of the zodiacal symbolism which
radiates through Washington, D.C., is so subtle that it has remained
hidden until even today – secretly enshrined in zodiacs set in marble,
plaster, concrete, glass and paint within the fabric of the city.”
Pierre L’Enfant and the other designers of Washington, D.C.
were Freemasons, along with our founding fathers. Ovason located
documents that revealed important events such as the very founding
of the United States as well as the laying of cornerstones for
important buildings were ritually timed according to the location of
certain stars and planets in the heavens. For example, the White
House cornerstone was laid at noon on October 13, 1792, when the
Moon and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo. George Washington laid
the Capitol cornerstone on September 18, 1793, when the Sun,
Mercury and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo. The Washington
Monument foundation stone was laid at noon on July 4, 1848, when
the Moon and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo.
The strange street layout of D.C. makes a lot more sense when
an inverted pentagram is revealed in the streets north of the White
House, which forms its exact head point. The streets going from there
to the Capitol form one side of the Masonic compass, while others
form the Masonic square and rule. According to researcher Richard
115
Surfing the Tao

Hoagland, the same geometric layout found in Washington, D.C is

also reportedly found among the ruined structures in Avebury,
England as well as in the ruins of Cydonia, on Mars. If this is true, it
means these ‘powers that be’ have been arranging our world, and
maybe others, for a very long time. Or perhaps a hidden group is
planting such complicated correlations for their own secret reasons.
Some believe certain key events in our national space program
have also been repeatedly and consistently timed to occur around the
placement of certain stars at key ritual positions in the heavens. Who
knows? Go ahead and do the research yourself.
Our modern spiritual ignorance is leaving millions of us
vulnerable. There are many powerful organizations working from the
spiritual side of life with the same goal of getting everyone on the
synarchistic one-world bandwagon. Being the head of a one world
religion combined with a one world government would certainly be a
tempting goal for someone interested in ultimate power. Subtle and
cleverly deceptive writings can quickly undermine even a determined
believer. Non-religious people are swayed by universalist, humanistic
notions which condition people to think all religions are pathways to
the same God. Pantheistic religions believe they are simply
manipulating the forces of nature, that everything is God and
therefore whatever anyone does is basically ok. Widespread
acceptance of this concept is necessary to be able to unite the world
under a single belief. Every major world religion is represented in this
movement. Do you think if they actually called themselves or their
plans evil, we would listen?
Historically, the roots of this movement can be traced to the
same secretive, esoteric societies. The Theosophical Society has been
at the forefront of this movement since its inception by Helena
Petrovna Blavatsky in the nineteenth century. Her books like The
Secret Doctrine and The Reappearance of Christ have become widely
read occult classics. In The Secret Doctrine she refers to the “Fallen
One” and wrote, “better to reign in hell than serve in heaven!” She
even briefly published a magazine entitled Lucifer. A later leader of
the Theosophical Society, Alice Bailey, established the Lucifer Press
to publish and distribute the society’s literature. Public outrage
changed the name to the Lucis Press, and it is still the official
publisher for the U.N. Until just a few years ago, its parent
116
 How is this possible?

organization, Lucis Trust, which has consultative status at the U.N.,

had offices at the U.N. Plaza in New York. Other groups based on the
Theosophical network are the Arcane Schools, the Triangles Program,
and World Goodwill, founded during the 20s and 30s.4 Blavatsky and
Bailey were also members of the Masonic sister organizations.
World Union and World Goodwill, a creation of Lucis Trust,
merged in 1961. These groups are also well connected with the World
Constitution and Parliament Association, whose job it has become to
actually bring about the shift into the New World Order. Past and
present members of the Lucis Trust include Robert McNamara,
Donald Regan, Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller, Paul Volcker,
and George Schulz. These same men run the CFR and the Trilateral
Commission. The World Future Society is where the political,
economic and spiritual aspects of the one-world government come
together. Its members are also members of the CFR, the World Bank,
prominent journalists and politicians, and corporate sponsors
reportedly include AT&T, General Electric, General Motors, IBM,
and Xerox, among others.
The links suggests these people secretly support a character
called Lucifer in his quest to maintain our existence in this reality. It
is possible they truly believe they are doing good. David Spangler is a
respected spiritualist who has also been Director of Planetary
Initiative at the United Nations. He has written several books and
documents regarding a heightened spiritual consciousness and its role
in the future of our world. He often lectures to various U.N. based
organizations around the world, and is involved with the development
of a new economic reality based on these spiritual principles. He
wrote in his book Reflections on the Christ, “Lucifer, like Christ,
stands at the door of man’s consciousness and knocks…He becomes
the being who carries that great treat, the ultimate treat, the light of
wisdom.” (p.41)
In fact the United Nations and other world government
organizations like the Club of Rome have quite a startling background
in esoteric spiritualism. Many people innocently believe the U.N. has
the world’s best interests at heart and could even be the way to a
future global peace. But its agenda is working towards forcing people
within its declared standard of ethics in the name of their strange

117
Surfing the Tao

‘God’, and using the state to assure people that no contrary values will
be tolerated, for the good of all.
Sri Chinmoy is a new age guru and “meditation leader” at the
U.N. He calls the U.N. “the chosen instrument of God; to be a chosen
instrument means to be a divine messenger carrying the banner of
God’s inner vision and outer manifestation.” William Jasper, author
of A New World Religion, describes the religion of the U.N. to be a
“diabolical convergence” of “mysticism…atheism, communism,
socialism, Luciferian occultism, apostate Christianity, Islam, Taoism,
Buddism, and Hinduism.”
Regardless of your present spiritual beliefs, the following
quote is chilling, given the fact that America is supposed to offer
religious freedom.

“Fundamental Bible believing people do not have the

right to indoctrinate their children in their religious
beliefs because we, the state, are preparing them for
the year 2000, when America will be part of a one-
world global society and their children will not fit in.”
—Nebraska State Senator and humanist Peter
Hoagland

Maybe they are behind a few years in their Plan, but a few
local governments are actually beginning to legislate against
Christianity, making it illegal. In its place, “modern” pluralistic
concepts welcoming references of intelligences from another world
are appearing in nearly every aspect of our society. Many people
today would gratefully accept the interference from beings who might
claim to bring peace to a troubled world. Whether or not people
believe in them, certainly UFOs and aliens are a much more widely
accepted part of our entertainment and culture than religion is these
days, and many don’t see them as evil. Some might even claim to
desire contact with some helpful “space brothers” to help save us
from ourselves. Ronald Reagan is remembered for a State of the
Union address in which he suggested an “outer threat” could unite our
world; he repeated this idea several times during in various speeches
the next year or two, including to the U.N. Soon after, Tesla’s
electronic ‘Star Wars’ defense program was made public, and then the
118
 How is this possible?

“Wall” came down, as America’s Cold War with the Russians

suddenly came to an end. President Carter, who claimed to have seen
a UFO earlier in life, was quoted as saying, “We hope someday,
having solved the problems we face, to join a community of galactic
civilizations.”
In 1979, Jacques Vallee wrote in his book Messengers of
Deception, “The group of people who will first manage to harness the
fear of cosmic forces and the emotions surrounding UFO contact to a
political purpose will be able to exert incredible spiritual blackmail.”5
I think the following quote nicely illustrates how our
ignorance of such things will be our downfall.

“Today, Americans would be outraged if UN troops

entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they
will be grateful! This is especially true if they were
told there was an outside threat from beyond whether
real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence.
It is then that all the peoples of the world will plead
with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The
one thing that every man fears is the unknown. When
presented with this scenario, individual rights will be
willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-
being granted to them by their world government.”
– Henry Kissinger, addressing the Bilderbergers on 5-
21-92 in Evian, France.

Did he actually suggest a threat could be “promulgated”?

“Terrorism” is another vague threat that has already made us give up
many of our rights we never would have before 9/11. Was this
another “necessary sacrifice” by the chosen ones on the road to a
unified world state? Following the WTC disaster, new age guru David
Spangler wrote about his communication with a mysterious entity
from another realm, who told him it was a sacrificial act by the “Soul
of America” who was able to give the “gift of energy” released by
their dying, and that it helped open a “portal.” This entity suggested
the tragedy was a “gift” we could use to “reshape our world.”6 But do
we want a world with such misery - is the New World Order the only
answer? Aristotle warned long ago, “To the size of the state there is a
119
Surfing the Tao

limit, as there is to plants, animals and implements, for none of these

retain their facilities when they are too large.”
What if we went to world war, or were threatened by an
asteroid; strange entities could come down in a form we can
comprehend, like aliens, gods, or even a goddess, to save us and
establish this world state. Their very existence would most likely
cause millions to give up their previous religious beliefs and worship
them without question. As author Paul Davies wrote in the article E.T.
and God for September 2003’s issue of The Atlantic Monthly, “To
those whose theological outlook depended on a conception of Earth
and its life forms as a singular miracle, the very notion of
extraterrestrial life proved deeply threatening. But today the
possibility of extraterrestrial life is anything but spiritually
threatening. The more one accepts the formation of as a natural
process (that is, the more deeply embedded one believes it is in the
overall cosmic theme), the more ingenious and contrived (dare one
say “designed”?) the universe appears to be.”
Playing the good guy is an excellent way to mislead.
Conversely, if aliens landed and played the bad guy, and threatened
the peoples of earth, we would certainly turn to our world
organizations for help – or even a competing alien race. Either way,
presenting a supernatural scenario to the people of earth would cause
massive chaos and inevitably lead to global unity of some sort in our
third dimension. So when things get really, really bad down here, like
some war or catastrophe, and some incredible being appears out of
nowhere to save us, we must be sure not to follow mesmerized like
the rats following the Pied Piper to our deaths. When they have
declared “peace” in the world, do not believe them; instead look up,
tune in, and expect a lot more to come.
Choosing to live purely in the Tao will usher in a new heaven
and a new earth. It will be a higher frequency of existence. It will be
outside of our Matrix-like reality, which we presently imagine is our
only option. The way to get there is through love, not a sworn
allegiance to strange gods, a world state, religion, gold, or front for
global peace. The real revolution will come silently from within each
of us. It will not require bandwagons, speeches, or unified global
anything, even ‘saving the planet.’ Only God, the Tao can do that. We

120
 How is this possible?

can only revolt with our consciousness, by being aware of hidden

agendas, and refusing to feel or act outside of His will.

“None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who

falsely believe they are free.”
– Johann Wolfgang von Goethe

Our prison bars are invisible; we actually think we are free,

especially in western countries. But we are trapped by our emotions,
debt, fear, and obesity, unable to resist. With pride, we stubbornly
believe we live in the modern world, where fairy tales are just
children’s stories. Terrorized daily, we have been led to create wars,
false religions, psychotherapy and chemical medicines to deal with
the mental tortures, diseases, and disagreements, and build weapons
to fight our ‘enemies’, instead of learning to use love, the simple,
effectual spiritual Way out.

121
Celestial Secrets

“Do you believe then that the sciences would ever have
arisen and become great if there had not before been
magicians, alchemists, astrologers and wizards, who
thirsted and hungered after abscondite and forbidden
powers?”
– Friedrich Nietzsche, 1886

An open mind and a little research is all it takes to discover

that things are not really as they seem. Suppose it were true that these
ancient god-kings existed in the historical background of our
civilization. Whether they themselves are or were present, or whether
they just endowed certain descendants with sacred knowledge, their
legacy continues to influence and control global affairs as well as
daily life. Continuous war and violence is their calling card. In order
to keep humans unaware of them and their long-term goals, advanced
spiritual technology from ancient times has resurfaced in our modern
world.
The Tao doesn’t need technology. He doesn’t need UFOs,
radio receivers, rituals or magic wands. Neither does He need a
complicated government with lots of rules. His tools are people,
people who are tuned to love, peace and harmony. Unfortunately,
there have been many others throughout time who have attempted to
harness the powerful energy of the Force using various rites, tools and
technology. In fact this is an easy way to determine if a being is a
really a good guy, regardless of what he claims. Do they need a
special tool or chant to do their magic? Is their intention to do the will
of the Tao? Because if you are Surfing the Tao, walking in love, He
will direct His energy directly from you, without any tool.
According to legend, the Shining Ones of An brought with
them advanced spiritual knowledge some meant to share with
humanity – and others sought to control for themselves. Legends state
the Dedananns, along with the prophet Jeremiah, brought Jacob’s
Pillar to Ireland from the Holy Land. Other Celtic traditions record
the Tuatha de Danann brought the four celestial treasures with them to
122
 Celestial Secrets

earth. The Ark of the Covenant or Chalice of Destiny; the Holy Grail;
the Spear or Staff of Destiny, of which Hitler claims he was in
possession; the Sword of Destiny; and the Stone, or Pillar of Destiny.
The Tree of Life represents the vehicle for ascension into immortality,
also called the gateway or stairway to heaven, forbidden to all but a
select few humans throughout time.
Many of our world’s religions are based on scraps of
memories from ancient times, when people worshipped such
instruments, as well as icons, statues, or specific locations where the
gods were or had been. The most commonly found remains of such
worship are found in stones.
Scholars debate whether such stones should be interpreted as
cultic or architectural – that is, did people worship the stones as if
they were gods themselves, or did they just mark the place where the
gods were thought to reside? Maybe it was both.
Professor N. D. Mettinger of Lund University documented the
ubiquity of standing stones or “massebah” in the Negev-Sinai region,
and their use by or effect on Israelite cults, during the Iron Age. His
work was critiqued by T.J. Lewis in The Journal of the American
Oriental Society in 1998. Mettinger concluded that an aniconic (‘no
graven images’) “Amun” cult may have indirectly influenced the
formation of Israelite aniconism, having first had an impact on the
cult of Canaanite El, which in turn made up “a major component of
the concept of Yahweh.” In 2 Kings 3:2 it refers to the “massebah of
Baal which his father made,” and in Genesis 28:18-22 it calls Jacob’s
stone a “bet elohim.” Lewis suggested that since the ancient Israelite
culture only allowed aniconic symbols, such massebah are perhaps
not iconic representations of a ‘god’ but just mark the sacred space
where the god was, or was to be worshipped. In the Bible, Jacob turns
his stone on end and declares from then on, wherever the stone is,
God is and will be worshipped thusly.
Mettinger notes that in the Bible, the Hebrew god Yahweh
was also frequently described as anthropomorphic, walking about
(Genesis 3:8), smelling the aroma of sacrifice (Genesis 8:21),
descending to see the state of Sodom and Gemorrah (Genesis 18:20-
22), having arms, ears and eyes (Isaiah 30:27), as a man of war
(Exodus 15:3), and sitting on a throne (1 Kings 22:19). Critic Lewis
summarizes that cultures can have aniconic and anthropomorphic
123
Surfing the Tao

traditions at the same time, and that the masseboth [stone

pillar]…could have been seen as markers of the sacred space where
one came into contact with the deity or deities, rather than depictions
of the deities themselves.1
In the ruins of a temple in Carthage, archeologists found many
large round stones, one or two feet across, called betyls, bail-ili or
‘homes of the gods,’ in the sacrificial court perhaps meant as votive
offerings. In Byblos, the stones were conical shaped and served as
cult objects in place of statues. In ancient Egypt, statues were
worshipped because they were thought to be where the spirit of the
god actually came to rest at times. Researcher Robertson Smith in his
book Religion of the Semites wrote that whether they were offerings
or cult objects, such betyl or sacred stones were central to the worship
of these people. He claims this form of stone veneration has survived
from paganism in Arabia in the form of the Black Stone in the Kaaba
in Mecca. In Judaism and Christianity, the stone became the House of
God, churches and synagogues. Initially, sacrifice was the essence of
the sacred stone. The stone or heap of stones marked where the deity
dwelt and served as the altar upon which sacrifices were offered.
Many surviving stones are inscribed to “Baal.”2
Some legends associate stones with the gods themselves, or
higher knowledge. In Scottish folklore, stones are the keepers of
secrets, and can hold the record of life. Stones with circular holes
were used in healing and fertility rituals in pre-Christian times.
Samuel’s Stone, in Glen Nevis, is known as a source for advice and
counsel. During certain seasons the great stone revolves three times,
and anyone who witnesses this can expect answers to any questions
asked before the rotation completes. Coinneach Odhar, a sixteenth
century Scottish prognosticator, known as Scotland’s Nostradamus,
had visions through a stone perforated in the center.3
In Hawaiian, “he ola ka pohaku” means, “in the rock there is
life.” Many strange tales of living stones haunt this culture. I myself
have heard them whisper. The Obake Files is a 1996 collection of
famous Hawaiian ghost stories and folklore. Large stones, bigger than
a man, are sometimes found which seem oddly possessed. In one
story, a construction crew was unable to move such a stone even an
inch. Even their powerful equipment couldn’t budge it. As much as
they dug, it seemed to entrench itself even deeper. A local Kahuna, or
124
 Celestial Secrets

shaman, was consulted - he said it is not a stone, but a man, who just
needs coaxing. The Kahuna suggested laying food and other such
offerings for the stone. They gave an offering, and after lifting it
upright, the stone began to move by itself into its new place – in front
of multiple witnesses.
Another such story involves a very special stone, called
Pohaku-o-Kane, six feet high four feet across, and located on a point
in Pearl Harbor. Said to be imbued with the spirit of the god Kane, it
was able to see, move and talk. It stood silently for centuries until
January 17, 1893, the day the Hawaiian monarchy was unjustly
overthrown by the U.S. Navy, intent on establishing their Pacific
empire in preparation for war. On that day, Pohaku-o-Kane
disappeared, and was nowhere to be found. Many Hawaiians believed
it had foreseen the overthrow of Hawai’i and robbery of the land, and
vanished like the kingdom itself. Other ‘healing’ stones have elicited
much devotion over the years.
Other stories recount finding a stone that contains a startling
likeness of a face. I have seen several breathtaking examples. Often
the finder is intrigued, but if they are moved and an inexplicable
illness or bad luck follows them, they are usually returned without
any questions. This is said to be the case if anyone even
“accidentally” takes a piece of lava from its owner – the volcano
goddess Pele, known for her jealous anger.
Other spooky stone stories involve particular locations.
Heiaus, built of stones, are considered sacred temple sites. One tale is
particularly disturbing. In 1986, a Hollywood film crew went to the
Big Island to film a show called “Haunted Hawai’i” for the program
“Eye on Hollywood” hosted by Chuck Henry. The crew ridiculed the
superstitions, and to prove their skepticism went so far as to defecate
on a temple. Within months, everyone who had participated in the
desecration was dead.4
Sacred stones are found mentioned throughout myth and
literature. Alchemists often used the word VITRIOL that stands for
visita interiora terrae rectificando invenies occultum lapidem, or
“visit the interior or the earth; through purification thou wilt find the
hidden stone.” The foundation of the temple, the Eben Stijjah or Stone
of the Deeps, “unlocked the fountain of the great deep…on which
the…outspoken name (of God) was inscribed. This stone he brought
125
Surfing the Tao

into the holy of holies, and on it the Ark of the Covenant was set.
Fearless disciples of wisdom entered at times into the sanctuary and
had learned from the stone the name with its combinations of letters
in order to work wonders therewith.”5 Strangely, the Book of
Revelation promises “a white stone with a new name written on it,
known only to him who receives it.” (Chapter 2:17)
Russian mystic and guru Nicholas Roerich, who greatly
influenced leaders like Henry A. Wallace, President Roosevelt’s
third-term vice president, claimed to be in communication with a
group of spiritual masters who were secretly influencing world affairs
from Shambhala. He claimed to possess a mysterious stone that came
to earth from the star system Sirius and passed from the emperor of
Atlantis to King Solomon. This stone, hidden for ages in Shambhala,
was “broadcasting rays that influenced the destiny of the world.”6 The
same power was said to have emanated from the Holy of Holies of
Solomon’s temple, as well as the priceless capstone of the Great
Pyramid, which attracted and transmitted ‘cosmic rays.’
Westminster Abbey claims its Coronation Stone was the same
stone used by Jacob to “see” the angels’ stairway to heaven. This
famous, mysterious stone was allegedly brought to the British Isles by
the prophet Jeremiah and a descendant of King David, along with the
sacred ark and King David’s golden harp, to continue the royal line.
British royalty still claims this genealogy, and still crowns its kings
upon this very stone. It is said if a true heir sits upon the stone it will
“groan.” This groaning “Stone of Scone” sat in the coronation chair in
Westminster Abbey until 1950 when it was stolen by a group of
nationalist Scottish students who, like the rest of Scotland, believed it
belonged there instead. It was returned to England four months later,
having been broken in two and repaired. In 1996 Prime Minister John
Major stunned the British Isles by offering the Stone back to
Scotland, as a political maneuver. It was very controversial. But even
though X-rays are said to reveal it is the real McCoy, some spoke out
that it was not. The Knights Templar recently claimed they had
actually gotten the stone when it was stolen in 1950 whereupon they
had several clever exact copies made.7 Why are they involved again
and why would they claim such a thing?
Modern power-hungry leaders discovered legends of
mysterious black stones in sacred locations around the world. The
126
 Celestial Secrets

Nazis installed a black marble altar in the Holy of Holies at

Wewelsburg, Himmler’s “Grail Castle”, but it disappeared after the
war. Such a stone was said to transforms its possessor into a “master
of the universe”. A secret black stone, perfectly cubical in shape, was
preserved in an all-white temple, according to the Mayan Popol Vuh.
Millions worship a sacred black stone of Allah in Mecca each day; a
perfect stone cube protrudes from the ground beneath the Dome of the
Rock, the Muslim temple currently located on the ruins of King
Solomon’s temple in Jerusalem. Curiously a black stone tomb marks
King Arthur’s supposed grave at Glastonbury Abbey in England. In
1953, Dag Hammarskjold, as his first act as U.N. Secretary General,
supervised the mining, shipping and installation of a six and a half ton
block of black iron ore in the pyramid-shaped Meditation Room, or
“Holy of Holies”, of the U.N. in New York. It naturally exudes
magnetic waves. Hammarskjold described the stone as being “the
symbol of the god of all.” Hundreds of thousands of tourists and
spiritualists visit the stone each year.
Was Jacob’s Pillar the Stone of Destiny? Mysterious standing
pillars of stone are found all over the world. And rather than being the
subject of worship themselves, perhaps they originally were part of a
global array – an ancient technology of the gods. Within Solomon’s
Temple as well as in every Masonic temple somewhere are the two
sacred pillars Joachin and Boaz. Some say when united, the pillars
uphold a “great archway to eternity.”8 Like antennae, these pillars
could conduct a great power between them.
Gold is an excellent conductor of electricity. Ancient Egypt
records the same 40-foot tall golden antennae-like pillars found
mentioned in the Bible. The Parthenon in Athens reportedly had a 40-
foot tall golden statue of Athena. The Emperor Constantine erected a
great porphyry column 25 meters high topped with a gold statue of
himself.9 A pillar was found within a huge chamber inside Moses’
Mount Horeb. The Pillar of Osiris, housed at Abydos, Egypt, was also
40 feet high, made of gold, and also known as the Tree of Life, the
Tree of Peace, the Maypole, and Jacob’s Ladder.10 Don’t forget the
Apprentice pillar in Rosslyn Chapel and its twin brother in Spain.
The Temple of Denderah housed the TET pillars, always
shown in pairs. This is the hieroglyphic ‘signature’ of Osiris. The
TET pillars are depicted supporting jars with serpents inside of
127
Surfing the Tao

them.11 Author Henry notes on his website that the Winchester Bible,
kept in the Oxford library, contains a curious picture of King David
dancing in front of the Ark, with a pillar on one side of him and a
serpent on the other.
A second-century Alexandrian recorded his experiences of the
curative properties of a certain “mystical shrine.” Three columns
marked the location, and to explain their existence he wrote, “…the
disposition of these three towers, one which is 5000 [paces] away, the
other 2500, the third 4000. They were built by the giants when they
wanted to mount to the heavens. It was because of this impious folly
that they were struck by lightning or stricken with madness for the
rest of their days by the judgment of God…” He also wrote that the
sacred enclosure included a temple with 365 steps in silver and
another 60 in gold.12
Supposedly the good guys in the book of Revelation recover a
set of pillars. Legends place one pillar on each side of a river to unite
the two sides – the Hermetic axiom “as above, so below” suggests one
pillar is in the galactic core, and another on earth, on either side of the
Milky Way; when they are united properly, the earth could be raised
in frequency. Was this “machine” turned off or disconnected at some
point, long, long ago? The Dead Sea Scrolls referenced the “secret of
the pillars” in a scroll fragment called the Brontologion.13 Scroll
scholar John Allegro states the root of the word “Qumran” means
“vault, arch or doorway”; are these pillars a gateway, or stargate, to
another world? Were these devices somehow used together to trap
souls in the material plane? Do they need to be replaced properly, so
earth and its inhabitants can exist harmoniously on the higher plane
they were meant to?
Pillars are often found next to or entwined with serpents.
Between the two pillars is the “Rainbow Bridge” of consciousness
connecting Earth to its higher self in the galactic core. This concept of
a rainbow of consciousness appears in African and Indian mythology.
In Vodun belief, Damballah the sky serpent, whose wife is a rainbow,
sends lighting bolts upon the earth to form the sacred rocks and
stones. Scandinavian legends tell how a sparkling rainbow bridge
called Bifrost joins the earthly and heavenly realms of Asgard and
Midgard. The Hopi Indians call the rainbow the symbol of the

128
 Celestial Secrets

serpent. The rainbow is the sky-dragon joining earth to heaven,

according to the Chinese.
Recent mining maneuvers in the tropical north of Australia,
which contains one of the world’s largest natural deposits of uranium,
have aroused vehement protests among the local aborigines who fear
it would disturb sacred ground. They claim a spiritual ‘rainbow
serpent’ sleeps on the land that must never be awoken.14 Everywhere
it can be found as a symbol of promise or deliverance. Is the rainbow
bridge a wormhole, an ancient portal into another reality? Does it
spiral through the galaxy much like a DNA molecule spins through
our cells?
Through the archway was a cosmic “peace” which united
heaven and earth. Reminiscent of Jacob’s stone, also referred to as a
ladder, Amazonian anthropologist Jeremy Narby noted a similar
theme in shamanic visions of a “ladder – or a vine, a rope, a spiral
staircase, a twisted rope ladder –that connects heaven and earth and
which they use to gain access to the world of spirits. They consider
these spirits have come from the sky and to have created life on
Earth.” The Pyramid Texts also talk about ascending “to the sky on
the ladder of the god.”15
The government tested their ability to manipulate space-time
in 1942 during the Philadelphia Experiment, which they interestingly
named “Project Rainbow.” Cleared by FDR in 1936, Project Rainbow
was first headed by Nicola Tesla. But the experiments in invisibility
were tested against his will for military purposes after his death– to
disastrous results. His concepts are the basis for Reagan’s Star Wars
defense system, already having gone through over five decades of
secret development. Tesla believed he could play the unified field like
a harp, broadcasting power with vibrations in the atmosphere, using
the planetary grid. He dreamed of anti-gravity, vertical take-off and
landing airships, electric airplanes and ships, ozone generators for
curing cancer and a “Wall of Light” capable of manipulating time,
space, gravity and matter. However, his nightmares were realized
instead; this powerful technology is being developed for secret
electromagnetic weapons to this day. Tesla’s genius had a plan to
bring light and power to the world – for free. But having revealed his
technology to powerful financier J.P. Morgan, who preferred Edison’s

129
Surfing the Tao

more lucrative electric alternative for public consumption, Tesla’s

dreams were doomed.
Like Tesla, to perhaps connect or interact with other
dimensions, or assist in raising their consciousness, people may have
learned to harness the energy of the earth at certain locations in
ancient times. Tesla knew location was very important, and tested his
largest coil at a very specific spot in Colorado Springs, CO, at
Cheyenne Mountain, exactly where today (not coincidentally) the
military has chosen to set up its greatest electronic complex in the
world – the North American Defense Command, or NORAD. Certain
locations, like pyramids and churches, are deeply imbued with
meaning and even holiness. In Scotland when they go to church they
actually say, they are ‘going to the stones.’
Because the understanding of the importance of locations was
so powerful, it was kept to an elite few. Today’s simplistic scholarly
interpretation says it was “convenient” for early church leaders to use
pagan sites to help convert habitual people. Instead, the Church,
which became repressive in the middle ages, forced this ‘magic’
knowledge underground – or even kept it for themselves. Here it was
further misused and abused. Secret initiates believed they could
manipulate this power. Gnostics and other mystery religions
continued underground under the guise of outward Christian
conformity. They even designed and built many of our greatest
cathedrals! Beyond the scope of the ordinary man, these elite masons
arrogantly claimed power over God by encoding ancient sacred
geometry, the physical, mathematical manifestation of a higher
dimensional reality, into the architecture of a religion they secretly
opposed, on a location they knew contained a mysterious power.
The ancient Druids were known to disallow any metal present
at their sacred sites during ceremonies. They knew that iron and other
metals could have a static effect on the energy fields at these
locations. Irish folk myths instruct women to place a piece of iron in
their baby’s bed to protect them from child-stealing fairies at night.
Modern dowsers know strong earth energy currents can made a
dowsing rod twitch, bend or even fly out of their hands. Many ancient
gods were depicted holding a staff; Psalms reminds us “thy rod and
thy staff, they comfort me” – could this energy be beneficial to human
bio-rhythms, if used correctly? I found a book called Anyone can
130
 Celestial Secrets

Dowse for Better Health by Arthur Bailey (1999). Energetic healing

techniques claim to harness this same current. Ancient pillars and
phallic monuments are often located where this natural energy wells
up. They mark the location of this regenerative energy and perhaps
amplify it as well, like antennae. This energy worked like two
opposing magnets, and could have enabled ancient monks and others
seem to leap and float through the air, just as modern mag-lev trains
float above their tracks. Using dowsing rods, such energy lines are
also consistently found within mysterious crop circles.
Knowledge and use of the natural geodetic energy or “ley”
lines is recorded among the ancient Britons, Chinese, Indians, South
Americans and Israelites. They are also referred to as “Kundalini,” or
“dragon paths.” Animals are known to migrate along such lines.
Many times the places where these energies run or are connected are
marked with ancient roads, temples, mounds, stone circles, or
serpentine spirals, swirls and whorls found in earthworks or designs at
various “pagan” sites, in Britain, America, Peru, China and many
other places.16 Many different researchers have determined the
curious location of ancient religious sites upon these natural energy
vortexes.
“Nan Madol,” the name of the bizarre megalithic ruin in
Micronesia that continues for great distances under the water, means
in the language of Ponapes, “places of the intermediate spaces.” 17
Druids were said to have gained entrance to the otherworld through
sacred groves of trees. Often a lone tree occupied an earthen mound.
Like the Rowan tree or blackthorn, this fairy thorn was thought of as
sacred – no one dared even break a dead limb. It was rumored that to
build the fated DeLorean car factory, such a tree was cut down.18
Trees were important symbols of the coexistence of parallel worlds
and timelines. From this ideal comes the totem, later incorporated as
symbols of life and warding off malevolent spirits.
This ancient technology cannot but involve the pyramids. The
Great Pyramid at Giza is the culmination of many great mathematical
equations in physical form. Located at the exact center of the world’s
energy grid, its alignment with the poles and the stars still mystifies
us. It incorporates mathematics only described to us thousands of
years later by Pythagoras. The Holy of Holies in Solomon’s temple,

131
Surfing the Tao

built to house the ark and completely lined with gold, exactly matches
the measurements of the Kings Chamber in the Great Pyramid.
Shapes are physical expressions of frequencies. One writer
wonderfully described matter as being “frozen music.” It is thought
sonic vibrations, perhaps assisted somehow by the natural telluric
forces, were used to help levitate and easily maneuver large stones
into position. Certain tones were also used for balance in healing. The
pyramid shape could be some sort of prism for psychic energy. They
regenerate living crystals, preserve organic matter, and perhaps were
used to focus cosmic rays and link the energies of the earth and the
cosmos. A pyramid can refract or deflect sound or energy in the same
way a prism affects light and color. Earlier this century, the patent for
the pyramid razor sharpener astounded the skeptical patent officer.
One interesting story I came across involves pyramids in the
ocean off the Bahamas. I found it in Pyramid Prophecies, a book by
Max Toth. I cannot vouch for its veracity, yet I do remember seeing a
similar story on an old In Search Of episode. A naturopath and diver
named Dr. Ray Brown related his experience diving near the Bahamas
in 1970. He reported seeing about 90 feet of what looked to be an
enormous pyramid buried beneath the sand. Its surface was like a
mirror, lined with bright, white tight-fitting stones with beautifully
beveled edges. Suddenly he saw there was an opening, so he swam
inside. From the peak of the pyramid hung a gold-colored metallic
rod, about 3 inches in diameter. A faceted red stone was attached to
the end of the rod. Directly below this, seven chairs surrounded a
stone stand or altar of some kind, which contained two human sized
metallic hands. The hands held a large, round crystal. He managed to
dislodge the crystal and return to the surface. Other divers found
strange artifacts around there at that time as well, such as small
calculator-looking objects without buttons. Some people have
reported strange energies coming from the crystal sphere, almost like
an “ionic wind.” Touching it has healed some people and injured
others. It has a strange flaw inside, with four perfectly formed
pyramids stacked behind each other. When placed inside a pyramidal
structure, the energy output is measurably very high. And it continues
to grow in energy, especially when placed in the sun or among a
group of people.19

132
 Celestial Secrets

Mr. Toth considered the various theories surrounding this

crystal. Perhaps its specific location within the pyramid would “attract
or accumulate cosmic forces”, which could be used either to transmit
thoughts, to power anything needing energy, or to measure cosmic
time. The rod, hanging over the crystal, could be the conductor of the
energy, and the red stone directed it into the crystal. Or maybe it was
the other way around, with the energy coming from the crystal. He
even goes on to speculate the crystal could have been the enigmatic
Philosopher’s Stone. What is of interest is the possible combination of
tools used in an ancient technology.
There are legends of lost pyramids in various tribal cultures
around the world. In Hawaii locals tell stories of pyramids lost in
jungles or on the ocean floor between the islands. In South America
Indian legends talk about a ‘fat tower’ of stones capped with a ‘light
that never goes out.’20 Pyramid shaped mounds are found all over the
British Isles as well as in Ohio and Illinois. A WWII pilot named
James Gaussman reported seeing an enormous “shimmering” white
pyramid in the mountains between India and China. More research
should be considered regarding their position on a global grid, or
network. This possibility could help explain their use, not to mention
the methods used in their construction. Another writer, William
Kingsland, explains in his book the Great Pyramid in Fact and
Fiction, “When the king built the pyramids the great stones were
brought long distances from the quarries. The stones were laid upon
pieces of papyrus inscribed with suitable symbols. Then the stones
were struck with a rod, whereupon they would move through the air
the distance of one bowshot. In this way they came eventually to the
place where the pyramids were being built.” 21
How such ancient megaliths got built in the first place boggles
our arrogant, modern minds. Why are we so blinded by pride we
cannot imagine the ancients knew about sonic and /or magnetic
levitation? Certain “magical” rods, according to legend, were made
into varying lengths, each which then produced a different tonal pitch
or vibratory sound in a specified wavelength. These sounds or words
of power were used for various tasks, like lifting stones or opening
portals. In the late 19th century, an inventor named John Keely
supposedly came up with an engine that ran on vibratory, or
harmonic, energy. Many were convinced he had rediscovered the
133
Surfing the Tao

power of the ancients, and even Madame Blavatsky mentioned him in

her discourse on harmonic power in The Secret Doctrine. However,
he refused to reveal the secret of his discovery, and some still claim
he had faked the whole thing.22 Edward Leedskalnin built his
enigmatic “Coral Castle” in Florida, somehow maneuvering many
tons of coral into fantastic configurations by himself. He knew he
needed to be in a specific location, and claimed he had used the secret
technology of the ancients.
In Chaldean Magic and Sorcery, writer Francois Lenorant
writes, “Certain it is in ancient times the priests…by means of magic
wands raised storms and carried stones for their temple through the air
which a thousand men could not lift.”23 Fairy tales tell of sorcerers
who held great powers, and almost always contain reference to some
sort of object, tool, or substance used in their magic – hardware, like a
staff, pillar or crystal. And of course it is nearly always accompanied
by some mysterious combination of sounds or chants – like the
software necessary to run the machine.
The Spear of Destiny is another sacred tool, allegedly
possessed by Herod the Great before it was used by Longinus to
pierce Jesus’ side as he hung on the cross. This same spear is
supposedly still displayed at the Habsburg Treasure House in Vienna,
Austria. Its black iron blade is topped with metal flanges, and its cuff
is threaded with gold, silver and copper wire. Golden crosses are
embossed in its base. Legends say this relic is the Key of Life,
permitting one access past the flaming sword that guards the Garden
of Eden. When Hitler took the spear from its resting place, it is said
he was “possessed” by a strange force; tragedy followed.
Other notable mentions of a staff or spear are found in the
Bible and other myths. When instructions to build the Ark of the
Covenant were relayed in the Bible, Aaron was also order to build a
magical staff of power, which “blossomed” only in the presence of
the Ark. Moses and Aaron were instructed to use it on “the Stone” to
“bring forth living waters.” The Greek god Poseidon thrust his trident
into the earth and burst forth a “stream of water”. In Revelation, a
male child is born who will “rule the world with an iron scepter.”
(Chapter 12:5) In Indian myth, the thunderbolt, the weapon of “Father
Heaven” or Indra, King of the Gods, commonly appears as “a magic
wand for the exorcism of evil forces, or as the handle of the bell used
134
 Celestial Secrets

to mark time…”24 In the African Yoruba creation myths, the god

Ogun had to use his special iron axe to clear the way through the thick
forest which separated the world of man from the world of the gods,
after too long an isolation had rendered the barrier impassable.25
Devils are rarely depicted without ‘pitchforks.’ The goddess Pele
stuck her magic stick ‘Pa’oa’ into the ground at Kilauea in Hawai’i,
marking her new home. Virgin priestesses at the ancient oracles sat
upon tri-legged stools where they could be clear receptors for the
energy and information flowing through them. Nostradamus was said
to have received his prophecies by connecting a metal wand or tripod
to a crystal or bowl of water. Modern day ‘remote viewers’ reportedly
use a similar technology.
Sound is also a terrifyingly effective weapon used for
centuries, and still today, on the battlefield. Runes are song-words or
keys used to unlock the doors to the spirit world. According to author
Henry, the Ur-language, also called the “Language of the Birds” or
Angelic (because in Latin ave is the root for angel and bird), was
supposedly known to King Solomon, and others like the Knights
Templar. Knowledge of this sacred language is said to have been the
source of their great wealth. Henry also suggests there is a fifth
hidden element beyond the traditional earth, air, fire, and water. The
“fifth element” is commonly thought of as wood, but some say
mystics believe it is really “word”, and that this wooden “tree of life”
is actually a magic word.
Consider the Arthurian legend; he pulled the Sword from the
Stone. Was there a symbol or sound on the stone, like a rune? In Grail
legends, the Stone is said to confer superpowers of perception.

“I have a word of secret to tell thee,

a message to whisper unto thee.
It is a contraption that launches words,
A Stone that whispers.
Men its messages will not know;
Earth’s multitudes will not comprehend.

Heaven with Earth it makes converse,

And the seas with the planets.
It is a Stone of Splendor;
135
Surfing the Tao

To heaven it is yet unknown.

Let’s you and I raise it
Within my cavern, on lofty Zaphon.”
-Ugarit tablet found at Rash Shamra (Canaanite)

Will a word of power, or “open sesame”, reopen the gates to

immortality? A “Flaming Sword” guards the gates of Eden. Mystical
Hermeticism teaches about a mysterious treasure sought by many in
the form of a magic word. The “lost that must be found again” is
called the “master word” in Freemasonry.26 In Matthew, Jesus tells
his disciples that he is not come to send peace on the earth, but a
sword. In Revelation, Jesus has recaptured the sword, “And out of his
mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he could smite the nations.”
Author Henry suggests that for safe keeping this (s)word was kept
hidden or trapped in a (s)tone, and that this Word of Power allegedly
gives its user the “wise blood” of the gods and the ability to weild chi,
or life force. The Book of Revelation states, “To him who overcomes,
I will give some of the hidden manna. I will also give him a white
stone with a new name written on it, known only to him who receives
it.” (Chapter 2:17) Is the Sword of Destiny some kind of energy rod, a
word, or a combination of both? The Archangel Michael may use this
missing or secret Word, or Sword, to slay the dragon.
Maybe there really is a sacred word that somehow transforms
matter. God created the world with a sound, the Word, and is thought
to manifest physically by his “Word.” In the 18th century a German
physicist named Ernst Chladni experimented with the vibratory
patterns of musical notes with a violin and some sand. He found each
note rendered a different beautiful swirl or shape (like a crop circle?).
I also remember reading an article about a NASA shuttle flight
experiment in which they took along a 55-gallon drum containing a
liquid metal they were able to manipulate into various geometric
shapes in a non-gravity environment using varying frequencies of
sound. Same idea.
So what was the ultimate purpose of this ancient technology?
Obviously particular locations were used to harness the earth’s
strongest telluric energy. Pyramids, stones, rods or staffs accelerated
or amplified the energy further, perhaps even focusing cosmic rays as
well. Maybe certain tones, sounds and chants played a role in altering
136
 Celestial Secrets

the harmonics. This power could have been used as an energy source
for various purposes, like building, teleportation, or communication.
New discoveries have led some to suggest this technology was
used to make a mysterious substance that caused these Shining Ones
to shine. Perhaps it is the secret drug spoken of by the mysterious
Nine. I believe this substance could have been this “bread”, or food of
life, gleefully shared in secret brotherhoods throughout the ages. It
could confer power over space and time to its user – without having to
be in agreement with love, peace or harmony. Ancient symbols
combining the sun, the moon and fire, or Mercury, were secret
references to this sacred science.

137
A Philosopher Stoned

“To know fire, the sun, the moon, and lightning, is

three-fourths of the science of God.
-Hindu Oupnek-hat

Author Bernstein wrote of the Rosicrucian Brotherhood,

“adepts possessed the secret of the Philosophers Stone and knew the
process of transmuting base metals into gold, but taught that these
were only allegorical terms concealing the true mystery of human
regeneration through the transmutation of the ‘base-elements’ of
man’s lower nature into ‘gold’ of intellectual and spiritual
realization.”
The search for gold, and lost or hidden gold treasure has been
part of our folklore since our earliest memories. In ancient Greece,
gold was considered divine and was used to decorate temples and as
an offering to the gods.1 The Grecian “Golden Apple of Hesperides”
was presented to Zeus upon his marriage to Hera, guarded by an
immortal dragon with a hundred heads, and visited by men passing to
the Happy Other World. From ancient myth to medieval alchemists,
from King Solomon, to Egypt, to the ancient gold mines in Africa,
certainly it is surrounded by mystery. Today it is still greatly valued
amongst all global cultures. And exciting new discoveries by modern
science are helping us understand the incredible properties of
monatomic gold.
In his 2003 book Lost Secrets of the Ark of the Covenant
author Laurence Gardner explains the recent discoveries and their
relation to an ancient mystery. Platinum group metals, or PGMs,
include platinum, palladium, iridium, rhodium, osmium, and
ruthenium. These strong metals are used today for all kinds of modern
implements like surgical instruments and ball bearings. They were
discovered starting with palladium, used to make “white gold”, in the
19th century.
Gardner reports that PGMs were discovered in rare abundance
in 1976, in Phoenix, Arizona, on the property of a wealthy cotton
farmer named David Hudson. When treating his soil with chemicals
138
 A Philosopher Stoned

for planting, he discovered a particular mineral had the unusual ability

to “flare up in a blaze of white light and totally disappear” when
exposed to sunlight. Analysis in a lab revealed the substance was a
mix of iron, silica and aluminum. However, since it did not display
any of the normal characteristics of those minerals, the substance was
purified, tested again – registering as “pure nothing”. Finally
receiving assistance from the Soviet Academy of Sciences, the
substance was tested by spectroscopic arcing – application of intense
electrical heat. It turns out Hudson’s land contained the single largest
lode of PGMs ever found outside of South Africa.2 It was to change
David Hudson’s life forever.
Author Gardner noted that these metals are found naturally
present in our own bodies. Tests have proven over 5% of brain tissue
is composed of iridium and rhodium in the high-spin state. A “high
spin state” is when all the electrons in an atom begin spinning in the
same direction. When they are perfectly balanced they become white
light, and the individual atoms can no longer hold together. The
substance falls into a powder of separate atoms. As spiritual beings,
humans naturally possess this substance that can be harnessed to help
alter our chemistry so we can rise above our physical states.
Manufacturing a substance that amplifies this effect improperly, or
creates it outside of the Tao, can be a perverted Mirror Image of the
truth.
This substance is artificially achieved by the application of a
substantial electrical arc on PGMs. Since part of the atom becomes
white light, its weight seems to disappear – but it is actually just
removed to an alternate non-physical dimension. These exotic high-
spin elements are today classified as Orbitally Rearranged Monatomic
Elements – or ORMEs.
Hudson patented his ORME discoveries in the late 1980s. He
also began contacting scientists who were researching a new fuel-cell
technology using these metals. He found that they had been having
problems with white light explosions. In their experiments, the metals
seemed to fall to about half their weight, seeming to disappear from
sight until cooled, when it would miraculously return to its original
weight. They had discovered superconductors, as did the IBM
Research Laboratory in Zurich in 1986. A superconductor contains a
flowing “liquid” light, like a plasma, with a null magnetic field easily
139
Surfing the Tao

repelled even by the Earth’s magnetic field. This meant it could

levitate, which is what had happened to the missing 44% of the
weight of the heated material. This magnetic field surrounding the
superconductor is called a Meissner Field, discovered by a German
scientist of the same name in 1933.3
ORMEs are said to have extraordinary powers of levitation,
transmutation and teleportation. The Institute for Advanced Studies in
Austin Texas calls it “exotic matter”, capable of bending space-time.4
The Center for Advance Study at the University of Illinois calls its
superconductivity “the most remarkable physical property in the
universe.” Supposedly scientists found that heating the material made
it seem to disappear, and confer the properties of weightlessness even
to the container it was in – certainly one way to lift heavy stones.
They theorized it had resonated into an alternative perceptual vision,
another dimension of space-time, and could enable speed-of-light
travel.
Hudson was able to prove that this exotic matter resonated in
an alternate dimension. He also did the “impossible”, recreating
apples from applesauce, as author Gardner so aptly phrased it. After
many disastrous trials, in 1995 his research finally successfully
created an ingot of pure unadulterated 24 carat gold from recombining
iron, silica and aluminum.5 Science had officially rediscovered the
Philosopher’s Stone, and David Hudson patented it. Note the 1991
Bruce Willis movie Hudson Hawk about a gold machine built by
Leonardo Da Vinci, which required a crystal to produce a laser beam
that changed lead into gold.
As Gardner wrote, the enterprising Hudson planned to
manufacture super conducting fuel cells as an alternative to costly and
polluting combustion sources. However, the military industrial elite
had other ideas. First the Department of Defense required he supply
them with all details of his discoveries for “national security” reasons.
The government’s stringent requirements made it all but impossible
for the project to succeed. Unsure whether to call his discoveries
drugs or fuel, Hudson experienced so many problems from the
government he finally wrote in 2000 that the project had been
“regulated out of existence.”
It seems the ancients were surprisingly well versed on the
subject of PGMs. In his 1974 book In Search of Ancient Mysteries,
140
 A Philosopher Stoned

writer and television producer Alan Landsburg wrote about ornaments

mysteriously made from molten platinum, requiring a heat much
greater than fire, found in Peru. 6 Writer Flem-Ath noted the discovery
of strange glass deposits in the Libyan Desert in 1971, which required
temperatures upwards of 6,000 degrees Celsius to form. 100% pure
gold necklaces have also been found in Mexico and in Egypt,
suggesting the ancients had learned to create and sustain the high
temperatures necessary to make them. The 6th century King Croesus
had a gold refinery in Lydia, in western Turkey, which was unearthed
in 1968 to reveal proof that PGMs were indeed known and used in the
ancient world.7
Author Gardner further relates that in 1904, British
archaeologist Sir W.M. Flinders Petrie led an expedition to survey for
mining purposes the Sinai Peninsula, specifically Mount Horeb, or the
legendary mountain of Moses. In this desolate and remote area,
known today as the Serabit el Khadim, Petrie discovered the ruins of
an old temple dated to the 4th Dynasty, about 2600 B.C. Adjoining the
temple was a deep cave, called the Cave of Hathor, with strangely
flat, smooth inner walls. In the center was a large pillar. Gardner
claims the artifacts found there caused controversy over the
interpretation of the Old Testament, for this reason were secreted
away for many years and are just now being brought to light. Among
the cartouches, scarabs and basketwork, they found wands of an
unidentified hard material, and two strange conical stones 6 and 9
inches high. One stela depicted the mason Ankhib offering two
conical bread-cakes to the pharaoh. In another one the treasurer
Sobekhotep is described as being the one who “brought the noble
Precious Stone to his majesty,” as well as the “Great One over the
secrets of the House of Gold.”8
They also found a metallurgist’s crucible and an estimated 50
tons of pure white powder beneath the flagstones. Many of the
inscriptions on the stelae found there mentioned a mysterious
substance called mfkzt. Scientists debated what this was for many
years, only agreeing that it was a “valuable mineral product.” The 18th
dynasty’s treasurer was also depicted in carvings presenting conical
objects called in this instance “white bread.” This same person was
also the “guardian of the House of Gold”, even though Petrie found
no gold at Mount Horeb.
141
Surfing the Tao

Gardner believes Petrie found the “alchemical workshop of

Akhenaten” and generations of pharaohs. He imagines a great furnace
continually smoked and quaked during production of the magical
substance, hence the mention in Exodus that Mount Sinai was
“altogether on a smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire…”
(Exodus 19:18) It brings to mind notions of the mythical fire-
breathing dragon at home in his mountain cave, protecting his gold.
Monatomic gold, known for centuries by alchemists as the
Philosopher’s Stone, leads us to question the true powers of the
ancients. It is a strange substance that looks like a white powder but
behaves as a stone, said to change colors, produce brilliant light and
deadly rays. There are all kinds of stories of the Ark of the Covenant
having some sort of strange power emanating from it. Even our pop
culture contains vague references - check out the “gem” on Gandolf’s
staff in the movie The Lord of the Rings – it keeps changing colors.
Also remember the strange power that shined out of the Ark in the
movie Raiders of the Lost Ark. Though mention and depiction of this
mysterious substance can be found in many places, the method of its
manufacture was known only to the metallurgical adepts of the
Mystery Schools, passed down from ancient times. It was known in
alchemical lore that a special “powder of projection” could be
manufactured by which human ignorance could be “transmuted” into
the spiritual gold of enlightenment.
This sacred substance mysteriously starts out as gold, changes
into a powder with intense heat, is called a stone and can be eaten as
bread. Gardner diligently researched other mentions of this exotic
product throughout history. The Egyptian Book of the Dead calls it
the “bread of the presence” and the pharaoh seeking enlightenment
repeatedly asks the same awe-filled question. An Alexandrian
document called Iter Alexandri ad Paradisum is about Alexander the
Great’s journey to the kingdom of the God of Light using the Paradise
Stone, a magical weightless powder. The Golden Fleece sought by
Jason and the Argonauts was said by Renaissance philosopher
Salomon Trismosian to be a parchment that contained the secrets of
gold and the Philosopher’s Stone from “the kings and sages of the
Egyptians, Arabs, Chaldeans and Assyrians.” Hermes Trismegistis
wrote the Emerald Tablet, which contains alchemical information the
Rosicrucians called “the most ancient monument of the Chaldeans
142
 A Philosopher Stoned

concerning the Philosophers’ Stone.” The medieval tale Parzival by

Wolfram von Eschenbach discusses a stone with magical healing and
anti-aging properties, called Lapis Elixis. He wrote, “By the power of
that stone the Phoenix burns to ashes, but the ashes speedily restore
him to life again. This doth the Phoenix moult and change its
plumage, after which he is bright and shining as before.”
Gardner also mentioned various medical applications for the
product. Scientific American reported in 1995 that the application of
ruthenium atoms to human DNA causes the DNA strand itself to
become a superconductor. Another publication, Platinum Metals
Review, has published several articles on the benefit of this
application to the treatment of cancers. It is known that the gold and
platinum metals, in their monatomic high-spin state, can “activate the
endocrinal glandular system in a way that heightens awareness,
perception and aptitude to extraordinary levels.” In other words, the
ancient kings may have used it to “feed their light bodies”, since
application of the compound acts as a superconductor to human DNA,
causing it to resonate aged or cancerous cells back to a normal state. It
also caused those who ingested the substance to glow, or shine. What
kind of inter-dimensional chaos could one wreak in possession of
such a substance if they lacked a loving spirit?
Many mentions of gods or religious figures in cultural myth
relate a white or golden glow coming from them, or that they wore
gold crowns of some sort. Perhaps some truly radiated a loving,
golden hue, while others created the effect artificially, another
example of a reflection of truth. The Hindu Vedas talks about how
they “speed on their course with a roar, over the ridges of the
sky…And spread themselves with beams of light…Bright, celestial,
with lightning in their hands and helmets of gold upon their heads.” 9
Military remote viewers, or psychic spies, reported seeing many
different non-human “ambassadors” conducting some sort of meeting
together somewhere in which a tall, robed figure, “shimmering all
over,” discusses the importance of having a certain “energizer
working properly and tested soon”.10 Another time a remote viewer
found his consciousness in a mysterious “chamber of light…[with]
three huge golden throne-like chairs covered with strange
hieroglyphics…[and] three giant beings that occupied the chairs. They
wore great golden beards that flowed to their chests. They each wore
143
Surfing the Tao

large golden helmets. They looked…like Greek gods.”11 One cannot

help but think of the countless paintings over the centuries depicting
divine beings with golden halos. It even appears in the Bible.

“And it came about when Moses was coming down

from Mount Sinai…that Moses did not know that the
kind of his face shone because of his speaking with
Him. So when Aaron and all the sons of Israel saw
Moses, behold, the skin of his face shone, and they
were afraid to come near him.” -Exodus 34:29-30

“The Lord make his face shine upon you…” –Numbers

6:25

“His face was like the sun shining in all its brilliance.”
-Revelation 1:16

“And their faces shone like the sun, and their eyes
were like burning lamps; and fire came forth from their
lips.” – Book of Enoch

When the Emperor Constantine arrived at the controversial

Council of Nicea in 313 AD he was described by Eusebius as “like
some heavenly messenger of God, clothed in a shining raiment, which
flashed as if with flickering rays of light…and adorned with the
lustrous brilliance of gold and precious stones.” Those who beheld
him were “stunned and amazed at the sight like children who have
seen a frightening apparition.”12 Whether or not he was actually
glowing, he was certainly obsessed with gold and his own glory,
requiring huge patronages in gold and silver, used among other things
to decorate cathedrals - never to feed the poor. An obsession with
gold can be found to possess the ruling elite in virtually every culture,
in every era.
The Pyramid Texts, sacred writings from a 5th century
pyramid tomb, also record this mysterious mfkzt. The texts are an
account of the pharaoh’s journey into the Afterlife, to a place called
the Field of Mfkzt. They also mention another ethereal location called
the Field of Iaru – or the Dimension of the Blessed. This mfkzt seems
144
 A Philosopher Stoned

to be the key to this field – an “alternative dimensional state of

being”. In the Temple of Karnak in Egypt, a bas-relief depicts a
number of conical shaped objects. The inscriptions describe them as
“white bread”, one cone of silver and thirty of gold.
Gardner reminds us that in the Book of Exodus, Moses climbs
Mount Horeb to talk to El Shaddai, the “Lord of the Mountain”. He
instructed Moses and the Israelites not to make any more idols from
gold. However, because Moses was gone so long, the Israelites got
scared and had Moses’ brother Aaron make a new idol from all their
gold jewelry in the form of a calf. When Moses came down and saw
what they had done, he became angry. “And he took the calf they had
made and burned it in the fire; then he ground it to powder, scattered
it on the water and made the Israelites drink it.” (Exodus 32:20)
Elsewhere in Exodus, Garnder went on, it states that
“shewbread”, or “bread of the Presence”, was made at Mount Horeb
by Bezaleel, the son of Uri Ben Hur. (Exodus 25:29-31) Bezaleel was
said to have wisdom and understanding, and was a cunning goldsmith
and craftsman. This “shewbread” is found mentioned in Hebrews 9:1-
2, and also in the book of Leviticus 24:5-7. “The people of Israel
called the bread manna. It was white like coriander seed and tasted
like wafers made with honey.” (Exodus 16:31) Moses told his people
in Exodus 16, “This is the bread which the Lord hath given you to
eat.” Manna means, “What is this?”, a question continually asked in
wonderment.
The Ark of the Covenant is thought to have housed a sacred
stone, Moses’ ‘tablets’. Earlier renditions of the Ark are found in
ancient Egyptian descriptions. Some say this Ark, or holy golden
chalice, is the Holy Grail. Tales of its mysterious powers intrigue us.
On the top of the Ark of the Covenant are two “cherubs”, or gold
flanges, possibly similar in function to two pillars, or antennae.
Between them is the “mercy seat”, said to be where the face of God
appeared, and where direct communication occurred. Guardians of the
Ark had to be ‘enlightened’ to be in its presence, or death would
follow; sometimes the priests would tie a rope around the ankle of the
chosen priest, who entered the Holy of Holies once a year, in case he
should die, to retrieve the body. In the Bible, dozens of people died
simply because they were too near the Ark. Maybe the Ark was a
device able to process communications from the stars. Or perhaps it
145
Surfing the Tao

was an ancient version of a laser beam or nuclear fusion of some kind,

capable of the intense heat necessary to transform metals when placed
in the right location.
Where is this “ark” today? Some researchers follow the trail of
the Queen of Sheba into Ethiopia after her affair with King Solomon
and the birth of their son. Others believe it is still buried somewhere
in the West Bank.13 Another group believes it could be hidden
beneath Oak Island in Nova Scotia, or Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland.
Some believe there could even be more than one.
Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult Arts explains
the Philosopher’s Stone is the gold stone, the unification of the sun
and the moon.(p. 399) Seventeenth century alchemist Eirenaeus
Philalethes wrote a work entitled Secrets Revealed, in which he
discussed the Philosopher’s Stone. Rather than being a way to change
lead into gold, he explained the true Stone was itself made of gold. In
another work Philalethes wrote that “it is called a Stone by virtue of
its fixed nature; it resists the action of fire as successfully as any
stone. In species it is gold, more pure than the purest, it is fixed and
incombustible like a stone, but its appearance is that of a very fine
powder.”14 Eaten as bread or taken in water, this substance was
clearly perceived as being some kind of “giver of life.” In the Chartres
Cathedral in France has a statue of Melchizedek presenting a conical
stone within a chalice. Sometimes called the Ben Ben, this sacred
conical-shaped stone was said to have cosmic origins.
Seventeenth century alchemist Michael Maier wrote, ‘From a
man and a woman make a circle, then a square, then a triangle, finally
a circle, and you will obtain the Philosophers Stone.”15 The ‘squaring
of the circle’ or ‘cubing of the sphere’ was used as a code for the
Philosopher’s Stone, referring to the mathematics necessary to
produce the substance. The square in a circle symbol is found in
ancient sites as well. Such “sacred geometry” was encoded into
architecture and other works in order to preserve it and pass it on.
This shape largely marks the entrance to Rosslyn Chapel.

“The perfect square has no corners.”

– Lao Tzu

146
 A Philosopher Stoned

The British coronation ceremony was considered the act of

fulfilling God’s alchemical work, and took place in Westminster
Abbey upon a mosaic floor that displayed interconnecting circles
symbolizing the great work of creation from chaos. An Egyptian onyx
disc with the four elements, and another gold circle with a black
marble center, the alchemical symbol of Sol, or God of the sun,
represents this connection. In the fifteenth century, British alchemists
were looking for some new vitality for the crown after the weak and
sickly reign of Henry VI. They found their new “Sun King” in
Edward IV, the Welsh Earl of March, who grew up believing he was
the One, chosen to redeem Britain’s lost identity. Prophecies of the
time predicted the Welsh Red Dragon would defeat the Saxon White
Dragon to restore greatness to the nation. Indeed Edward was buoyed
by the myths and prophecies surrounding him, as well as the
popularity with the people and the counsel of the alchemists. His
moment of destiny arrived at the crossroads at the River Lugg in 1461
when he used the rare astronomical phenomenon of a parhelion, or
three suns, to inspire his troops and win the battle.16
One of the alchemists at the time, John Kirby, wrote the
Ripley Scroll, which includes subversive imagery of sexual
conjunction and marriages of opposites like the sun and the moon,
incest, dragons and venomous toads, as well as a feathered bird king
perched on a globe, a famous symbol of the Philosopher’s Stone.
Another is the image of Ripley holding a pilgrim’s staff and a
horseshoe, above which stands a silver and gold king holding a mirror
reflecting the sun and moon.
Edward’s secret marriage to Elizabeth Woodville, a supposed
descendant of the water witch or serpent Melusine, was regarded by
the alchemists as the key to alchemical transformation, but probably
doomed his reign. Soon Edward’s obsession with alchemy became an
obsession with gold. Instead of pursuing heroic quests for his nation,
Edward began imprisoning alchemists in order to acquire the secret of
transmutation. Rumors of his drunkenness and womanizing spread.
He died suddenly in 1483.17
In the early seventeenth century, one alchemist turned
attention away from lust for gold towards a more profound revelation.
Michael Sendevogius was a Polish doctor and alchemist whose
legendary account is replete with tales of spectacular transmutations
147
Surfing the Tao

and improbable escapes from dungeons and burning towers after

imprisonment by jealous rulers. However, his most famous work, De
Lapide Pbilosopborum (On the Philosopher’s Stone), later retitled
Novum Lumen Cbymicum (A new light on Alchemy), influenced many
great thinkers including Isaac Newton, whose personal dog-eared
copy is now housed in the British Library. Easy to read and devoid of
mystical terminology, it revealed, “in the Aire a secret food of
life…whose invisible congealed spirit is better than the whole
earth…” He convinced fellow alchemists of the existence of a
“universal spirit” – a vapor or soul, pervading all matter. His ‘aerial
food of life’ seemed to be the true Elixir of Life sought for centuries.
His work led to the development of chemistry, the study of oxygen,
nitrogen and the other elements of our atmosphere.18 However, he
may have in truth been trying to point out the all-encompassing power
of the Supreme Being, the Force of Life present in every molecule,
and its overwhelming significance to the human condition, over the
mere acquisition of gold.
Maitreya, leading the “Masters of Wisdom”, shared
information about a new technology in The Emergence Quarterly.
“One such advance, called the Technology of Light, will use energy
directly from the sun and provide unlimited energy for all humanity’s
needs. It will even be applied medically, and combined with new
genetic discoveries, will allow us to create new organs in the body as
needed…Even our transportation systems will be revolutionized in
ways that will make them silent and apparently motionless…
Education in the new age will teach the fact of the soul and the
evolution of consciousness.” Let’s not forget the strange, seemingly
ambiguous mention in their magazine ad by the “Great White
Brotherhood”: Gold is where you find it!
In order to create the precious Philosopher’s Stone, gold,
white gold or platinum (or some combination thereof) must be heated
to an extreme temperature – actually a laser beam or other such
technology is necessary to reach the required 4000-6000 degrees.
Maybe the Ark of the Covenant was a device that could transmit an
“arc” of power sufficient to change the metal. Without modern lasers,
perhaps the ancients used cosmic or telluric energy, streaming from
certain grid locations, through pyramids or “Tesla” tools like rods,
pillars and crystals, maybe with resonating sounds or harmonics, to
148
 A Philosopher Stoned

create this precious material that confers such great powers upon it
user.
The Philosopher’s Stone, firestone, or manna, called mfkzt by
the ancient Egyptians and ORME by modern science, seems like a
rock and looks like a powder. Is this what the ancients meant by Stone
of Destiny, or Jacob’s Ladder, enabling the angels’ movements
between heaven and earth? Modern science recognizes it can bend
space-time, confer longevity, as well as power and light. Is this
material necessary for our ascension to the higher realms, or is it just
a way to artificially ascend our realm without true love or faith? Is it a
“fast food enlightenment” - a “white bread” of empty calories?
Since the science of monatomic high spin metallurgy has been
“rediscovered,” considerable sums of gold have suddenly been
stockpiled, even traded for certain less stable currencies. In 1991, just
after Michael Gorbachev was ousted from office, Russia’s 2000
metric ton gold reserve vanished into thin air. Christian
fundamentalist Pat Robertson bizarrely owns a gold mine in Liberia;
his company there is called “Freedom Gold,” and requires him to do
business with men who themselves are revered as “gods” in a place
saturated with secret societies and satanic worship.19 Today this tiny,
gold-rich nation is the site of one more in a long line of U.S. military
“operations”.
In 1997, four independent mining companies in South Africa
merged to form Amplats, or Anglo-American Platinum Corporation,
which was then in control of 70% of the world’s platinum supply.20 In
1999 the International Monetary Fund announced the sale of large
amounts of bullion in a scheme to devalue gold. They said it was to
benefit poor countries, but instead the plan brought the price of gold
to a new low, doing damage to the fragile economies of small, gold-
producing nations. Even though the World Gold Council called the
transfer economic madness, the Treasury of the United Kingdom
proceeded to sell even more, and lowered the price even further.
Public outrage that the UK had lost hundreds of millions of pounds in
the deal seemed to fall on deaf ears. And somewhere, notes author
Gardner, certain anonymous “approved” buyers were able to come
into a large amount of gold at a very good price. As Lao Tzu reminds
us, “Amass a store of gold and jade, and no one can protect it.”
Now who do we know with a lot of money?
149
Secret Science

“The truth behind possible government secret space

technology, cover-ups, disinformation campaigns, and
the military possession of UFOs and aliens remains
unproven. If indeed there is development of craft based
on alien technology, what is its purpose – to wage war
against terrestrial enemies or intergalactic visitor…or
could it be to provide a means of escape for the
world’s wealthy elite?”1 –Jim Marrs

In Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark, Laurence Gardner suggests

the development of superconductors was manipulated and stifled by a
wealthy, powerful yet anonymous group. Not only were David
Hudson’s developments made practically impossible, but patents were
also required made available to the Department of Defense which
attempted to squelch further research. But given that Mr. Gardner,
who is a best-selling author, also happens to be the Chevalier de St
Germain, a Knight Templar of St Anthony and Prior of the Sacred
Kindred of Columba among other things, one must question his
motives as well.
Gardner noted a lecture given by Nuclear physicist Daniel
Swell Ward, Ph.D. to the International Association of New Science
Forum in Fort Collins, Colorado, in October 1999. His words are
startling.

A plethora of evidence suggests that a profoundly

important and basic science capable of explaining a
vast array of otherwise anomalous observations
exist…Of particular importance are the subjects of
sacred science (including mathematics, physics, and
health/longevity) and the degree to which such subjects
have been withheld from seekers and investigators.
A widely acknowledged truism is that ‘knowledge is
power.” Significantly, secret knowledge or teachings
held by a limited elite constitute the potential for even
150
 Secret Science

greater power. It is apparently for this reason that the

world history of the last several thousand years has had
embedded in its scope the underlying theme of the
struggle for control and power based on esoteric
knowledge, understandings and wisdom.
From the mystery schools of ancient Egypt and
Greece, to the Jerusalem treasures uncovered by the
Knights Templars…to the modern day guarded secrets
of the Trilateral Commission and various other
secretive organizations, the greatest heritage of the
human race has been carefully and studiously withheld
from the mainstream of society. Understandings and
techniques which afforded the potential for enormous
enlightenment and evolution of the individual have
been historically held for the exclusive use of those in
power…The fact that there have been many forces
(particularly religions) which have made every effort
to attach truth as a means of preserving their own view
of the universe is perhaps the primary case in point.
Curiously, the quest for the outright destruction (as in
the case of the burning of the Library of Alexandria) or
the placing of severe limitation on the dissemination of
knowledge is also based on control and power issues.
Within the confines of this world-class power struggle,
much esoteric wisdom and knowledge has been kept
from public view both as a means of protecting the
underlying truths as well as using them (or eliminating
them) in order to profit thereby.
Suddenly (in historical terms) Pandora’s box has been
overturned and individuals outside the elite groups…
have begun to glimpse, study and understand the
heretofore secrets of esoteric knowledge. And with the
dissemination of such understanding into the
mainstream, the control of one human over another is
being lessened…For the individual seeker of truth and
enlightenment, suddenly the history of conspiracy to
deny the existence of such wisdom becomes less

151
Surfing the Tao

important than the understandings of how one applies

these fundamental teachings.
It seems clear, for example, that Moses, as a Prince of
Egypt was amply instructed in the ancient mysteries,
and shared a portion of his education with the Israelites
in the form of the Ark of the Covenant. The Templars
came into existence during the Crusades at the turn of
the last millennium, and it was they who apparently
discovered a wealth of information contained in the
environs of Jerusalem…
The good news is that such information has become
increasingly available…This has been due in large part
to the discovery and decipherment of ancient writings.
These writings include such things as the Egyptian
Book of the Dead, the Dead Sea Scrolls, and the Nag
Hammadi Codices. In addition, much of the more
esoteric wisdom in the form of the Qabala, the Tarot
and other books have been handed down through the
ages and outside the confines of secret societies. There
is additional evidence that much of the information is
being purposefully disseminated as if a decision has
been made to bring a much larger segment of the
population into the fold of understanding…Truth has a
way of inevitably rising to the surface…
A key question is whether or not the proliferation of
our understanding of sacred geometry and mathematics
is the result of accidental discovery or intentional
dissemination of information. One the one hand,
geometry and numbers and imminently discoverable,
due in part to the simplicity of the logical process
employed. All one really need do is ask the right
question, and the mathematics fairly rushes to show
itself…But is there more of which we are unaware? Is
the current trend in state-of-the-art physics into zero-
point energies and multiple dimensions beyond our
four-dimensional space-time continuum a foray into
heretofore secret knowledge, or merely the advance of
knowledge into the reality of the universe?
152
 Secret Science

Dr. Ward goes on to suppose it is no longer simply the realm

of “those who are worthy,” but all and any who find interest in the
matter. And since this heretofore-secret science is now being
packaged for mainstream interest, especially by the likes of Mr.
Gardner, himself so clearly a member of secret societies, one must
gravely question their agenda. Why was it kept secret for centuries,
and why it is being released now? Evidence suggests even medieval
monks kept themselves busy with their wealth and politics rather than
spreading love to the masses. Let us not forget the mysterious “Nine”
claimed to be attempting to pass on information of a drug or
substance that could enable a false spiritual enlightenment, or the
opening of a ‘gateway’ to communicate with them. Could this
information being released under the guise of enlightenment
ultimately be just another way to control us?
Another secret science is “remote viewing,” or psychic spying.
Unknown to most citizens until relatively recently, our military as
well as those of other countries are known to have engaged in secret
spying using the bizarre but well-documented abilities of trained
psychics. Tests of such an operation were first demonstrated in the
Oval Office in 1985, according to one writer.2 The method is
reportedly similar to that used by Nostradamus in his visions, in
which he used a brass tripod together with a cup of water, like an
oracle.
The first researcher to prove consistent and reliable results was
Ingo Swann, a scientist known for his 1973 book The Secret Life of
Plants. At the American Society for Psychical Research in New York,
where Dr. Swann worked with Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler, “remote
viewing” came into being. Begun as a strict, scientific experiment, its
success quickly brought in clients like the CIA.3 Apparently the
Soviet Union had already worked for years on remote viewing with
success and the CIA was concerned about this. It was subsequently
used to locate enemy military installations, rocket-launching sites, or
submarines, and during the Gulf War it was supposedly used to locate
Saddam Hussein’s biochemical arsenals. Remote viewers described
such remote locations as Mercury and Jupiter, their incredible visions
mocked until new photographic evidence of the surface of the planets
revealed the startling truth of their observations. Its successful use by
153
Surfing the Tao

the military was reported on ABC’s Nightline, though it is still not

widely known. Several military-trained remote viewers formed a
private company called PSI TECH Inc in 1989. Their clients
requested information on everything from crop circles to aliens, and
many of the viewers had experiences in other dimensions.4 However,
most of the original military viewers have left the company for
various reasons.
The military’s Controlled Remote Viewing Manual was
written in May 1986 and released to the public in July 1998. It
discusses this dangerous methodology that often caused terrible
psychological problems for people in the program. Any
experimentation of this sort for fun is to be avoided; like the Ouija
board, it can cause problems, especially if the practitioner is not tuned
in. That is why extrasensory abilities are best used at a time and place
of God’s choosing. It is not our job to use the Force for our own
devices – we should not try to use the master carpenter’s tools.
However, one might imagine the military would have other ideas.

“The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars

by federal employment, project allocations, and the
power of money is ever present - and is gravely to be
regarded. Yet, in holding scientific research and
discovery in respect, as we should, we must be alert to
the equal and opposite danger that public policy could
itself become the captive of a scientific technological
elite.” – Dwight D. Eisenhower

New technologies threaten to harness the brain wave patterns

of an entire population. A reevaluation of celestial or sacred
technology, as well as evidence that our world’s ancient stone
megaliths are arranged around the earth in a pattern similar to today’s
technologies, gives rise to the thought that this kind of population
control is not a new idea. This energy we are now familiar with may
have somehow connected the globe harmonically and “turned on”
certain resonating locations, where there were maybe pyramids or
other capturing or amplifying devices that beamed what was basically
a certain frequency all around the Earth.

154
 Secret Science

Plato observed in Phaeado that, “the earth itself looks from

above, if you could see it, like those twelve-patched leather balls.”
How did he get this information about the twelve-faced dodecahedral
pattern that makes up the energy grid around our earth? The activation
of this grid using specially placed buildings, or shapes, on specific
points of the earth, is said to be part of this ancient technology. Ruins
of pyramids are found literally by the thousands all over the world.
A legend of Solomon’s Temple tells how the Ark of the
Covenant was used as an amplifier. Supposedly the Temple had an
underground network of canals spreading outward in a grid system;
the chants and rituals from the Temple “permeated the grid field of
the earth and went through all parts of the country.”5 A similarly
mysterious canal works can be found in the ancient ruins of Palenque
in Mexico.
An understanding of world energy grids is vital to
understanding this technology. Certain locations were apparently
turned off long ago to assist our spiritual decay. More and more books
are investigating these ancient megaliths and “ley lines” and
discovering their power. Author Bernstein observed this
“dodecahedral energy network”:

“…ley lines, the earth’s acupuncture system, follow a

network around the globe on a mathematical pattern
related to the heavens. Energy and power are carried
on the ley lines and where the ley lines of the earth
cross they relate a particularly powerful vortex of
energy. It was on sites such as these that the holy
places of the earth were built in ancient times. These
locations were chosen because they were centers where
energy entered and existed the earth. This was all part
of the ‘blueprint’ designed to ensure that the area
surrounding the sacred site was one that raised the
consciousness of the people.”6

Or perhaps kept them within a certain desired frequency. It

was said each ancient site represented on musical “note” on a scale
and were tuned in a particular way; our modern world now interferes
with the open spaces necessary for this mysterious resonance. Also,
155
Surfing the Tao

one might imagine tuning to different frequencies would have

different effects.
One independent researcher has rocked the boat of
conventional science and published this kind of information clearly
and effectively. Bruce L Cathie has written several books on field
harmonics, including The Energy Grid (1990) and the Harmonic
Conquest of Space (1998). Mr. Cathie discovered evidence of a world
energy grid system, and in doing so caught the attention of the
intelligence agencies of several major countries around the world. It
became obvious to him that he had discovered something that these
global power groups wanted kept secret, as he was approached by
them many times with various threats and offers. He always declined
in favor of remaining independent, and tries to protect himself by
publicly sharing his information. Eventually, these various agencies
admitted to him that the grid does exist, but would not admit to the
possibilities of free energy.
Mr. Cathie claims UFOs are inter-dimensional anti-gravity
machines, many of which are built by our own scientists on Earth. He
thinks they may even originate within the Earth, rather than from
outer space. “The secrets of anti-gravity and free energy production
are known in top scientific circles and they will go to any length to
keep this knowledge from us,” he writes. In September 2002, well
after Mr. Cathie’s book was published, MSNBC reported that the U.S.
government had declassified the huge, “static energy” anti-gravity,
delta-shaped military ‘blimp’, the subject of thousands of UFO
sightings the past decade. And we are still supposed to rely on earth
polluting, war-causing and expensive oil?
Cathie discovered a series of harmonic geometric equations,
which can cause reactions in space-time if put into practical
application. The government is clearly familiar with such knowledge,
if you do any research on modern weaponry. After discovering how
these points in time and space relate mathematically and harmonize
with each other, he theorized that the whole of physical reality, which
is tangible to us, is formed from the basic geometric harmonics of the
angular velocities, or waveforms, of light. These waveforms of light
blend with each other to create physical structures. Einstein stated that
the “geometric structure of space-time determines the physical

156
 Secret Science

processes.” Space-time manifests from the geometric harmonics of

the wave motions of light.
Cathie found that the fundamental harmonic of light in
geometric terms has an angular velocity of 144,000 minutes of arc per
grid second. The reciprocal harmonic of light, or 1/144,000 brings
694444 repeating. This harmonic 694444 refers to the geometric
reciprocal of light, which in theory forms the basic building block of
the anti-universe, or negative reality. Cathie states, “we live in a
reality of un-reality; all is an illusion, and the stuff that dreams are
made of. Our physical world is nothing more than a resonating ball of
light and shade.” This sounds incredibly similar to the words of the
ancient sages. It is very eye opening for a layman to discover how
mathematically interconnected our earth is. Maybe that’s why the bad
guys are so obsessed with numbers and “sacred” geometry, not to
mention ‘light”, the by-product of the nature of our Matrix, since with
such knowledge one can artificially manipulate reality, space and
time.
Mr. Cathie also noticed that reported UFO activity had a
geometric pattern on the planetary surface. He was able to establish
the pattern of the grid and break it down into mathematical
coordinates. He found that all the values represented in the grid had
direct harmonic relationships with the speed of light, gravity and earth
mass. He even determined a possible method of UFO propulsion,
using the harmonic imbalance of gravitational forces. The UFOs
would reposition themselves in space-time; that is, move from one
point to another along the grid in order to restore the balance of the
forces caused by space-time geometrics. Mr. Cathie determined that
volcanic activity, earthquakes and nuclear bomb detonations are all
related to grid structure. Atomic bombs are space-time devices, and
can only be detonated at pre-calculated, very specific points both in
time and space. He says it took them months to plan and practice the
nuclear drops in WWII. He claims the CIA offered him a job when
they discovered he had learned this; he declined. Volcanoes and
earthquakes also occur in geometric points on the same grid system,
due to disturbances at these points.
The activity of scientists at certain key areas around the globe
during the past few decades indicated to Mr. Cathie there is feverish,
government-backed activity going on in connection with research into
157
Surfing the Tao

the structure and nature of the grid. Nearly every army base
worldwide is located on one of these points. He found that ancient
cultures also flourished on the intersections of the grid system, and it
is where we find all our megaliths and pyramids. The center of the
harmonic world grid is the exact point of the Great Pyramid in Giza,
Egypt, which itself incorporates the harmonics of light and gravity.
Grid lines coincide with active earth zones, mountain ranges,
and risings and depressions on the ocean floor. Interestingly, twin
megaliths Ayer’s Rock in Australia and Stone Mountain in Georgia
are harmonically linked. Another interesting spot is in the African
country of Gabon where there is a ‘natural atomic reactor.’
Apparently a natural deposit of uranium right on a grid point has
caused spontaneous nuclear detonations in past millennia. Mother
lodes of mineral ore and vast oil deposits are found at various
intersections of the grid. Fault lines coincide here, and even the very
elements of the soil are in different proportions according to its
location on the grid.
Intersecting points coincide at places like the Bermuda
Triangle and Stonehenge. In fact, according to Mr. Cathie,
Stonehenge was constructed according to the universal geometric
harmonics of light itself. The ancient megalith is constructed by two
concentric circles. The radius of the Aubrey Circle harmonically
corresponds to the speed of light; the radius of the Sarcen Circle
corresponds to the square of the reciprocal of the speed of light. The
large stones appear to be crystalline in structure, and even emit a form
of radiation, showing up in many photographs as a line of fog. Small
chips of blue quartz similar to that used in early crystal radio sets
were found in the empty holes in the surrounding rings. This crystal
resonates the harmonic fields set up by the inner and outer circles,
based on the harmonics of the angular velocity of light.7 Mr. Cathie
wonders if Stonehenge is an ancient, gigantic crystal set, or perhaps a
massive geometric device used as a transmitter and receiver of signals
from the heavens. In 1979 a team of scientists detected ultrasonic
energy pulses emanating from the Rollright Stones, another circle of
stones near Oxfordshire.8 Similar results were found in the pyramids
of Egypt.
Another strange discovery are dozens of large, stone spheres
with diameters up to eight feet, cut perfectly round, found in the
158
 Secret Science

jungles of South America. Some were even found in complex,

geometric arrangements. Converting their measurements to harmonic
equations, Mr. Cathie found they have a direct harmonic relationship
to gravity. Were the spheres constructed to tune into the
electromagnetic oscillations of the harmonic unified field; did some
sort of artificial electronic stimulation caused them to glow in the dark
like the “ultimate light bulb”? Or were they power centers for a more
incredible technology, like a stargate?
Other notable grid locations include the center of Washington,
D.C., Paris, London, and other major cities worldwide. Mr. Cathie
found that certain transmitters and power stations have harmonic
relationships. Other less obvious locations contain even bigger
mysteries. Rennes-le-Chateau, in the south of France, contains a
network of churches and geographic points arranged in an obvious
harmonic relationship. This area was associated with the Knights
Templar and an unexplained wealth centuries ago, and is
harmonically linked with Bethlehem. Famous gothic churches like
Notre Dame and Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland, places also linked to
Masonic or Templar activity, are important grid points. One must
admit, the tall spires could resemble not only rocket ships, as some
researchers claim, but present-day electric towers. And it is known
that many churches were built on old ‘pagan’ sites. Could it be that
these secret groups endeavored to rebuild the old grid centuries ago,
disguised as churches? Did they knowingly seek to misdirect the
power of the ancients? Strangely enough, all Mormon temples are
built on powerful grid intersections and are harmonically linked with
each other. That religion also talks about all kinds of strange “angels”
coming down here and interacting with people – and seems obsessed
with genealogy.
As David Icke said in his book Children of the Matrix, “…just
because the vortex points are power centers on the global grid, it
doesn’t mean that the structures built at these places by the bloodlines
have been designed and located with humanity’s best interests at
heart.” He feels the powers that be have been suppressing the true
power at these points, originally meant to connect the human energy
field to the cosmic one.
Other modern researchers have discovered similar
geographical anomalies that further suggest our world’s oldest and
159
Surfing the Tao

most sacred sites are not arbitrarily located. Writer Rand Flem-Ath
documented in The Atlantis Blueprint that the sacred sites around the
world are arranged in patterns in alignment with old North Poles,
which were known to have been in the Yukon and Hudson Bay areas
during past ages. He established a blueprint based on these old poles
as well as a prime meridian centered at Giza instead of Greenwich,
and was essentially able to plot the location of other forgotten sites,
which are all arranged in regularly spaced intervals around the globe.
For example, among the dozens of sites aligned to the old Hudson
Bay pole are Alexandria, Babylon, Canterbury, Chichen Itza, Easter
Island, Giza, Jeruzalem, Luzor, Nazca, Ojai, Pyongyang, Rosslyn, and
Troy. Sites linked to the old Yukon pole over 100,000 years old are
Rosslyn, Avebury, London, Pyongyang, Stonehenge, Nanking,
Rennes-le Chateau, Babylon, Jericho, Macchu Piccu and Nazca. He
also noted other interesting relationships between locations, such as
the Fibonacci spiral which connects the apex of the three pyramids at
Giza, and suggests the long lost hidden library, or Holy Chamber,
could be found at the very center of this spiral.
Nicola Tesla discovered this same grid a century ago, and
invented technology to harness and use the energy it radiates. Like
Cathie, Tesla found that matter was nothing more than a complex
matrix of wave-forms locked together by harmonic resonance. He
apparently found that to tune in to this energy ball we call Earth, we
have to set up special apparatus at particular points on its surface, like
NORAD in Cheyenne Mountain, long known to be a sacred spot to
the Native Americans. The Russians have similar positions, as do
other governments around the world. They base their world energy
grid system on the application of Tesla technology like his
transformer, magnifying transmitter, and wireless systems. Tesla’s
patents are now in the hands of Eastland and ARCO companies,
companies contracted by the government.
Tesla knew his transmitter could generate energy levels and
frequencies that could unleash massive destructive forces. In an effort
to prove the power of his discoveries, he wrote a letter to The Times in
April 1908 which said, “when I spoke of future warfare I meant that it
should be conducted by direct application of electrical waves without
the use of aerial engines or other implements of destruction…This is
not a dream…Even now wireless power plants could be constructed
160
 Secret Science

by which any region of the globe might be rendered uninhabitable

without subjecting the population of other parts to serious danger or
inconvenience.”9 Nine days later an explosion of staggering
proportions took place near the Tungunska River region in central
Siberia. It flattened half a million acres of pine forest in the same
pattern as a nuclear detonation, and was heard for 620 miles around.
There was never any evidence of a meteorite or its crater found,
though this is the official explanation of the event.
Such technology enables long distance, space and undersea
communications. Communications frequencies are tuned to the
structure of matter and harmonic waveforms that permeate all space.
With the correct aerial system and frequency ratios, long distance
communication would be enabled – and what better antenna than
Earth itself? The U.S. military Project Sanguine used this very
technology. The military established a grid pattern of aerials spread
over thousands of square miles of the ocean floor. Using ultra low
frequencies, radio communications with deep-sea submarines became
possible. Today, there is increasing evidence that using and testing
this equipment has caused the deaths of thousands of sensitive sea
creatures including whales, dolphins and seals.
Knowledge and understanding of our Earth’s true power and
history has been lost and perhaps abused by those not in agreement
with the Tao. Sacred or ‘haunted’ tools, stones, energies or locations
are not necessarily bad or good – but we should understand what they
are in relation to the Tao. We should also question who is using them
now, and why. Kept secret, such things can be used against masses of
people. Releasing such technology to a non-love culture under false
pretensions could be even worse. Properly tuned and understood, it
could re-harmonize the Earth and its people, and generate a planetary
frequency of love in line with the Tao. But in the wrong hands it can
be very dangerous indeed - for it could kill the soul as well as the
body.

“The wise man is he whose ears are very attuned to the

Divine Whisperer, and who, through all the delusions
of a cheaper civilization, hears the Voice.”
-Bernard Bromage, from The Occult Arts of Ancient
Egypt
161
Free Your Mind

“Any technology that might unseat the monopolies of

energy, communication, or health care would be
viewed as dangerous to a position of power.”1
– Jim Marrs

Bruce Cathie mathematically showed the harmonic links of

the human body to its natural environment, due to its gestation period,
blood heat, major acupuncture points and the geometrics of the DNA
spiral. People are ‘tuned in’ to varying degrees. Most important is the
brain’s electromagnetic wave pattern, which functions within four
major frequencies: Delta (0.02-3 Hz), Theta (3-7 Hz), Alpha (7-13.5
Hz), and Beta (13.5-27 Hz). Delta is sleep or unconsciousness, Theta
is dream state. Beta is wakefulness, and when awake but completely
relaxed, brainwaves are in Alpha state. The majority of waves
produces in this state is 10.6 Hz. Mr. Cathie found a more accurate
value for the transmission would be 10.598084 Hz, and his
calculations indicate the Alpha frequency has a direct harmonic link
with gravitational values in the unified tables. The “Shumann
resonance” is the wave-guide, which channels extra low frequency
waves in a circular path around the Earth. The average frequency
range of the waves is 7 to 13.5 Hz, and most frequently 10.6, the same
as a human brain! It’s like we are walking radio transmitters, tuned
into our environment to an extent we are perhaps unaware of.2 Trying
to change those earth values with ELF technology couldn’t help but
affect people as well.
The High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program, or
HAARP, is a series of transmitters of sufficient signal strength
designed to turn the aurora borealis into a virtual antenna. Essentially
it is a giant ionospheric heater, but it was erected with a number of
possible purposes. Its primary, public goals are earth penetrating
topography and deep-sea communications. Its transmitters are in
every country worldwide, often doubling for use as cellular phone
towers. It uses Extra Low Frequency radio waves in the ionosphere.
The government and the various private research companies involved
162
 Free Your Mind

insist it is an innocuous test project. Others believe its potential for

use can be as destructive as the results of the Manhattan Project, and
many scientists involved with HAARP have begged for more research
before testing was completed, for fear of its potential harmful effects
on the Earth and people.
In point of fact man himself is not unaffected by this
technology. If you can retune the aurora borealis to rebroadcast an
ELF message, you have basically created the “ultimate bio-feedback”
machine.3 The human brain works in the same extremely low
frequency range where HAARP broadcasts. Operators assert there is
no impact on terrestrial environment since the signals are pointed
upwards, but they ignore the reflective qualities of the signals and the
mounting medical and scientific evidence of health risks associated
with electromagnetic and radio frequency radiation.
Studies have shown that “even small increases in EM radiation
from devices like HAARP can cause human health problems such as
leukemia, cataracts, birth defects and cancer, alter brain chemistry,
and elevate cholesterol, blood-sugar, blood pressure and heart rates.”4
In Alaska, locals have battled the program since the beginning, as
initial tests took place at a facility in Gakona. In 1994 an article in the
Tundra Times boldly stated, “We strongly object to the arrogance,
secrecy and avowed aim of this project, and must add our voice to
those who feel something is seriously wrong with this picture. We are
not convinced that the High Frequency Active Auroral Research
Program, known as HAARP, is harmless and fear that those fronting
for the Department of Defense are lyres[sic].”5
What could you do, for example in a war or a state of unrest, if
you could transit thoughts directly into people’s minds? Psychologists
in the Russian KGB have been working on radio remote control of
people since the 1930s, and the CIA has had similar programs since
the 1950s. The Soviets were known to beam microwaves at the US
Embassy in the 1970s and 80s. Newsman David Brinkley said on the
air on July 18, 1981 regarding this Russian ‘Woodpecker’ signal,

“As I say I find it hard to believe, it is crazy and none

of us here knows what to make of it: the Russian
government is known to be trying to change human
behavior by external electronic influences. We do
163
Surfing the Tao

know that much. And we know that some kind of

Russian transmitter is bombarding this country with
extremely low frequency radio waves.”

“Since October 1976 the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics has been emitting extremely low frequency
signals from a number of Tesla-type transmitters. Their
frequencies correspond to brain-wave rhythms of
either the depressed or the irritable states of
humans - and scientifically tenable tests have shown
that the USSR signals do lock-in human brain-wave
signals. The USSR signals have been assessed by the
EPA to be psychoactive (i.e., liable to produce
psychological response and vulnerability in humans).
The same agency has noted that the USSR ELF signals
can be absorbed and re-radiated by 60-Hertz power
transmission lines and even be magnified by water-
pipe grids.” – Dr. Andrew Michrowski, Ph.D.,
Technologies Specialist with the Canadian Dept. of
State, & President of the Planetary Assoc. for Clean
Energy (PACE)

So it is known that power lines and other metal grid systems

can be used as an extension of these brain-wave manipulating signals.
One further note regards the fact that electric appliances such as
televisions and computers also radiate at a 60-Hertz level, while our
body needs to resonate higher to stay healthy. These low
electromagnetic radiation levels can depress our immune systems and
make us more susceptible to illness. There are statistics to prove a
connection between childhood leukemia and nearness to power lines,
for example. This means that taking the time to raise your body’s
frequency or vibrational level can literally be life saving.
“Entrainment” is the result of external stimulation of the brain
by electro-magnetic means. An external sensor could “entrain” brain
patterns, overriding normal frequencies and retuning them to
harmonize with the signal. This could change brain chemistry,
thought patterns, and emotions. It was the intention of the Russians to
capture and control the mental state of humans, and you can bet other
164
 Free Your Mind

governments have done similar things. There is a lot of information

and research out there on biofeedback as well as psychotronic
weaponry. The mind is actually very susceptible and easy to control,
and using this for warfare is a terrifying thought. I remember reading
a story in the newspaper after the Gulf War, and the journalist was
describing his surprise to see a helicopter fly over an area. A few
seconds later hundreds of Iraqi soldiers pour out from an underground
bunker to surrender. The journalist was told it was a psychoactive
weapon that was used.

“Many of the non-lethal weapons under consideration

utilize infrasound or electromagnetic energy (including
lasers, microwave or radio-frequency radiation or
visible light pulsed at brain-wave frequency for their
effects.) These weapons are said to cause temporary or
permanent blinding, interference with mental
processes, modification of behavior and emotional
response, seizures, severe pain, dizziness, nausea and
diarrhea, or disruption of internal organ functions in
various other ways.” – from The Bulletin of the Atomic
Scientists, Oct 1994.

“Russia’s psychotronic weapons include a

psychotronic generator which produces
electromagnetic emanations that can be sent through
telephone lines, TV, or even light bulbs; an ‘infrasonic
sound’ generator that destroys all life forms; a
‘nervous system generator’ known, so far, to paralyze
insects; ‘ultrasound emanations,’ which kill by
attacking internal organs without leaving a mark on the
skin and ‘noiseless cassettes’ featuring voices too low
to be heard, which are nevertheless detected by the
subconscious.” - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 1998

A 1982 US Air Force Review of Biotechnology stated,

“Radio frequency radiation fields may pose powerful

and revolutionary anti-personnel military threats…
165
Surfing the Tao

RFR experiments and the increasing understanding of

the brain as an electrically-mediated organ suggests the
serious probability that impressed electromagnetic
fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and
may be capable of directing and or interrogating such
behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100
milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to
cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to speed of
light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system
could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a
large area.”

According to scalar scientist Lt. Col. Tom Beardon, at least

ten nations now possess scalar electromagnetic weapons called “Tesla
howitzers” or “Longitudinal Wave Interferometers.” Beardon, who
wrote the 1986 book Fer-de-Lance: A Briefing on Soviet Scalar
Electromagnetic Weapons, has written various articles updating this
information, which discuss the possible use of such weapons to create
impenetrable electromagnetic domes over entire cities. He claims
China has already deployed both quantum potential (QP) weapons as
well as negative energy electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons.
Guns and bullets are way out of date, to be sure. Imagine
disabling all of our guns by electromagnetic means from far away
with the flick of a switch: forget the NRA and the right to bear arms,
we are already unarmed, sitting ducks. It might be a good idea to dust
off our swords. Also, imagine the incredibly powerful propaganda
tool this could be, not only for enemy nations but perhaps in building
support for our own government at home as well.
In fact this kind of weapon was not unheard of in ancient
times. Besides the possibility that the world’s ancient megalith
network was being used as a type of HAARP system, personal self-
defense utilized changes in individual electrical fields as well. The
placement of different kinds of energy along certain grid lines and
points of the body, called meridians, can cause healing, and even
today acupuncture and chi gung are gaining acceptance in the West.
Just by changing the frequency of the energy field in the subject, one
can affect powerful healing from a cellular or even atomic level.

166
 Free Your Mind

But this same knowledge is also a terrifyingly effective

weapon. “Dimak” means “death touch” in Chinese and was
discovered through the same means as acupuncture thousands of years
ago in the East. Dimak can affect bio-rhythms, electrical impulses in
the brain, cause liver failure, heart attacks, cerebral hemorrhage, and a
variety of other deaths. What’s more scary is just as with the Tesla
coil, placement in time and space is vital. Depending on which body
part you want to affect, you just lightly tap a certain point on a certain
meridian at a certain location and time of day; the lunar calendar
supposedly is involved as well. This was the favorite method of the
assassins of ancient China. It is still one of the reasons why in those
countries when people meet, they bow and cover one hand with
another, as opposed to making physical contact, to show they are not
dimaking.
MKUltra was a covert CIA operation, which was uncovered
during the Kennedy administration largely due to the testimony of Dr.
Sidney Gottlieb, the psychiatrist in charge of the program. According
to him, their goal was to investigate whether and how it was possible
to modify an individual’s behavior by covert means. The “MK”
stands for the German words for “mind control.” They experimented
with drugs like LSD and many test subjects never recovered. The CIA
was forced to admit their research had involved dozens of major
colleges and universities (including Harvard, Columbia, Cornell, and
Johns Hopkins), various research foundations including the NIH, as
well as hospitals and prisons. It was found out that Eli Lilly was the
main American supplier of LSD to the CIA. President George Bush, a
former director of the CIA, was also a former member of the Board of
Directors of Eli Lilly.
Dr. Jose Delgado is considered the father of American mind
control. He was the first to test tiny radio transmitters under the skin
in monkeys. By pressing certain buttons on his controls, he was able
to immediately change its mood, from angry to docile and back
again.6 He told Congress in 1974,

“We need a program of psychosurgery for political

control of our society. The purpose is physical control
of the mind. Everyone who deviates from the given
norm can be surgically mutilated. The individual
167
Surfing the Tao

may think that the most important reality is his own

existence, but this is only his personal point of view.
This lacks historical perspective. Man does not have
the right to develop his own mind. This kind of
liberal orientation has great appeal. We must
electrically control the brain. Someday armies and
generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of
the brain.”7

Believe it or not, this guy is still considered top in his field. If

these things are out in the open, what on earth is in all those secret
files??
In an interview with author David Icke, published in the
September 2002 issue of The Spectrum magazine, he said, “As big
time insiders, scientists, have told me, with the kind of microchips
they have now available, waiting to be manipulated into everyday use,
once you are microchipped, they can manipulate you emotionally,
mentally, from a distance, simply by sending electronic messages and
codes to the chip. And, in that way, they can make us fearful,
stressful, producing the energy they want, they need, any time they
want. The goal, of course, is to have children, straight out of the
womb, microchipped. So they want to create a situation in which,
when a consciousness becomes incarnate within this frequency range
we call our world, the five-sense level, it immediately enters a body
that is under their control because of the microchip. They want to turn
this world into a gigantic power station.”
Katherine Albrecht is completing her doctoral dissertation on
consumer privacy and psychology at Harvard. Her work has been
featured in the likes of USA Today, the Wall Street Journal, the
Washington Post, the Boston Globe, Fox News, NBC, CBS, and
ABC. She is leading a campaign against consumer privacy invasion
and shopper surveillance. Her research has uncovered actual
technology in use today most people know nothing about, like homing
beacons in grocery carts, microphones in restaurant booths, and
tracking devices in shoes. Far from being paranoid, her work is well
researched and documented. She has proof there is a lot going on we
are not told about, and believes strongly that we should at least be
made aware. Her organization CASPIAN, Consumers Against
168
 Free Your Mind

Supermarket Privacy Invasion and Numbering, seeks to educate

consumers about such technology.
And let’s not forget the neurophone. In the 1960s, this
technology was developed for man-dolphin communication and later
was used successfully, even on deaf people, to beam sounds and
words directly into a person’s brain using a microwave carrier.
Extrapolating the other possibilities for such a device is literally mind
numbing.

“The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe

we are doing it.” -Joseph Mengele

There are several books out there by or about people who

claim to be de-programmed government agents. The material is so
disturbing I prefer to let people research this on their own if they wish
to know. Some titles are The Top 13 Bloodlines of the Illuminati by
Cisco Wheeler, Trance Formation of America by Cathy O’Brien,
Thanks for the Memories by Brice Taylor, and David Icke’s books
like The Biggest Secret and Children of the Matrix.
On a related subject, did you know the U.S. has been “cloud
seeding” since 1946? Such technology was used to clear fog at
airports or increase rain for the crops. Talk about playing God. In
1958 Captain Howard T. Orville, White House advisor on weather
modification (!!), described for the press their study which
“manipulated the charges of the earth and sky and so affect the
weather”, using electronic modification to ionize or de-ionize selected
regions of the sky.8 Decades of bizarre weather and weather-related
disasters followed. Scientific modification of the weather has been the
subject of international law since the 1970s.
Wilhelm Reich, sometimes called the father of weather
control, is known for his study of orgone, a directly measurable and
observable atmospheric energy. He invented “cloud-busting”
machines that are used by various nations today to break droughts,
bring rain to deserts, and take the power out of hurricanes and tropical
storms. (Incidentally, he died in prison for illegally selling his
‘orgone’ machine that claimed to heal cancer.) The United Nation’s
convention on the Prohibition of Military of Any Other Hostile Use of
Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD Convention)
169
Surfing the Tao

prohibits the use of technology that would have severe effects on the
environment. One of the provisos is a law against the deliberate
causation of earthquakes! Actually there is quite a bit of material out
there on geophysical warfare, and we would be none the wiser if it
had been going on for a while.
The HAARP executive summary states, “In 2025, U.S.
aerospace forces can ‘own the weather’ by capitalizing on energy
technologies…offering…tools to shape the battle space in ways never
before possible. A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weather-
modification offers a dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom…[It
also] offers the war fighter a wide range of possible options to defeat
an enemy.”9
The U.S. funds a lot of studies on rain-making, fog and cloud
modification, hail and lightning suppression, hurricane modification
and other such weather modifications. It’s quite easy to look up in the
sky, especially in a city, anywhere in the world really, and see criss-
crossed cloud lines in the sky, sometimes even in a grid pattern.
Unlike true vapor trails that dissipate, these are at low altitude and
generate more cloud cover. There has been a lot of controversy over
these “chem-trails” because they are found to contain dangerous
elements like barium, aluminum, ethylene dibromide, pseudomonas
aeroginosa, serratia marcescens, and streptomyces that are making
people sick. Called Project Cloverleaf and initiated in 1998, it
involved contracting major airlines to help spray these chemicals for
the government, because it was such a large scale project.10 Airline
officials and mechanics were forced to sign nondisclosure forms, but
many have spoken out anonymously with concern against the
program.
This is not the first time such programs have been
implemented. In the 1950s the Los Angeles Times reported that a
“germ fog” had been sprayed by a Navy ship over San Francisco
without its citizens’ knowledge in an experiment designed to
determine both attack and defense capabilities of biological weapons.
The records contain the conclusion that nearly every one of San
Francisco’s 800,000 residents was exposed. The aerosol substance
released by the ship contained a bacteria known as serratia, which was
believed harmless by the military at the time but which has been
found since to cause a type of pneumonia that can be fatal.11 That
170
 Free Your Mind

alone was horrible enough, but later the military disclosed it had
conducted 239 open-air biological tests between 1949 and 1969,
again, experimenting on the public without the their knowledge.
The Soviets had made a lot of progress in studying the effects
of ELF on people. They published studies showing a marked increase
in psychiatric and central nervous system disorders and stress in
sailors working near ELF generators. Today we can read headlines
about our own military personnel involved in extremely high rates of
stress disorders and domestic violence, not to mention unexplained
illnesses like Gulf War Syndrome. Another leading researcher in the
1970s was Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher, Director of Technic Research Lab
in California. She successfully predicted earthquakes in the 1990s by
monitoring background ELF, and she has studied the effects of ELF
on people for decades. She discovered that one frequency would
cause nausea lasting for over an hour. Another frequency she called
the “marijuana frequency” gets people laughing. Dr. Rauscher said,
“give me money and three months and I’ll be able to affect the
behavior of eighty percent of the people in this town without their
knowing it.”12
Another note on this subject refers again to our old friend, St.
Germain. Allegedly with him during one of his “trips” inside Mount
Shasta, Mr. Ballard described seeing a large machine, shaped as a disc
of gold 12 feet tall, covered with the All-Seeing Eye and a seven-
pointed star encrusted with diamonds. St. Germain revealed that far
from being a mere symbol, this machine was used by the “Great
Cosmic Beings”, who pour their powerful currents of radiation
through it and directed out to the “humanity of earth”. According to
Ballard, St. Germain stated, “This radiation affects—the seven
ganglionic centers [nerve centers outside the brain and spinal cord]
within every human body on out planet—as well as all animal and
plant life.” This is strange evidence that powerful electronics are
being used by these beings to “affect the human nervous system on a
widespread scale.”13 Along similar lines, William Henry in his book
One Foot in Atlantis wrote about a particular black stone, which “had
been hidden in a tower in Shambhala, broadcasting rays that
influenced the destiny of the world.”14 Nicholas Roerich, the
renowned mystic, claimed to have possessed the mysterious “stone
from another world” and used it to aid the creation of the League of
171
Surfing the Tao

Nations after WWI, the precursor to the New World Order. Alone,
these stories would seem unbelievable. But next to all this other
evidence regarding modern technology and weaponry, one must stop
and think.
Do you think our government is wise to be developing these
kinds of weapons? They might be stupid not to, yet public knowledge
of them could strip them of their power. Do you think such weapons
could ever be tested on, or used against, our own people? All you
have to do is consider the government’s well documented past record
of abuses. They experimented on hundreds if not thousands of
involuntary human subjects, especially during times of war. The CIA
has allegedly participated in all kinds of criminal behavior over the
years. Such agencies have a record of circumventing legal restrictions
on their activities. And the governments of the world are now
working publicly towards identifying and controlling every citizen in
a very Big Brother-like way, with massive computer networks and
now even tiny microchips to be fitted inside each person. Such
devices, as well as the presence of certain chemicals or food additives
in the body, can be used to resonate the person at a desired frequency
if exposed to certain levels of electromagnetic radiation. Talk about
population control.

172
Destruction by Fire

The trees will burn; summer will be winter, and winter

will become summer.

Could the new technologies being developed like HAARP and

Russia’s Woodpecker system, modern takes on an ancient technology,
be destructive to our environment in ways no one imagined? March
1988’s issue of Omni Magazine contained an article which said,
“Richard Williams, a physicist at Princeton, stated that he thinks the
Eastlund (HAARP) project might become ‘a serious threat to the
earth’s atmosphere’ and ‘could cause irreversible damage…effects in
the atmosphere cannot be localized…the language of the patent
indicates that it is clearly intended to provide effects on a global
scale.”
Scientists are now studying and planning for the geo-magnetic
phenomenon of a pole reversal, an event they believe takes place
about every 3,300 years – and for which we are long overdue. Could
modern technology affect or disrupt our Earth’s natural internal
dynamo system; could it cause a premature reversal of the poles? An
article in Specula Magazine from January, 1978 speculated that “giant
resonance waves of this type can be combined so that a ‘beam’ or
focused effect of very great energy exists inside the earth…depending
on the frequency, focusing, wave shape, etc, one can…induce a
variety of effects such as earthquakes, induced at a distant aiming
point, severe disturbances…and anomalous weather effects. This is
called the Tesla effect.”
Tesla himself predicted the possibility of a vibration so intense
it could actually split the Earth. Consider that for the first time in
history, an increasing number of ELF and VLF vibrations could be
disrupting the Earth’s natural electromagnetic systems. In Fer-de-
Lance, author Beardon wrote, “If significant scalar effects are
produced on Earth in a ‘pulse’ mode…the coupled resonant response
from the Sun could be disastrous. The simplest Doomsday simulation
would be for a violent expulsion of solar electromagnetic energy and
particles…In that case, the fiery destruction of the Earth, strongly
173
Surfing the Tao

indicative of Biblical prophecy, would result. Particularly sensitive

are the resonances of Sun-Earth, Sun-Moon and Earth-Moon
systems.”1 Beardon believes countries like China now possess the
technology to literally fry large areas, burning everything into
oblivion.
Some scientists like Immanuel Velikovsky and Charles
Hapgood describe something like a polar shift having happened to our
planet several times, even at regular intervals, and is an alternative
explanation for the cause of ancient floods and other catastrophes.
There is evidence that polar positions may swing around suddenly;
they have found mammoths in Antarctica frozen solid so quickly their
flesh is still edible and daisies were found in their mouths midchew.
As mentioned earlier, evidence suggests ancient civilizations seem to
have flourished for long periods with our Earth at a different tilt.
Many researchers believe a sudden shift could be caused by an
ancient cosmic perterber, which is on its way back into our solar
system; perhaps our governments are hoping to control its effects with
their technology. There is evidence of a mystery planet, actually a
brown dwarf star, whose orbit takes it far, far out of the solar system,
only making it around our sun once every 3600 years or so (some
others say it returns at the turn of the zodiac, every 25,920 years). Its
orbit is in the opposite direction of the orbit of Earth and the other
planets around us. According to anonymous NASA astronomers, its
arrival in our solar system would cause global destruction. The body
would not strike Earth itself, because of the strong repellent
magnetism. But it will cause the rotation of the Earth to actually stop
for up to three days, and then in one hour shift our planet 90 degrees,
causing hurricane force winds across the entire surface of the Earth.
(Remember the three days of darkness in the Book of Exodus?)
Massive tidal waves, earthquakes and other destructive elements,
including possibly a rain of deadly fire from its tail, will virtually
destroy the Earth’s surface. It will allegedly appear red in color,
trailing red iron oxide dust and comets (it may appear like a red cross
in the sky) in its tail, which could fall to earth and contaminate the
earth’s waters. There is an inexplicable layer of red silt found planet-
wide from about 3600 years ago, around 1600 BC. An article in the
Dallas Morning News on Feb 5, 2001 talked about saving people
from ruinous climactic changes. It went on to discuss evidence of past
174
 Destruction by Fire

planetary calamities occurring around the years 12,387 B.C., 8787

B.C., 5187 B.C. and 1587 B.C.
The Aztec accounting of past ages, or “Suns”, is mysteriously
similar. The First Sun was a period lasting 4008 years, during which
time there were giants and a great flood which destroyed everything
but one human couple. The Second Sun lasted 4010 years, followed
by destruction by a great wind. The Third Sun was 4081 years, and
this world was destroyed by fire. The Fourth Sun began 5026 years
ago and is supposed be destroyed by a rain of blood and fire.2
Zecharia Sitchin’s book The Twelfth Planet relates ancient
accounts of this destructive, extra-planetary body. The Sumerians
called this invader “Nibiru”, and blamed it for the destruction of a
former planet in our solar system called Tiamat, half of which became
the asteroid belt and the other half becoming Earth. The Babylonians
and the Mesopotamians called it “Marduk”, also “The King of the
Heavens”, or “The Great Heavenly Body”. The Egyptians called it
“Apep’ or “Seth.” The Hebrews called it “The Winged Globe”
because of its long orbit high among the stars. The Greeks called it
“Typhon”, or “Nemesis”.
Other prophets have called it “The Blue Star” (Hopi legends
talk of a blue star, and some researchers say the refraction of light can
make it appear blue for a time), “The Red Star”, The “Fiery
Messenger”, “The Comet of Doom”, “The Celestial Lord Shiva”, and
the “God of Destruction”. The Chinese called if “Gung-gung”, “The
Great Black” or “Red Dragon.” The Phoenicians, “The Great
Phoenix”, the Mayans “Celestial Quetzalcoatl”. Other ancient
astronomers called it “The Intruder, or “The Perterber.” The
Sumerians even had a name for the 3600 year orbit, called a Shar. The
ancient Hindu astronomers named the 3600 year period Treta Yuga,
and the destruction it causes Kali Yuga.
Modern researchers officially identified an object in our skies
and released the information on December 30, 1983 in The
Washington Post, and then promptly retracted it. The official name of
the object is 2001 KX76, commonly referred to as Planet X. Since
then, other observations have been suppressed. The whole issue is
shrouded in controversy. Newsweek magazine July 13, 1987 said,
“NASA held a press conference last week to make a rather strange
announcement: an eccentric 10th planet may - or may not - be orbiting
175
Surfing the Tao

the Sun. John Anderson, a NASA research scientist who was the
principal speaker, has a hunch Planet X is out there, though nowhere
near the other nine.” In 1992, scientists Harrington and Van Flandern
of the Naval Observatory found this 10th planet, even calling it an
“intruder” planet. Harrington dispatched an appropriate telescope to
New Zealand to get visual confirmation, but he suddenly and
mysteriously died. The scope was immediately called back, as one
observer noted, “almost before he was cold”. Science News on April
7, 2000 reported, “A Comet’s Odd Orbit Hints at Hidden Planet and
Orbit of 3,300 years.” The government is keeping silent, while at the
same time building dozens of massive underground cities, shelters
and even a space station.
A military ‘remote viewer’ psychically witnessed an official
interaction between a recent President and the gray aliens about the
orbit of a celestial anomaly, something they [suspiciously] say was
done to “preserve life”, but will affect the gravitation of Earth. They
say “every 25,000 revolutions around the sun, the Earth is pelted by
large stones from the sky…There is also a planet that crosses the
orbits of planets in this solar systems and that…cases a lot of
problems for Earth and the other planets…He tells them to get people
involved in putting up a - the best I can come up with here is ‘shield’,
because he’s talking about protection. ..[think ‘SDI’] He says they
must build underground facilities for themselves and their people –
not just where they are but in other places where there are mountains
and bedrock…there are humans who will die because they are not
prepared…Panic …is inevitable but there are means of keeping
problems to a minimum and we will give you those means…”3
There have been dozens of misleading articles written about
this in the past two decades. Maybe the government is trying to
prevent a catastrophe. Maybe the whole thing is just a red herring.
The details seem to change back and forth, a sure give-away that a
cover-up is in the works. If it were true, would you want the
government to tell us? It would certainly cause worldwide panic, and
it is clear that there is no way to save all 6 billion of us. Some
estimates say 80% of the earth’s population would die at the moment
of the shift, and another 10% in the months afterwards from
starvation. Only a few hundred million would survive at all, and these
will have to be mostly underground.
176
 Destruction by Fire

“Then the kings of the earth, the princes, the generals,

the rich, the mighty, and every slave and every free
man hid in caves and among the rocks of the
mountains. They called to the mountains and the rocks,
“Fall on us and hide us from the face of him who sites
on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb! For the
great day of the their wrath has come, and who can
stand?” – Revelation 6:15-17

There are stories of people moving underground to survive

such a calamity in past ages; there are elaborate ancient tunnel
systems all over the world, from South America to China. Secret
societies are rumored to be guarding giant golden doors that open into
tunnels that connect the earth’s continents through its network of
pyramids. One Native American legend explains how the “Ant
people” who lived inside the earth helped them survive one such
catastrophe. Many alternative researchers believe a civilization exists
within the earth to this day. Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd of the U.S.
Navy reported some unusual sights when he flew into a strange
tropical land “beyond the poles” during his polar expedition in 1956.
The Russians allegedly made a strange comment in September
2000 during a parliamentary meeting about an “anticipated chain of
disasters due to hit in 2003.” (The timing of such an event is probably
difficult to pin down, but you know what they say about the boy who
cries wolf: when there really is a danger no one will listen.) They
discussed the expected “massive population shrinkage” and wondered
aloud in a recorded microphone whether Russia would even be a
country any longer.
Some researchers suggest even a fairly large brown dwarf star
could remain invisible to the naked eye and regular telescopic
equipment until it is as close as three months away, too late to do
anything. Nibiru is 100 times denser than earth and four times bigger.
Some say it is already out by Pluto and its arrival in our solar system
has been the cause of the increasing severity of earth and climate
changes such as earthquakes, droughts, volcanoes and arctic
meltdowns in recent years. Independent astronomers intent on

177
Surfing the Tao

viewing the object have had a difficult time getting permission to use
a big enough telescope.
I am not alone in my vision of a shifting and burning Earth.
This prophecy can be found in Native American legends as well as
the Bible. An Apache Indian prophet called Stalking Wolf had a
vision of the end back in the 1880s, and told it to his student Tom
Brown who wrote about it in his book The Quest. Stalking Wolf saw
the sky turn a liquid blood red. The whole of creation seemed to have
grown still. The red sky seemed to burn the Earth wherever it
touched. “This, then is the third sign, the night of the bleeding stars. It
will become known throughout the world, for the sky in all the lands
will be red with the blood of the sky, day and night…when the sky
bleeds fire, there will be no safety in the world of man.”4
The Norse Ragnarok involves the destruction of the earth,
when the world is destroyed with flames by a being called Surt, who
lives beneath the lower world in a place called “Hel” and was
involved in the world’s creation. The Srimad Bhagavatam (3.11.30)
states that at the end of Brahma’s day, “the devastation takes place
due to the fire emanating from the mouth of Sankkarsana”. Qur’anic
text often references a coming “calamity”, and a “conjoining of the
sun and moon” (Q. 75:9), and many Islamic traditions mention “the
rising of the sun in the west.” The Ipuwer Papyrus is a document
found in Egypt in the 1800s which recounts in stunning detail a series
of ancient catastrophes, including rivers turning red, raining down fire
and hail, fire at night, pillars of clouds during the day and a thick
darkness in all the land. Many believe the strange heavenly
manifestations and earth changes in the Book of Exodus were this
same phenomenon.
Berosus, a Chaldean astonomer, wrote that all terrestrial life
will be consumed by fire during a planetary alignment, followed by a
great flood. Caesarius of Heisterbach, a prophet who lived during the
thirteenth century, claimed that many terrible signs will appear in the
sky, the sun will darken and will ‘show itself bloody red.’ Geoffrey of
Monmouth wrote in The Prophecies of Merlin that Merlin predicted a
time of luxury, fornication and debauchery and famine, “…in those
days the oaks of the forest shall burn…the Seven Sea shall discharge
itself through seven mouths, and the river Usk burn for seven
months…Fishes shall die in the heat thereof, and from upon them
178
 Destruction by Fire

serpents will be born…the river Thames will turn to blood and ‘the
seas shall rise up in the twinkling of an eye.”
In the Book of Revelation, the sixth seal talks of a strange
disturbance in the heavens, one that is repeated over and over again
by nearly every prophet in the Bible.

“I watched as he opened the sixth seal. There was a

great earthquake. The sun turned black like sackcloth
made of goat hair, the whole moon turned blood red,
and the stars in the sky fell to earth, as late figs drop
from a fig tree when shaken by a strong wind. The sky
receded like a scroll, rolling up, and every mountain
and island was removed from its place.”-Revelation
6:12-14

Final destruction by fire and a shaking of the heavens is found

everywhere. There is a remarkable recurrence of this event in Biblical
prophecy. I have listed many of them here because I find it so
astounding.

“But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The
heavens will disappear with a roar, the elements will
be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything in it
will be laid bare. …That day will bring about the
destruction of the heavens by fire, and the elements
will melt in the heat.” – 2 Peter 3:10, 12

“Immediately after the distress of those days the sun

will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light;
the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies
will be shaken.” – Matthew 24:29

“But in those days, following that distress, ‘the sun

will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light;
the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies
will be shaken.’ At that time men will see the Son of
Man coming in clouds with great power and glory.
And he will send his angels and gather his elect from

179
Surfing the Tao

the four winds, from the ends of the earth to the ends
of the heavens.” – Mark 21:24-27

“There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the

earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the
roaring and tossing of the sea. Men will faint from
terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world,
for the heavenly bodies will be shaken. At that time
they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with
power and great glory. When these things begin to take
place, stand up and lift up your heads because your
redemption is drawing near.” –Luke 21:25-28

“Let all who live in the land tremble, for the day of the
Lord is coming. It is close at hand - a day of darkness
and gloom, a day of clouds and blackness. Like dawn
spreading across the mountains a large and mighty
army comes, such as never was of old nor ever will be
in ages to come. Before them fire devours, behind
them a flame blazes…Before them the earth shakes,
the sky trembles, the sun and moon are darkened, and
the stars no longer shine.” -Joel 2:1-3, 10

“I will show wonders in the heavens and on the earth,

blood and fire and billows of smoke. The sun will be
turned to darkness and the moon to blood before the
coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord.”
-Joel 2:30-31

“In that day, declares the Sovereign Lord, I will make

the sun go down at noon and darken the earth in broad
daylight.” – Amos 8:9

“You split the earth with rivers; the mountains saw you
and writhed. Torrents of water swept by; the deep
roared and lifted its waves on high. Sun and moon
stood still in the heavens at the glint of your flying
arrow, at the lightning of your flashing spear.”
-Habakkuk 3:10-11
180
 Destruction by Fire

“See, the day of the Lord is coming – a cruel day, with

wrath and fierce anger – to make the land desolate and
destroy the sinners within it. The stars of heaven and
their constellations will not show their light. The rising
sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its
light…Therefore I will make the heavens tremble; and
the earth will shake from its place at the wrath of the
Lord Almighty, in the day of his burning anger.”
-Isaiah 13:9-10, 13

“This is what the Sovereign Lord says: I am about to

set fire to you, and it will consume all your trees, both
green and dry. The blazing flame will not be quenched,
and every face from south to north will be scorched by
it. Everyone will see that I the Lord have kindled it; it
will not be quenched.”-Ezekiel 21:47-48

“I looked at the earth, and it was formless and empty;

and at the heavens, and their light was gone. I looked
at the mountains, and they were quaking; all the hills
were swaying. I looked, and there were no people;
every bird in the sky had flown away, I looked, and the
fruitful land was a desert; all its towns lay in ruins
before the Lord, before his fierce anger…The whole
land will be ruined, though I will not destroy it
completely. Therefore the earth will mourn and the
heaven above grow dark, because I have spoken and
will not relent…”-Jeremiah 5:23-28

“God is our refuge and strength, an ever-present help

in trouble. Therefore we will not fear, though the earth
give way and the mountains fall into the heart of the
sea, though its waters roar and foam and the mountains
quake with their surging…Nations are in an uproar,
kingdoms fall; he lifts his voice, the earth melts.”
-Psalms 46:1-6

“On that day there will be no light, no cold or frost. It

will be a unique day, without daytime or nighttime – a
181
Surfing the Tao

day known to the Lord. When evening comes, there

will be light.” – Zechariah 14:6

“That day will be a day of wrath, a day of distress and

anguish, a day of trouble and ruin, a day of darkness
and gloom, a day of clouds and blackness, a day of
trumpet and battle cry…In the fire of his jealousy the
whole world will be consumed, for he will make a
sudden end of all who live in the earth.” – Zephaniah
1:15-16, 18

“The Lord is slow to anger and great in power…The

mountains quake before him and the hills melt away.
The earth trembles at his presence, the world and all
who live in it…His wrath is poured out like fire, the
rocks are shattered before him.” – Nahum 1:5-6

“As for the prophets who lead my people astray, if one

feeds them, they proclaim peace, if he does not, they
prepare to wage war against him. Therefore night will
come over you, without visions, and darkness, without
divination. The sun will set for the prophets, and the
day will go dark for them.” – Micah 3:5-6

“…I will shake the heavens and the earth. I will

overturn royal thrones and shatter the power of the
foreign kingdoms. I will overthrow chariot and their
drivers; horses and their riders will fall, each by the
sword of his brother.” – Haggai 2:21-22

“‘Surely the day is coming; it will burn like a furnace.

All the arrogant and every evildoer will be stubble, and
that day that is coming will set them on fire,’ says the
Lord Almighty. ‘Not a root or a branch will be left to
them. But for you who revere my name, the sun of
righteousness will rise with healing in its wings.”
– Malachi 4:1-2

182
 Destruction by Fire

“At that time his voice shook the earth, but now he has
promised, ‘Once more I will shake not only the earth
but also the heavens’.”-Hebrews 12:26

“The day of the Lord is near for all nations…The

house of Jacob will be a fire and the house of Joseph a
flame.”-Obadiah 15,18

The Qur’an also mentions a curiously similar event.

“When al-waqi’ah (“the Terror”) descends…abasing,

exalting, when the earth shall be rocked and the
mountains crumbled, and become a dust scattered and
you shall be three bands…(Q. 56, trans. Arberry)

In the Zandi Vohuman Yasht, Zoroastrian scripture contends

that a comet called “Gochihr” will strike the earth and cause its final
destruction, melting all the metals and minerals and burning the Earth
in a general conflagration. It says the sun will stand at its zenith for 10
days. This system believes the pious will survive and pass through the
fire as if through ‘warm milk’. The Final Signs of Qiyaamah predict
the ground will cave in and fog will cover the skies for forty days,
after which will follow a darkness lasting three nights.
Wovoka, a Painte prophet who lived from 1858 until 1932,
predicted a similar destruction. He had a vision that the world would
be renewed so that there would be no more death, sickness or old age.
But before this, he said, the Earth has to die. He predicted a
tremendous earthquake that will shake the Earth, after which a mighty
flood will sweep away the white man. He said the Indians who lived
faithfully should not be afraid, though, because they will survive and
be reunited with their ancestors.
Another theory suggests an exploding super volcano or series
of volcanoes could destroy a large section of the Earth and throw the
rest of it into darkness, possibly even contributing to the onset of
another ice age. According to geologist Dr. Bruce Cornet, the giant
mega-caldera at Yellowstone has risen over three feet just in the past
few years. Ground temperatures are on the rise, having already killed
vast swathes of vegetation. Large sections of the park are now closed
183
Surfing the Tao

because geysers and even road surfaces have become scalding. An

eruption there would have a magnitude 100,000 times greater than
Pompeii, destroying the world’s breadbasket and spinning the world
into meteorological and economic chaos.
Most nonconformist researchers know about Alternatives 1, 2
and 3, developed by the secret Jason Society, which was formed by
President Eisenhower in 1957. These are the government’s plans for
what to do to save the elite from the future overpopulation chaos
and/or planetary disaster they believed was coming. The first is the
proposed use of nuclear weapons to blast holes in the stratosphere to
allow heat and pollution to escape. Number two builds a network of
underground cities and tunnels in which a select few would survive.
The third option is to provide settlements on the moon or other
planets. Los Alamos along with NASA and Texas A&M produced
reports in 1986 and 1988 that plans existed for a “Lunar Tunneler,” a
device with plasma or ultrasonic and laser technology, designed to
create an underground colony on the moon.5 And from the enormous
amount of information available recently it seems the underground
plans have already been implemented in a very wide scope.
Some conspiracists believe what is now a “secret” world
government can only take power openly if there are far fewer people
on earth, especially if those remaining have been though an
unimaginable trauma and were willing to accept anything in fear for
their lives. Such a catastrophe fits the bill perfectly, though of course
one never knows for sure how things will happen. Maybe Nibiru will
come all the way at the very end, to destroy the horrors of the greedy
‘new world’ empire. Maybe there is no Planet X and HAARP will
shake our world alone, either accidentally, or as a result of
electromagnetic warfare. Maybe a volcano will be the author of a rain
of fire. One thing is for sure, our poor Earth has been selfishly used
and abused over the years and is already way out of balance. Its
leaders are not making decisions based on love, peace and harmony,
but based on power, control and greed.

“There is a conspiracy of her princes within her like a

roaring lion tearing its prey; they devour people, take
treasure and precious things, and make many widows
within her. Her priests do violence to my law and
184
 Destruction by Fire

profane my holy things… Her officials within her are

like wolves tearing their prey; they shed blood and kill
people to make unjust gain. Her prophets whitewash
these deeds for them by false visions and lying
divinations. They say, ‘this is what the Sovereign Lord
says’, when the Lord has not spoken. The people of the
land practice extortion and commit robbery; they
oppress the poor and needy and mistreat the alien,
denying them justice.”-Ezekiel 22:23-30

Hindu scripture is in agreement with the terrible signs of the

age.

“All kings occupying the earth in the Kali Age will be

wanting in tranquility, strong in anger, taking pleasure
at all times in lying and dishonesty, inflicting death on
women, children, and cows, prone to take the paltry
possessions of others…rising to power and soon
falling. They will be short lived, ambitious, of little
virtue, and greedy. People will follow the customs of
others and be adulterated with them; peculiar,
undisciplined barbarians will be vigorously supported
by rulers. Because they go on living with perversion,
they will be ruined.”

Thankfully, their seemingly interminable reign over our

dimension is coming to an end. For many people, the ‘end of the
world’ is a terrifying idea. I suppose it depends on your perspective. If
you realized you belonged in a more peaceful, serene frequency, or
dimension, and knew how to get there, it might not be so difficult to
handle – you might even look forward to it. But this is not a
misleading cultic call that requires us to commit questionable acts –
our only job is to cultivate the joy we need for the swell of the Tao to
carry us safely over the reefs.

“…the one who was born of God keeps him safe, and
the evil one cannot harm him. We know that we are

185
Surfing the Tao

children of God, and that the whole world is under the

control of the evil one. “-1 John 5:18-20

Some people claim present day events are being construed to

force the ‘end times’ upon us. Indeed, many of our headlines do
strangely mirror events in Biblical prophecy. One Biblical event
hearkening the arrival of the end times is the creation of Israel as a
nation again, after thousands of years of exile, persecution and
splintering. Its very location is so politically charged, that it is
difficult to see how someone interested in future wars could not have
planned it. Most of us alive today have no sense of the unlikelihood
and importance of Israel being a political entity again after thousands
of years.
Another prophecy predicted that the Hebrew language would
be returned to Israel during the last days. Even during Biblical times
Hebrew was a dying language, known only to a few scribes and
priests. The revival of this ancient language is a phenomenon without
equal in human history.
Probably one of the biggest moments in prophecy will be the
third rebuilding of the Temple in Jerusalem, predicted to happen just
before the rise of the ‘anti-Christ’ figure of the end times. Jewish
temple sacrifices haven’t occurred since the Romans demolished the
second temple in 70 A.D. However, Jewish rabbinical students have
been studying the reintroduction of the ancient Jewish sacrificial rites
on the Temple Mount since the mid 1980s. Interestingly, the
architectural plans for the third Temple have also been ready in Israel
for years, amidst much debate. The problem is that at the moment the
Islamic Dome of the Rock is presently occupying this space. The
main purpose of the Temple is to house the Ark of the Covenant,
though according to its Biblical dimensions, it curiously fits perfectly
inside the “sarcophagus” in the King’s Chamber of the Great Pyramid
as well.
Yet another prophecy indicates a fifth and final world empire
would arise in these last days. Historians agree the first four world
empires were Babylon, Media-Persia, Greece and Rome. Prophecy
also predicted many men would attempt this empire - Charlemagne,
Genghis Khan, Napoleon, the British Empire, Hitler; they all failed.
The joining together of ten smaller nations, according to Daniel, will
186
 Destruction by Fire

form the last world empire. Is the United Nations, European Union or
other ‘new world order’ destined to this fate? The Club of Rome has a
plan to divide the entire world into ten regions for rule, per the
prophecy in Daniel. There are only ten seats in the pyramid-shaped
‘meditation room’ in the Holy of Holies at the U.N.
Everyone wants to know when. The Bible warns against this;
plenty of people have been criticized over the years for determining
the dates for this last era. It is even likely our calendar is off by a few
years.

“No one knows about that day or hour, not even the
angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father. As
it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming
of the Son of Man. For in the days before the flood,
people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving
in marriage, up to the day Noah entered the ark, and
they knew nothing about what would happen until the
flood came and took them all away. That is how it will
be at the coming of the Son of Man.”-Matthew 24:36-
39

Some people like to try to predict it anyway. In Rosslyn:

Guardian of the Secrets of the Holy Grail, each of the ancient oracles
with their “modern” cathedrals represents a planet, and the date of
their alignment was plotted as being July 28, 2019. Some Christian
scholars have determined from in-depth mathematical research of the
Bible a date sometime around A.D. 2018.
The controversial decoding of the Mayan prophecies was a
remarkable development. The Mayan civilization was one of many
who built pyramids, was obsessed with gold and worshipped a blood-
lusting serpent god. Based on the works of various people that helped
break the code, Mayanist Eric Thompson was able to establish in the
early 20th century that the end of the last Great Cycle and the start of
the present corresponded to the Gregorian date of 13 August 3114
B.C. As a Great Cycle was reckoned to last for 13 baktuns, that is, 1,
872,000 days, the end of the present age would be December 22,
2012. 6

187
Surfing the Tao

Terence McKenna’s Timewave Zero Theory came to a

strikingly similar conclusion. Back in the 70s, McKenna worked out
complex mathematical reasoning using the I Ching and found a
pattern for high and low points in evolution and civilization that
worked back for literally millions of years. Over time this pattern
speeds up. Their research mirrors a Hindu concept which claims each
past era was ten times longer than the previous one, following the
pattern of an ever-tightening spiral in a geometrical progression – for
example, the First Age lasted perhaps 4,000,000 years, the next
400,000, the next 40,000, and now we are right at the very end of the
last 4,000 year era. Explained in his book The Invisible Landscape,
McKenna determined the end date for civilization to be November
2012. When he came upon the Mayan prophecies years later it
shocked him so thoroughly he went back and reworked it and came
out with a more exact date of December 21, 2012. He is not the only
author to write about this sense of ‘quickening’. If you consider even
just the technological advancements made this century, the rate of
acceleration is incredible. But remember, no one knows the exact
timing. Events are constantly in a state of flux.
Other indications of the last days are less obvious. Some
would argue humans have behaved badly forever, what would make
this time different from any other? But consider that within the
perspective of a reality that may have existed for millions and
millions of years, perhaps the entire last 2000 can be considered the
end times – and they have all been full of strife and bloodshed. I
might also remind some people how much nicer life was even just a
couple of decades ago, when we didn’t have to lock our doors or
worry about our children at the park, or even in school. Never have
times seemed to get better, always worse. As role models for our
culture, we have gone from Ozzie and Harriet to Ozzy Osbourne in
fifty years.

“But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last

days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of
money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their
parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving,
slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of
the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of
188
 Destruction by Fire

pleasure rather than lovers of God - having a form of

godliness but denying its power. Have nothing to do
with them.” – 2 Tim 3:1-5

All you have to do is turn on the television to see the truth in

this. The Zandi Vohuman Yasht refers to this period when people will
worship greed and false religion, being “fat of body and hungry of
soul.” Again, Hindu scripture is curiously similar in tone.

“And Dharma becomes very weak in the Kali Age, and

people commit sin in mind, speech and actions…
Quarrels, plague, fatal diseases, famines, drought and
calamities appear. Testimonies and proofs have no
certainties…People become poorer in vigor and luster.
They are wicked, full of anger, sinful, false and
avaricious. Bad ambitions, bad education, bad dealings
and bad earnings excite fear. The whole batch becomes
greedy and untruthful…Earth will be valued only for
her mineral treasures. Money alone will confer
nobility. Power will be the sole definition of virtue.
Pleasure will be the only reason for marriage…Thus in
the Kali Age humankind will be utterly destroyed.”

Comedian George Carlin wrote, “The paradox of our time in

history is that we have taller buildings but shorter tempers, wider
freeways, but narrower viewpoints. We spend more, but have less, we
buy more, but enjoy less. We have bigger houses and smaller
families, more conveniences, but less time. We have more degrees but
less sense, more knowledge, but less judgment, more experts, yet
more problems, more medicine, but less wellness. We drink too
much, spend too recklessly, laugh too little, drive too fast, get too
angry, stay up too late, get up too tired, read too little, watch TV too
much, and pray too seldom. We have multiplied our possessions, but
reduced our values. We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too
often… We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul. We’ve
conquered the atom, but not our prejudice…These are the times of
fast foods and slow digestion, big men and small character, steep
profits and shallow relationships. There are the days of two incomes
189
Surfing the Tao

but more divorce, fancier houses, but broken homes. These are days
of quick trips, disposable diapers, throwaway morality, one night
stands, overweight bodies, and pills that do everything from cheer, to
quiet, to kill.”
There is another famous prophecy regarding the coming of an
anti-Christ, a charismatic world leader or teacher. There have already
been many claiming to be Christ; perhaps there is even a figure now
looming behind the scenes that will arise from within a sinister
ancient brotherhood. Hindu scripture warns, “In the Kali Age there
will be many false religionists…”

“Watch out that no one deceives you. For many will

come in my name, claiming, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will
deceive many. You will hear of wars and rumors of
wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things
must happen, but the end is still to come. Nation will
rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom.
There will be famines and earthquakes in various
places. All these are the beginning of birth pains. Then
you will be handed over to be persecuted and put to
death, and you will be hated by all nations because of
me. At that time many will turn away from the faith
and will betray and hate each other, and many false
prophets will appear and deceive many people.
Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of
most will grow cold, but he who stands firm to the end
will be saved.”-Matthew 24:4-13

And of course most people won’t want to believe this is

happening at all.

“First of all, you must understand that in the last days

scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own
evil desires. They will say, “Where is this ‘coming’ he
promised? Ever since our fathers died, everything goes
on as it has since the beginning of creation.”-2 Peter
3:3-10

190
 Destruction by Fire

Knowing about a possible catastrophe hurtling towards us

doesn’t do much to get us in that peaceful state of mind. But we must
be prepared, so when and if it happens we are not terrorized – for
terror may be exactly what They have planned, if you decide to hang
around for their games. But as strong as the warnings are in my spirit,
the reassurance that we can be ultimately headed for something better
is even stronger.

“When the storm has swept by, the wicked are gone,
But the righteous stand firm forever. –Proverbs 10:22

Our world is headed for destruction, either by a giant

cataclysm or simply by continuing to sink deeper into the despair of
secret weaponry, violence, war, famine, plague, overpopulation,
poverty, militant totalitarianism and non-love. It seems to be seeping
into every pore of the planet.
But this does not have to become our reality. When and if
these prophecies actually come to pass it will be doubly frightening if
you don’t know there is a Way out. We have free will – we have a
choice. If we choose to align ourselves with the Tao and its living,
pulsating Force of love, we can surf our Path into a higher reality, and
these negative things will simply disappear.
It is all about how we visualize our world, and what we are
conscious of: what we KNOW. Are you still of mind, so that you can
know with the spirit? Do you know the Way to a future cleared of bad
guys and their selfish motives of power and control?

“If powerful men and women

could remain centered in the Tao,
all things would be in harmony.
The world would become a paradise.
All people would be at peace,
And the law would be written in their hearts.”
– Lao Tzu

The Tao is looking for those who choose Him and His Way of
love, of their own free will.

191
Free Will?

“I could be bound in a nutshell and count myself as

king of infinite space.”
– Shakespeare’s Hamlet

Many spiritual leaders describe life-altering mystical

experiences in which they perceived the incredible interconnectedness
of everything in an altered state of consciousness. They all report
communicating with ‘beings of love’ in ethereal realms beyond our
normal perception. Are they sure the entities that inhabit these
alternate dimensions are telling us the truth about our reality? What if
it’s all part and parcel of a false reality; an illusory world, replete with
false gods, higher realms and consciousnesses, programmed to keep
us prisoner within a certain set of parameters, and victim to its
miseries? The abundance of “secret technology” alongside
apocalyptic daily headlines serves to question.
Philosophers have forever wondered how we can “know”
what is real. As mentioned previously, even Plato and Socrates
discussed notions of illusory worlds. In his Meditations, Rene
Descartes noted that the senses often deceive. He actually wondered if
a “malicious demon of the utmost power and cunning has employed
all his energies in order to deceive me.” He further postulated that this
demon could easily mislead us into believing in an external world,
which is “merely the delusion of dreams which he has devised to
ensnare [our] judgment.” Does knowledge require absolute certainty?
How can we know that we know? This question nags at us like a
‘splinter in the mind’s eye’.
Modern mathematician and philosopher Willard van Orman
Quine, who just passed away in 2000, contributed to a fundamental
change in the way people conceived of the world. Quine’s
revolutionary ideas laid the groundwork for Thomas S. Kuhn’s
famous 1962 work The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, which
states that scientific theories are subjective descriptions of observed
phenomena, rather than true descriptions of reality.1 Much like
Descartes questioned the authority of our senses, Quine wondered
192
 Free Will?

how we could use just our simple sense receptors to justify such an
elaborate theory of the way things are.
We have accepted a dualistic and hierarchical society without
knowing there is an alternative. And our society adjusts slowly to new
interpretations of reality. Thomas S. Kuhn coined the term “paradigm
shift”. He stated that new knowledge is assimilated by individuals,
who must readjust their traditional beliefs in order to create a new
logical and factual congruence.
When mathematician Benoit Mandelbrot discovered a
complicated new fractal set of equations in 1975, it led to a
fundamental scientific re-categorizing of our reality. Suddenly there
was order in chaos. Science even uses it now to predict hurricanes and
other natural phenomena.2 After a fashion, he had discovered
equations governing our reality – the architectural structure of our
‘Matrix’. (Incidentally, Mandelbrot’s former research assistant, Lewis
Siegel, is now a software engineer at Disney’s The Secret Lab and
created the effects for the movie The Matrix.3)
And judging from other sacred geometry and fractal shapes
found throughout the ancient world, it is worth considering the idea
that other civilizations knew far more about the nature of our reality
than they are often given credit for. In Angkor Wat, recurrent patterns
resembling the Mandelbrot Set were found amongst the vast ruins.4
Curiously, that particular fractal image also closely mirrors the outline
of a sitting Buddha. “Mandelbrot’s reality has shapes undreamed of
by Euclid, and surprises that ridicule the idea of order…clouds,
coastlines, tree branches, commodity prices, word frequencies,
turbulence in fluids, stars in the sky, a reputation, fame, the passage of
history itself…- all are fractal shapes.”5
According to Rhonda Shearer in her article Real or ideal?
DNA iconography in a new fractal era, classical geometries are based
on the classical framework of dualism and hierarchies and created
false values. But because, as Mandelbrot stated, “mountains are not
cones,” fractals do not decrease in complexity, and by so thinking “we
can begin to comprehend that duality and hierarchy are not properties
of all structures.”6 Shearer also postulates that our brains have been
perhaps unconsciously processing fractal structures all along. Perhaps
by consciously knowing another kind of abstraction and expanding
our horizons, we can learn how fractals are new possible social,
193
Surfing the Tao

perceptual and cognitive structures that reflect nonhierarchical and

nondualistic principles. Humans cannot begin to comprehend their
world without some sort of structure. Fractals give us this alternative
– a tool to learn to conceive of life “outside the box” – outside the
Matrix, which is presently held by those who rebel against His will.
We can instead choose to live in joy in His will, using sounds and
images of our own creation.

“The most perfect actions echo the patterns found in

nature.” –The Art of Peace

Native cultures could have been processing fractals way

before our modern arrogance discovered them. Ron Eglash, a former
Silicon Valley computer engineer, noticed a geometric pattern in the
layout of a Tanzanian village. He then noticed fractal geometry in
everything from hairstyles and architecture, to artwork and religious
practices in African culture. Fractal geometry is less ordered and less
obvious than classic Euclidian geometry, and was perhaps considered
primitive by invading European cultures that promptly redesigned life
in straight lines. “It never occurred to them that the Africans might
have been using a form of mathematics that they hadn’t even
discovered yet.”7 Skara Brae, a Stone Age village in the Scottish Isles,
also contains a series of interconnected houses of surprisingly
complex design, and many villages were laid out in geometrical
patterns.8
Free will goes largely unexercised, as most people are
unaware of a higher reality at all. Machiavelli’s The Prince was
written during the Renaissance to instruct those in positions of power
and rule in Italy on how to obtain and maintain control over a group
of people. This is the same concept as Hegelian dialectic: creating and
supporting both sides of a conflict. Create turmoil and unrest between
the people you are attempting to control, so that they will weaken
each other, become easier to take over, and even come to you for help
and governance as well as protection from their enemies. Divided,
they will fall, either by economics, race, gender, politics, religion,
whatever.
They have used our own free will against us since the Garden
of Eden. It is pretty much how our world is being run, though we are
194
 Free Will?

in ignorance of this – if we knew about it, it wouldn’t work. They

have gone to great lengths to deceive us on this point. There isn’t a
single war that wasn’t stirred up by some secret ulterior motive. Most
people don’t want to hear this, or believe it, for their perception of
reality is limited to this frequency, and they take pride in the role they
have on earth. Justifiably so, and I cannot imagine how many millions
of innocent, ignorant lives were lost and deceived by this exploitation.
Today many people rebel against any authority or tradition
instead of conforming, but just look at our youth; they revel in self-
image and anti-social behavior, yet are just as standard and
predictable in their rebellion as soldiers in an army. Big business
willingly supports and greatly profits from this “alternative culture”.
Outward rebellion is just a different method to control the minds of
the masses. This includes “alternative” religions or spiritual
movements. People might think they are using their free will, but in
truth they are being manipulated through tradition, culture, fads,
rebelliousness and plain old stubbornness not to mention junk food,
drugs, technology and out-of-body trips. We have about as much free
will as a cow, and about as much wisdom, too. But the cow doesn’t
know any better, and neither do people, unless someone tells them.
Is it acceptable for us to remain trapped on a ticking time
bomb just because we are used to it, ignorant of a higher reality, only
able to exercise our selfish will within the limited Matrix? In order to
fully comprehend the illusion, we must investigate the truth regarding
elements that can affect our reality. With awareness of modern
technology, it becomes clear that we could be manipulated beyond
our knowing. It is possible to change brain wave frequencies and take
people out of a loving state of mind, so that our world becomes a
Frankenstein creation of millions of nightmares. To get back to
Paradise we must use our free will to take a leap of faith beyond
intellectual knowing into the realm of knowing with the spirit.
At this higher level of consciousness we can use the illusion to
our advantage. Rather than fall victim to a negative frequency, we can
choose to amplify a loving one, create our own quarks of matter, and
swirl them into fractals of our own design, with the power of the
Force behind us. He just wants us to know Him and the conscious role
He plays in our reality. Help create that perfect wave surging your
through life, making the choices that keep you most easily balanced.
195
Surfing the Tao

Use geometry to amplify His love and create a world that includes
Him, instead of using it to declare your own power and separate
yourself from Him.

196
There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

“You can be in my dream if I can be in yours.” – Bob

Dylan

Our world is made up of interlocking wavelengths of light.

Matter is a matter of opinion. When you speak into this quantum void,
you are creating your own reality whether you know it or not,
constructing and deconstructing the “frozen music” that makes up our
reality. People with positive views on the world and their lives tend to
have successful and happy ones.
Others are constantly complaining and moaning about
something, and they tend to live miserably because of it.

“For as he thinks in his heart, so is he…” – Proverbs

23:7

I urge the reader to consider a place; planet, frequency,

dimension, whatever, where there is no conflict. No money is needed;
everything is provided in abundance before our eyes. Even the plants
and animals work together in peace. There are no accidents, no
crashing cars, no arguments, diseases, ego or cruelties. No fear or
anger. We are free to create and live together harmoniously, knowing
intuitively the secrets of the universe. Everyone really knows God;
there is no argument over religion or even politics, because there is no
law necessary where everyone knows how to Surf. They each follow
the rhythm of their hearts, and let the Tao work out the harmony
between them. Life would become an abundant, enthralling yet
graceful dance, each event and movement perfectly timed and
choreographed exactly the Way each person desires, for they are at
One with the Wave.
There is no death. There are legends of cities that disappeared
into the mists of the higher realms, as their inhabitants became aware
of these truths about love together. Do you know the Way? Buddha
spoke of it. The ancient Chinese called this Way the Tao.

197
Surfing the Tao

This is the Way to go if you want to be free. That means true

free will, beyond the reach of any negative technology or catastrophe.
By using love to raise your frequency and consciousness, you can
easily speak away all negative influences in your life. To stay at a
higher frequency while we’re here requires us to learn how to truly
forgive. You can’t hold a grudge about what someone said yesterday
and expect to ascend tomorrow. This is an extremely important point.
Anger, retribution and vindictiveness will tune you to the wrong
frequency. So will guilt, worry and fear. Be simple-minded, like a
child. Let it go. It’s not real.
Buddha taught, “‘Look how he abused me a beat me, how he
threw me down and robbed me.’ Live with such thoughts and you live
in hate. ‘Look how he abused me and beat me, how he threw me
down and robbed me.’ Abandon such thoughts, and live in
love…Only love dispels hate.” Turn the other cheek.
Once you know bad guys exist, you know what to ignore.
They are trying to keep you involved in the material world, its
dramas, traumas and dilemmas. Take advantage of the illusion by
visualizing and speaking the negative parts out of existence. Don’t let
bad things get you down. Don’t allow yourself to be afraid or get
frustrated – don’t focus on the sharks. Create a positive vision of your
world. Learn control over your emotions – this is your ticket out. Cast
them out of your life and never look back. Realize things that seem
bad can be part of a greater good – and it’s all good. It’s not that there
is no evil, it’s just that with love, you can “ride” it or “surf” it into
something good, thereby defusing the negative power.

“Now is the time for judgment on this world; now the

prince of this world will be driven out.”-John 12:31

Once we become aware of our enemy, our task is to think and

speak it out of existence again. Fighting and complaining will only
made it more real; know about it, but rise above it – ignore it, and
don’t let it affect your state of mind. BE still, and KNOW. Don’t let
them surprise you, or fool you. This takes all the hot air out of their
terror balloons.

198
 There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

“Give evil nothing to oppose

and it will disappear by itself.” - Lao Tzu

It doesn’t do any good to panic about evil or destruction. Our

only escape is through joy and a personal relationship with the Tao.
Stillness and even peace of mind is a foreign concept for most of us.
Much of the world hasn’t been told what the actual conflict is about –
that we must use our own free will to seek God’s will. He is a loving
and generous Force, and if we trust in Him our lives will become
blessed. We won’t need to worry about what to do even if the world
seems to be coming to an end. He’s already got it all figured out. Face
everything in life without fear. This will tune you in to a frequency
where the bad things simply cannot reach you – if you do this,
somehow God will manage to get you out of it, one way or another. It
is a bit of a paradox – we must first save ourselves, by refusing to be
fearful, and maintaining a positive state of mind. This is how we
declare we have made the choice allowing God to take control.
Wallowing in fear or doubt will not make Him ‘pass you over’, but
will cause you to be unable to hear Him when He calls.

“God is our refuge and strength, an ever-present help

in trouble. Therefore we will not fear, though the
earth give way and the mountains fall into the heart of
the sea, though its waters roar and foam and the
mountains quake with their surging…Nations are in an
uproar, kingdoms fall; he lifts his voice, the earth
melts.”-Psalms 46:1-6

It is said that a student of the Tao starts unaware of the

mountain ahead of him. As he learns more and more about the truth,
the mountain appears and seems impassable. Over time, higher
realizations eventually cause the mountain to disappear again, its
insurmountable peaks becoming anthills. Once we are tuned, we
begin to experience life on a higher level, where we were meant to be.
We begin to realize how great our powers are to fight the Mirror
Images. I like to visualize it like a video game, and our controllers are
our words. With them we can create a world outside the established
parameters.
199
Surfing the Tao

The key is to go with the flow. Know the Tao; become aware
of its rushing river of loving energy, and choose to be part of it. Don’t
fight the current, or become distracted by the fear or temptations on
the shore. Just float along, with the secure knowledge that love and
joy are its ultimate goals. You don’t give up power or control in the
creation of your own reality when you align with the Tao; it gives you
more power to work with! Becoming one with love and allowing God
to find your Path for you is the most empowering act you can ever
choose. When your life is in this flow, there is peace and serenity in
your world, and a constant ecstatic joy surging in your heart.

“The highest good is like water. Water gives life to the

ten thousand things and does not strive. It flows in
places men reject and so is like the Tao.” – Lao Tzu

The bad guys will do anything to keep us from understanding

this discrepancy. We become stronger than they are if we realize we
have the consciousness of the Tao behind us, while they can only
harness the raw power. Imagine what God can do when He wants
something. To fight forces in the ethereal realms, the Tao has given us
weapons of spiritual warfare. That means love, faith, and prayer.
Resistance is not futile.

“For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but

against the rulers, against the authorities, against the
powers of this dark world and against the spiritual
forces of evil in the heavenly realms. Therefore put on
the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil
comes, you may be able to stand your ground…”
– Ephesians 6:12,13

We are in the world, but not of it. We are spiritual beings in a

physical world. Our true weapons are not of flesh and blood.
However, our enemies are also of a spirit. Your defense against them
consists of an armor of truth, righteousness, and faith, not to mention
the most powerful weapon of all: the sword of the Word.

200
 There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

“For though we live in the world, we do not wage war

as the world does. The weapons we fight with are not
the weapons of the world. On the contrary, they have
divine power to demolish strongholds.” - 2 Corinthians
10:4,5

Ueshiba teaches in The Art of Peace that our spirits are the
true shields. The battlefield is in the mind, where we are bombarded
with a “cleverly designed pattern of little nagging thoughts,
suspicions, doubts, fears, wonderings, reasoning and theories.”1
“Strongholds” are blockages in our minds that hold us to certain
negative ways of thinking. Many of us have been conditioned into bad
habits like worry and anger for generations. The battle is to break
free, not wallow in suffering but instead keep from speaking words of
woe, regardless of the bombardment. Many people might think they
are trapped in misery by their unfortunate circumstances; it is exactly
this thought that keeps them there. Break free to think and speak
positive and creative words, and your reality will begin to improve.
Prayer is like a tool given to us by the great cosmic void. When you
begin to use this tool, you can experience radical changes in your own
life.
This vibratory power of prayer is found amongst many tribal
cultures. Chanting, singing and praying are ways people have sought
communion with God. Certain sounds and tones are lovely and happy,
while others are disturbing and even nauseating. In ancient times,
priests were venerated for their knowledge of words of power. But
just as with our other technology, this power is not inherently evil. It’s
who it’s aimed at, how it’s used and by whom that makes the
difference.
Anton LaVey, founder of The Church of Satan, talks about
“words of power” in his book, The Satanic Rituals – Companion to
the Satanic Bible, “Satanic Ritual is a blend of Gnostic, Cabbalistic,
Hermetic and Masonic elements, incorporating nomenclature and
vibratory words of power from virtually every mythos.” (p. 21)
Since ancient times, humans have worshipped the sacred
power of the spoken word. In ancient Egypt, evidence suggests just
about everyone used ‘magic’ in their daily lives. Various gods and
goddesses were invoked, a practice which survived throughout the
201
Surfing the Tao

millennia, regardless of the religion of the day. Certain texts and

scrolls were considered sacred because of the magical power thought
to surround spoken as well as written words themselves. This concept
continued within mainstream religions. And since most people
couldn’t read, spells and charms were written on papyrus and then
soaked in water, or written on stone over which the water was poured,
after which they would drink the water to enact the spell.
We are using the Force all around us every time we speak, but
without proper understanding of whose will we are enacting it is
generally misused and abused. Without knowing it our sloppy lips let
in all kinds of influences from the ethereal realms whose intentions
are questionable. Using words properly one can also cause positive
reactions in the quantum realm; this is what prayer is all about and
certainly this power is very real indeed, if you are tuned properly.
Most important, once we are tuned, we should need no one to minister
these elements for us. Trust no teacher, preacher, guru, master or
guide before your own inner voice, and ability to speak. Only you can
determine God’s loving will for you; everyone’s Path is slightly
different, and we all have equal power of the spoken word.
Prayer is faith in action, speaking words that resonate out into
the universe and down to each atom. We will never quite understand
how it works but we do it anyway and witness the results. What to
pray is simple. Always be in a state of gratitude, desiring to do His
will. If you concentrate on your own will you may not succeed. That
is why humbleness and egolessness are vital. Do not repeat or plead
with Him; this betrays doubt, and double mindedness. Just find
something to be grateful for and concentrate on it. An important tip:
His timing is not always our timing. Sometimes He is weaving an
intricate web our puny minds cannot comprehend; this is why we let
Him do His job, and don’t question when or why. Trust me, the end
results are stunning. Meanwhile learn to exist in the NOW, instead of
worrying about tomorrow. We cannot control the past or the future,
only the present moment.
You can’t pray for something and then afterwards continue to
complain about your life. Live as if your problem was already solved;
don’t allow negative words to leave your lips. This act of doubt
actually uncreates what you have asked for. Don’t think prayer is just
the words you say between “Dear God” and “Amen” - every word
202
 There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

you say all day every day is a prayer. Each one resonates powerfully
in God’s quantum realm – He hears you. If you whine and moan you
will continue to create your own disappointments, joining others in
creating a world of fear, a place where you cannot find your perfect
wave.
You must be focused and unwavering. He wants you to be
thankful even before you have it – that shows faith that He is there
and working for you. This intention includes our thoughts as well.
Meditation is the art of gaining a higher perspective over uncontrolled
or unwanted thoughts. Don’t imagine you need to be completely
thought-free, especially at first. Just begin by noticing the thoughts
that enter your mind, and watching them leave again. This is your
higher self becoming aware – you are developing the ability to rise
above your thoughts, instead of following them into worry or fear,
which would give them power. It is only as difficult as you imagine it
is. Meditation is not a “goal” of enlightenment, but merely a tool to
help us function more clearly in this world. We must practice not
allowing negative thoughts to influence our moods. Even if you do
not speak anything negative, wallowing in negative thought can be
just as destructive. Take back control of your own mind – choose it,
with your free will. The decision to choose love in spite of the
situation will reward you with such abundance that your situation will
no longer be negative.
And remember His plan is much greater than we can know.
He might not want for you to get that job because He has a better one
just around the corner. This is where the true Art of Surfing is
practiced. Let Him guide you around in life, allowing failures to
become new avenues toward success. But you must maintain even-
temperedness, regardless of what happens. A great Taoist story that
illustrates this concept is about a Chinese farmer. He finds a wild
horse, and the villagers said, “good luck!” But the farmer said, “bad
luck, good luck, who knows.” His son tried to ride the horse and fell
off and broke his leg. “Bad luck!” said the villagers. “Bad luck, good
luck, who knows,” said the farmer. Soon the army came through town
looking for able-bodied youths. They passed over the farmer’s son
with a broken leg. “Good luck,” said the villagers. Who knows? There
is no bad luck if we accept everything as a blessing in disguise.

203
Surfing the Tao

An important thing to remember about prayer in our

dimension is that there is a time lag. On a higher plane of existence
you might ask for a loaf of bread and it materializes instantly in your
hands. For the time being, in our dimension if we ask for a loaf of
bread God will provide a bountiful harvest of wheat, for you to make
the bread yourself, or find you a job so you can make money to buy it.
This will be hard for some people at first, but after a while you
get the hang of it. Learn from the man trapped in a flood. The waters
were rising so he got on the roof of his house and prayed, “Oh, God, I
have such faith in you, I know you will never let me drown.” Just then
someone came around in a canoe and offered to give him a ride. “No,
no, I am waiting for my God to come and save me,” he cried. The
waters continued to rise, and pretty soon the Coast Guard came along
in a ship, but the man still claimed to be waiting for God and refused
to go. Just as the waters were about to swallow him up a helicopter
came for him but he waved them on, confident that God would save
him. He soon drowned, and in heaven he asked God, “why didn’t you
come and save me? I had such faith!” God replied, “I did, I sent a
boat, a ship and a helicopter for you, but you wouldn’t go!” Learn to
recognize the divine in daily life. He is always there, giving you little
synchronistic signals. Don’t ignore the helicopters!!

“Do not love the world or anything in the world…The

world and its desires pass away, but the man who does
the will of God lives forever.”-1 John 2:15-17

Living in His will means living in the flow of the Tao,

Knowing Him and living each moment in love. So doing will take us
to a place beyond. Misunderstanding or even outright refusal to live
this way has filled our world with selfishness, vindictiveness and
disharmony. Even worse, since most people are unaware of the power
of their words, they could have already renounced the good guys.
Speaking an oath or curse is far more profound than many people
realize. It’s not just saying empty words; they are fulfilled in the other
realms, and in our own futures, in ways we cannot understand. I found
a terrifying quote from David Spangler, Director of Planetary
Initiative at the U.N., mentioned in New World and New Age articles.
He said, “No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she
204
 There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New
Age unless he will take a Luciferian oath.”
Hopefully if that is really true many people will refuse. In
order to access the world beyond this one and truly exercise our free
will, we must still our minds and speak only words of love. The world
around us is full of misleading information – the physical reality we
are used to has been perverted by the Mirror Image of the truth. To
overcome, learn to tune in your spirit. BE still, in the NOW, and
KNOW. To know that we know that we know, we must find and
access that leap of faith. As poet Robert Frost encouraged, find the
path less traveled. That will make all the difference.

205
Spiritual Confusion

In our strange modern times, when so many are educated

about so many things, the Supreme Being has had to take a different
path to win back the faith of a wandering herd. The path less traveled
is not so highly prized in a world of fads and crazes, where everyone
wants to fit in. Only a precious few will have the ear to hear their
spirit’s call to a life of pure love, of their own free will. Sadly, many
who innocently believe they are working for good are being cleverly
deceived. To help us learn to discern this deception, He is raising up
people who can deliver a message in a way our modern minds,
arrogantly crammed with facts and trivia and short attention spans,
can fathom.
Many brilliant minds are involved in a movement to heighten
consciousness in our world today. So many wonderful, loving people
are following along this spiritual ‘awakening’. Thousands of tentacles
and branches of this network have sprung up amongst various
political, social, educational and even quasi-spiritual groups. And
their intentions all seem good. Everyone wants to live in peace in the
world. Everyone I know is horrified that there is so much war and
stress, and they want to make a difference, they want a better world
for their children.
Many of these intelligent people find the issue of religion
repugnant and even contrary to spiritual enlightenment. To be sure,
many religions have troublesome track records. I also believe the
answer does not lie within one particular religion alone, but can be
found in a realm beyond our present consciousness. To evolve in
consciousness requires us to become conscious of something new. I
challenge the ‘enlightened mind’ to take a trip somewhere it probably
never thought it could go. This is not about simple evolution – it will
have to be an outright revolution for the modern, educated mind to
take a leap of faith like the one I propose. Because the alternative,
though it seems full of love and ‘light’ on the outside, has a very
rotten core – a very rotten core indeed.
Of course the world should unite under one spiritual truth.
Ultimately we all know there can be only one. But I suggest we all
206
 Spiritual Confusion

educate ourselves on just who is heading up the seemingly benign

drive towards ‘nondenominational’ spirituality, and world spiritual
unification. What is the agenda? What is its source, its motive? Can
we be sure? What if we really are being denied access to higher
realms we are not told about? Can I be sure I am really using my free
will? I will not trust any person – not a King, a Prince, a President,
Priest, Rabbi nor even the Dalai Lama, to tell me a truth I know I can
discern for myself. If God is everywhere, I can talk to Him too. The
real Tao leads revolutions through our hearts, one person at a time,
not through political agendas, pep rallies, television, or a group of
spooky “Masters”. And certainly not through someone called Lucifer.
Whether or not you believe he exists, just coming to the realization
that thousands of brilliant people do, and also secretly believe him to
be the answer to our global suffering is highly disturbing.
Though our world’s top minds are often linked to this
unification movement and probably understand who is behind it, there
are a lot of people who are just looking for something to follow that
sounds intelligent and seems to be working for good. So I suggest that
everyone who has felt the call should read a little more about the
connections the present ‘enlightened consciousness’ movement has to
a group of “masters” who ultimately work for a very dark prince and
his kingdom of reflected “Light”. Being ‘king of the world’ means
he’s not king of much else – and is extremely eager to show us a good
time so we will stay a little longer. Ancient technologies are even
being revived behind our backs, to help keep us oblivious.
David Spangler makes it pretty clear. He actually believes he
is doing the right thing by working for a figure called Lucifer. They
can even make it sound like they’re out to save the world. Spangler is
very active in elite circles. I’m sure he’s a nice guy and loves his
family. But are we sure this is a wisdom, or even a world, we want to
be a part of?
New age religions often contain subtle mis-teachings. It is
difficult to discern them, since they use words like love and light. Key
phrases they use include “of the light,” “one light”, or “light
workers.” Author Hieromonk Damascene writes, “This is where many
who have practiced watchfulness have fallen into delusion over the
centuries. Everything depends on the purity of one’s intention in
going within. If one’s intention (conscious or unconscious) is not to
207
Surfing the Tao

face one’s sin-condition, repent and thus be reconciled to God, but

instead to “be spiritual” while continuing to worship oneself, then one
can – upon becoming aware of the light of one’s spirit – begin to
worship it as God. This is the ultimate delusion.”1
Damascene continues, “If a person’s motive is prideful, he
will stop at this point, admiring his own brilliance; but that brilliance
will still be darkness. He will think he has found God, but God will
not be there. He will find a kind of peace, but it will be a peace apart
from God.”2 Even as spirit is made of light, do not mistake this light
for God Himself. This is a great example of the Mirror Image.
However, Damascene does distinguish between this false light and
what is called the “Unoriginate Light”, which is far greater than mere
spiritual light. Damascene quotes the mystic monk Archimandrite
Sophrony and his experience of this phenomenon, “the unoriginate
Light…eclipsed all else, just as the rising sun eclipses the brightest
star.”3 So being “of the light” isn’t necessarily bad or evil, it’s just
incomplete – and dangerously susceptible to clever and subtle
misinterpretation.
Those who control the outer world have created various
complicated systems of knowledge, which can lead to what they call
“enlightenment”. Don’t forget, the guy who thinks he’s God likes to
call himself the Bright Morning Star, or the Bearer of Light. But he is
actually the Reflector of Light – he is not the Source of light itself. He
is like a flame, or a light bulb, wooing the moths away from their true
destiny, which is the light of the moon – in the sky, where they can
find each other. Lao Tzu even describes the Tao as being elusive and
intangible, and dim and dark. “The path into the light seems dark”, he
wrote. In my opinion being of the “light” is a vague term that could
easily be abused and misinterpreted, like “justice” or “equality”. The
stillness of the void is both dark and light.
Another new-fangled spiritual call claims to be leading people
towards “transcendance.” But as Ueshiba wrote in The Art of Peace,
“Unite yourself in the cosmos, and the thought of transcendence will
disappear. Transcendence belongs to the profane world. When all
trace of transcendence vanishes, the true person – the Divine Being –
is manifest. Empty yourself and let the Divine function.”
Lao Tzu taught that the wise ones never tried to lead anyone to
enlightenment, but to become unsophisticated – simple, like a child.
208
 Spiritual Confusion

The truth is so simple that once you realize you know everything, you
also realize there is nothing to know.
Organizations devoted to this artificial light speak of service to
a fraternity or sharing and charitable works on earth. They are busy
worker bees. They support new technologies to divert and amuse.
They claim to channel the “Ascended Masters” but they are
impostors; I can promise you the real masters, the human ones, are
not named Atum, Ra, Horus, Germain, Thoth, Hermes or
Melchizedek. They like to say there are no battles, no bad guys, and
no evil, but that difficult times are somehow “necessary” for us to
learn or evolve. Similar subtleties lace the practice of witchcraft. Of
course many of the potions and incantations do actually work;
remember, an individual may exercise their free will to use the Force
for their own gain. But unfortunately there is no such thing as good
witchcraft; manipulating the forces of nature on your own signals you
are denying that God might have another will for you.
If you want magic in your life, acknowledge God and ask Him
to do it for you. People are flattered into believing they are powerful,
divine gods, and the Tao is just energy to be manipulated, not a
consciousness to be recognized and loved. They are taught to focus
their power in this dimension, deciding for themselves their own will.
Just think about all the TV shows, books and movies portraying
‘good’ witches and kids having fun ‘super powers’. The New York
Times reported September 28, 1986 that “Representatives of some of
the nation’s largest corporations, including IBM, AT&T, and General
Motors, met in New Mexico to discuss how metaphysics, the occult,
and Hindu mysticism might help executives compete in the world
marketplace.” Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business
offered a seminar called “Creativity in Business”, which taught
chanting, meditation and tarot cards for use for the “New Age
Capitalist.” Hundreds of corporations as well as our own military
have sponsored some type of training in psychic skills and magic.
Such notions are tempting – I’ve been there. I grew up in a
church of “God’s frozen people” – I never really understood the
confusing rituals, I just went because I had to. As soon as I was old
enough I chose instead to believe in a more ‘universal’ God. I
gravitated towards new age teachings because I always believed in the
supernatural. And I don’t necessarily deny any of the spiritualisms
209
Surfing the Tao

taught there. Esotericism is based on universal principles – the best

way to deceive people is with the truth. There indeed are multiple
dimensions, and strange beings inhabit them. Space-time can be
manipulated. Geometrical and mathematical realities encircle us like a
kaleidoscope. We do possess strong energy points on our bodies at the
chakra points, much like the earth does. And ‘enlightenment’ does
affect these glands as it opens our hearts and minds. But with faith we
need not concern ourselves with such details. The bad guys have
simply created a Reflection of the truth, warped and perverted for
their own selfish reasons. To know God personally means we allow
Him to be our only guide, and His will to be our own.
Tao means Way; the way is a walk, a journey that cannot be
enumerated or easily explained, and is different for everyone. Taoism
is not a religion, but a philosophy, or way of life. The point is not to
allow negative forces to elicit any emotion; think of a monk, sitting in
peace and serenity. But you don’t need to become a recluse to learn
this. Recognize the higher power, walk in love and gratitude, and take
whatever comes and use it for good, radiating joy regardless. It is a lot
like basic Christian teachings, without all the hoopla. Even Jesus was
trying to get the Jews to abandon archaic ritual. Lao Tzu taught,
“Ritual is the husk of true faith, the beginning of chaos.”
There are some things we can learn from books. But most
physical activities are difficult to describe in words. Learning dance
from a book is difficult – it is much easier to take a class or even
watch a video, where you can watch others first, and listen to the
instructor explain the movement. Most religions have special holy or
sacred books or scrolls, and in ancient times these texts were often
themselves the objects of worship. Sometimes today this is still the
case. However we aren’t here to worship words, but to live in love.
Because our puny brains can barely comprehend the full
power of ancient texts, not to mention their subtle misinterpretations,
I feel that adhering too closely to texts or one particular interpretation
of them can be dangerous. Anything God wants us to know can be
intuited if you are tuned in to Him, and love. It is difficult to really
express the true nature of God without physically experiencing a
personal relationship with Him. Though some texts can be used to
help guide us, no one ever entered the actual ascended state through
the pages of a book. By the same token, He can teach us from any
210
 Spiritual Confusion

book, if we are tuned in to Him. This is important - we need a way to

be sure we are tuning in to the right frequency. The bad guys can
sound very convincing, and we want to be sure our words are creating
the world God wants for us.
Many people I know have had supernatural experiences. The
nicest people study sacred geometry and channel extraterrestrial
entities who bring gentle instruction about raising the consciousness
of the earth, as it shifts into a new age in the cosmos. They tend to
feel drawn to mystics and psychics who also talk of these ‘other
realms’ of existence, places of pure consciousness. Such spiritualists
have described the need to empower the Self, and create thousands of
individual points of ‘light’ – thousands of individual ‘gods’ to act as a
group force or energy necessary to manifest this physical realm. They
appeal to human pride and ego because they tell us we can all be like
gods, especially if we listen to our own will, instead of His. This is
because they desperately need these human spiritual ‘robots’ in order
to maintain the existence of this particular frequency. Too often
innocent people who are spiritually open are used by these entities to
open “portals” into our world under the guise of “helping” us through
some sort of change, or shift. Just because it sounds awe-inspiring
doesn’t mean we shouldn’t be asking a lot of questions before we
agree to such things. Those who are really on our side don’t need a
portal to get here.
The truth is, God is already everywhere, and we can easily
become more powerful than these ‘gods’ through Him. If we just all
stopped and silently asked Him into our hearts we could all see this
for ourselves. He wants us to be the amazing individuals we are,
instead of becoming part of a ‘collective’ hive. God doesn’t need us to
be involved in any strange technology, sacred geometry or worry
about which dimension we are aiming for. He is taking care that those
who choose Him will be saved from any catastrophe simply through
faith. Those who can discern the difference are the chosen ones; these
people who can hear the simple message of love are the ones He
wants. Our reward is immortality – not just spiritual, as the
esotericists teach, but physical. He promises us a completely new
heaven and a new earth.
But are you ready to take that leap of faith? Can you ignore
the vast oceans of material that have been misconstrued over the ages,
211
Surfing the Tao

and find out the truth for yourself? There is a way to know that you
know that you know. This is not about religion. The Tao does not
need stones, rods, books, or golden boxes of powder to communicate
with us. But we do need to learn how to turn on our spiritual radios,
and tune in so that we can hear His voice. Otherwise this great, living,
fiercely joyous Field of energy will fall on deaf ears, remaining the
misunderstood, seemingly coldly silent ‘amoral’ Void.
It seems that thousands of people actually believe in the insane
teachings of a fallen Archangel and his subtle and clever reflections of
the Truth. At this point many readers have not yet been able to
swallow that one. But hear me now, believe me later. If someday
evidence of him or his army becomes more obvious to you, won’t you
be glad you know about another far more powerful army fighting
against such devilishness? Do you think only the bad guys can play
this game?

“At that time Michael, the great prince who protects

your people, will arise. There will be a time of distress
which as has not happened from the beginning of
nations until then. But at that time your people –
everyone whose name is found written in the book –
will be delivered. Multitudes who sleep in the dust of
the earth will awake: some to everlasting life, others to
shame and everlasting contempt. Those who are wise
will shine like the brightness of the heavens, and those
who lead many to righteousness, like the stars forever
and ever. But you, Daniel, close up and seal the words
of the scroll until the time of the end. Many will go
here and there to increase knowledge.”
Daniel 12:1-4

It is the job of Michael, a spiritual being, and perhaps others

like him, to return any lost celestial technology to its rightful place
and reestablish harmony for the planet and its people.
And who do you think he works for?

“Leave this chanting and singing and telling of beads!

Whom dost thou worship in this lonely dark corner of
212
 Spiritual Confusion

a temple with doors all shut? Open thine eyes and see
thy God is not before thee!
He is there where the tiller is tilling the hard ground
and where the pathmaker is breaking stones. He is with
them in sun and in shower, and his garment is covered
with dust. Put off thy holy mantle and even like him
come down on the dusty soil!”
–Rabindranath Tagore, Gitanjali

213
Tuning In

In the beginning was the Tao,

And the Tao was with God,
And the Tao was God…
-The Gospel of St. John, Chapter I, translated from the
Chinese

In April, 2003 the Associated Press reported that six U.S.

congressmen were sharing a townhouse in D.C. owned by a secretive
fundamentalist Christian group called the Foundation, or the
Fellowship. A lengthy and highly controversial expose also appeared
in Harper’s magazine at that time by Jeffrey Sharlet. This particular
group of believers, who also call themselves “the Family,” consist of
people in public life, though the organization calls itself “invisible”
and keeps its inner workings secret. Members at the time included
Senator Don Nickels (R-OK), Charles Grassley (R-IA), Pete
Domenici (R-NM), John Ensign (R-NV), Conrad Burns (R-MT),
Reps. Frank Wolf (R-VA), and Bart Stupak (D-MI).
Their goal is an “invisible world organization led by Christ”.
But their version is controversial, because according to Sharlet, they
use Hitler’s militant example to define their need for a ‘covenant’, to
have everyone convert in order for it to work. They believe “Christ’s
Kingdom is not a democracy” and emphasize the Old Testament and
its notion of being part of a “chosen” elite. This group hosts thousands
of receptions and prayer breakfasts around the country. Their
supporters include some of the most famous Christian leaders today.
Rather than helping the poor directly, this group’s ministry is to
introduce hundreds of the world’s most powerful people to Jesus,
“man to man,” – believing these are the truly “poor in spirit”. They
claim Jesus Himself is helping them set up the structure for a new
world. Through the years their members have been behind a lot of our
country’s worldwide diplomatic efforts, having high-level
connections with various politicians and the CIA.
Some members have since called writer Sharlet a traitor for
publishing his article, but he says he was “there to meet Jesus…the
214
 Tuning In

new ruling Jesus, whose ways are secret.” I believe Mr. Sharlet had
reason to be dubious. All truly successful manipulators use the truth
to their best advantage. Instead of denying it outright, just distorting
the true image slightly can be an excellent way to mislead. Those who
believe in this official version of the religion will follow it without
question; still others will sense the non-truths woven throughout and
thus find the entire religion subject to ridicule. Score one more for the
Mirror Image.
I find that many by-the-book believers tend not to question
those who are presently governing our nation and our world, believing
their claims to be true “Christians” and accepting their governances
and decisions hook, line and sinker. People go to church on Sunday
and then rally around our military victories on Monday. Lao Tzu
pointed out, “If you rejoice in victory, then you delight in killing; If
you delight in killing, you cannot fulfill yourself.”
It is the blind leading the blind, through the chaos of an
insensitive, legalistic and tyrannical Republic that masquerades as a
democracy – not to mention a religion inappropriately associated with
wrath, strange gods and archaic rituals. It is said that an imposter will
fool millions of people who think they know Him. Jesus Himself
warned us that in the last days, “if anyone tells you, “Here he is, in the
inner rooms,” do not believe it. For as lighting that comes from the
east is visible even in the east, so will be the coming of the Son of
Man.” -Matthew 24:26-27.
In the foreword of his 1999 book Christ the Eternal Tao,
author Hieromonk Damascene noted that while in China, 40,000
people per day are becoming Christians, people in the West are
increasingly turning away from their Christian roots in favor of
Eastern religions. He believes that in the West, Christianity has
become a matter of intellectualism and rote memorization, “a dry,
word-based religion, a legalistic system, a set of ideas and behaviors,
and a political institution that operates on the same principles as the
institutions of this world.”1 Damascene suggests they are instead
turning to more profound spiritual works like the Tao Te Ching to
learn what the churches failed to teach: how to be free of thoughts,
desires and negative emotions. He points out that even though
Western Christianity attempts to control how and what to think, Christ
Himself, as did Lao Tzu, taught us how not to need to think at all.
215
Surfing the Tao

Damascene’s work seeks to “receive the message of Christ

from a new source: not from the modern West – which has distorted it
into thousands of conflicting sects and philosophies – but from the
ancient Christian East, which has transmitted to modern times the
essence of Christ’s teaching in a way that resonates with the teaching
of Lao Tzu…” 2

“As our mind utters from itself a word,

So did the Primal Mind utter the Primal Word
(Logos)…
Mind does not exist without word,
Nor word without mind…
Mind, coming from itself,
Is thus the father of the word,
And the word is the son of the mind.”

“Before the world was made,

The Mind, Word and Breath were One,
Sharing in the One Essence, above all essences.
The Oneness of these Persons is a mystery
Whose vastness cannot be comprehended by even the
highest spirits.
Nevertheless, we attempt to give a name to this
mystery of oneness:
The name of love.
A name so great that, finding it impossible to give it
due reverence,
People despair and treat it as commonplace.

The Mind, Word and Breath had this perfect love

between them.
Not only did They have this love,
They are this love.
Therefore, love existed before the world was made.

The love of the Maker of things cannot merely be

extended outwardly, to the universe made by Him.

216
 Tuning In

In the Three this love is directed inwardly also, within

the Primal Essence:
In the mystical inward live, hidden in the depths of the
Divinity.
For the Three have always been One.
But the world did not know this love
Until the Word Himself came into it,
Sent by the Mind as the Messenger to the world
Of the Primal Love that had created it.”
-Damascene

Martin Aronson in his book Jesus and Lao Tzu: the Parallel
Sayings suggests that the Tao corresponds to the Christian version of
God the Father, while Teh, a Chinese term which represents the
“animating principle that runs through all life” corresponds to the
Son, the “incarnation of the cosmic mystery.”3 Though the Father is
the Source, the Son is the channel through which the world comes
into being.
Author Damascene suggests the Teh refers to the divine
energy, Grace, or Power of the Tao, which refers to the Father as well
as His fleshly incarnation. The Teh and the Tao are in and of each
other; there is not one without the other. Even Lao Tzu intuited this
mystery, “The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two
gives birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.”
Damascene notes the concept of the Tao of the ancient
Chinese corresponds to the Logos of the ancient Greeks. This Logos,
or unity, balance or pattern of flow, was the very principle of
existence. Damascene even suggests that certain people who lived
before Christ, such as Heraclitus, Socrates and Lao Tzu, were able to
perceive the existence of Christ because of their awareness of this
Flow, this Logos, or Oneness of all things. St. Seraphim of Sarov
(1759-1833), wrote that “though the pagan philosophers also
wandered in the darkness of ignorance of God, yet they sought the
Truth which is beloved by God…” and therefore could have
possessed the Spirit of God in them. St. Justin wrote that many of
these pre-Christian thinkers and poets taught that there is only one
God, eternal and omnipotent creator of the universe, rather than be
party to the multiple gods of the pagan religions of their times, and
217
Surfing the Tao

therefore lived “in accordance with the Logos”, or Christ, because

they lived in love and in the will of God. Damascene suggests that if
these medieval writers had known of Lao Tzu, they would have set
him forth as another pre-Christian witness of Christ the Logos.
Most people would be surprised that I found Him in the Tao
instead of in church. But for me, it has always been about love, not
religion. Imagine a farmer, who notices some birds stuck in an old
barn. They are hurling themselves against the windows to get out, but
the windows cannot be opened, and they don’t see where the doors
are. The old barn is ready to be demolished and replaced, and the
farmer wants to save the birds first. Meanwhile the cats in the barn are
busy stalking the birds as they sit ignorantly on the roof beams, and
he watches helplessly as they are taken out, one by one. The farmer
finally thinks, if only I could be a bird like them for five minutes, I
could show them how to get out!
Imagine God, the Tao, this great Consciousness of Love,
seeing the terrible state we were in, and no one could hear Him or
even knew He was there! Since practically no one was going to be
able to tune in to a love consciousness on their own so they could
ascend, He had to do something. Otherwise we were pretty much
stuck down here, thinking once we died that was it; we had no real
understanding of how there were other dimensions of existence, and
that we needed love to get to them. The selfish powers that presently
controlled the Earth wanted us to be eternally deceived on this point,
they wanted our bodies and our souls, especially since we are capable
of such great love and thus are so beloved by God. They keep us
addicted to this world, its material pleasures and the quest for
personal power. And most people don’t even believe they are there,
that there is a way out, or that we are really trapped at all.
Because we are so hard-headed and couldn’t overcome our
condition on our own, He came down as one of us, not an alien or
other strange ‘god’, but a human, sort of like Neo in The Matrix, to
show us how to overcome death, and play the bad guy’s bloody little
game of sacrifice, in order to win the release of our souls as well as
authority for us in the Spirit over the present darkness. Then He
ascended, much like Buddha did, and proved there is no death. But
the difference is, Buddha hadn’t died first, nor is he the actual
Consciousness of the Tao.
218
 Tuning In

I used to be the biggest skeptic and radical non-believer you

could ever know. Like most intellectuals, I scoffed at the idea and
thought I was too well-read and even ‘enlightened’ for Him – He was
supposed to be for ‘religious’ people, otherwise unable to
comprehend their greater reality. In fact I contend that much of the
“Christian” religion along with every other “religion” is a legalistic
misdirection that veils the simple truth of a loving, personal God. I
don’t even necessarily agree with the historical interpretation - history
can be rewritten. It seems like there are different versions of Him,
depending on who you listen to. The bloody, complicated and
hypocritical ritual baggage needlessly added to His message makes it
hard for many to accept.
I also know plenty of people who call themselves “Christians”
who do not live in love. They instead argue legalisms and carry
around the worry, troubles and selfishness of a material world. Rarely
do I meet one who lives purely in unconditional selfless love, yet
many can quote Biblical scripture to justify themselves. Even within
this religion there are thousands of sects that argue endlessly –
completely missing the point. To me, the Tao doesn’t care about
bloodline or hand out rules and regulations, ever act with wrath or
need an Ark to communicate with us. The Bible is confusing because
stories of these gods are mixed in with praise for the Tao. This same
confusing assortment of images cleverly interlaces the practice of
other religions as well.
When I began writing this I was careful not to tread on
anyone’s toes, but I have been very disappointed with some people
for giving Him a bad name. His “children” are known by the fruits of
their spirits; that is, by the loving way they live their lives, and many
of them are yet unaware that they can have a personal relationship
with the Tao. These people I believe will have ‘the ear to hear’ – for
them, what I am saying will finally make sense.
The awesomeness of the Tao is that He has manifested as a
person. It might have been easier to just magically “appear” to us, as
He perhaps did at other times in our ancient past, but this time He did
it the hard way, was born and lived in the stench of the Earth like we
do, so He knows exactly what we are going through. It is so incredible
it is nearly incomprehensible to our puny brains. And unfortunately
this event has been contaminated by so much religious and pagan
219
Surfing the Tao

nonsense throughout the ages that most people will not be able to
separate the messenger from the confusion that surrounds Him.
God’s core message has been compromised by worldly
influences. He wants us to live lives of love – I can promise you He
doesn’t care about buildings, books, rituals, money or special
mediators.

“One does not need buildings, money, power or status

to practice the Art of Peace. Heaven is right where you
are standing, and that is the place to train.” -The Art of
Peace

So much ‘religion’ contains similarities to the worship of other

deities and their technologies from our past. For those who call
yourselves Christians, I challenge you to live each moment in selfless
love, even for your enemies, and think long and hard about where
your history and rituals come from. I believe this is exactly how the
‘king of the earth’ has managed to water down the core message, and
use the religion for his own purposes.
My relationship with the Tao has nothing to do with special
days or special books. He can teach me in any book, on any day. I
celebrate His coming every day of the year, not just one. And I can
find His wisdom throughout every era, culture and people throughout
the Earth. His Chosen Ones are those who can hear the call to love –
they will come from every race, creed, culture and religion. Because
when I talk to Him, I am talking to a loving consciousness that
pervades everything and everywhere.

“Contemplate the workings of this world, listen to the

words of the wise, and take all that is good as your
own. With this as your base, open your own door to
truth. Do not overlook the truth that is right before you.
Study how water flows in a valley stream, smoothly
and freely between the rocks. Also learn from holy
books and wise people. Everything – even mountains,
rivers, plants and trees – should be your teacher.
–The Art of Peace

220
 Tuning In

Don’t let the world distort the true image of the Tao’s
manifestation. His name carries many negative connotations in
today’s world. But He does not require ritual or worship in the stones
– and for me, His name now brings peace of mind. He is a way for us
to have a personal relationship with the Tao; He is a Way of Life.
Tuning in to Him is like turning on your own ‘Star Wars’ defense
shield against all the non-love forces on Earth.
You can’t argue if this is true or not if you don’t give it an
honest try! If you ask, He will show you the truth, either through his
warriors and their written legacy, or just through synchronistic daily
life occurrences that speak to you in ways only you can interpret. It’s
up to you to begin to see the divine in the mundane. Remember, faith
means knowing something you can’t see with your physical senses.
Faith starts very, very tiny; the size of a mustard seed, the head of a
pin. It’s like at first you can barely bring yourself to believe it! But
one tiny mustard seed can grow into acres and acres of robust growth;
soon, even the newly awakened quickly begin to sense the power in
His name. Use the paradox: with a pure intention, profess your belief
before it exists in order to create it, and witness its growth and power.
When once faith seemed nonsense, you soon begin to know
something incredible you cannot explain. Just say it out loud, accept
Him, and feel it resonate the air around you. The power feels like a
soft tingle right to your fingers and toes at first. Some call it holy
spirit, some ch’i, others prana. The birth of this “spirit” inside you
often causes a powerful outpouring and release of emotion. I’m not
sure why it works, but I do know that it’s all about love, the frequency
of love. Not ego, history, politics, religion, gold or even the Bible. If
you do not understand this and would like to, all you have to do is
ask, Jesus, please forgive me, come into my heart, and show me the
Truth. And I promise you, He will.
Even though accepting Him is just a simple decision you
make, the transformation that occurs inside you is astounding. It’s as
if He wakes up those unused parts of our brains, supernaturally
enabling us to see and hear through the spirit. It’s like suddenly
realizing there is a safety railing out there in the Surf you can use to
stay balanced. No wonder the enemy tries so hard to keep people
away from understanding this. It activates our brain’s monatomic
minerals into their high-spin state. He is the New Initiation, rendering
221
Surfing the Tao

forever useless the complicated and perverted rites of old. If your

intentions are pure, accepting Him, simply saying the words out loud,
actually raises the frequency of your energy field.
For the most part we cannot do this without Him any longer,
especially today, and if you were able to, you’d find Him standing
there anyway, just like Buddha and Lao Tzu did! Those two unusual
people (and a few others whose names got lost by recorded history)
are still standing there right now, with Him, like some shockingly
real, other-dimensional X-Men, armed with love, ready for battle.
These are the true “ascended” masters, soldiers in God’s Army.
If you find this full of leaps of faith and impossible to believe,
well, it is an incredible, one-of-a-kind event that is truly amazing, and
it does take a Supernatural Leap of Faith to comprehend it. He is the
Path Less Traveled. We cannot fathom how blessed and loved we are
by God that He even did this for us, for we are truly only like birds,
cattle, or sheep, too blinded to see we are headed for the slaughter.

“Since the children have flesh and blood, he too shared

in their humanity so that by his death he might destroy
him who holds the power of death – that is, the devil –
and free those who all their lives were held in slavery
by their fear of death.”-Heb 2:14-15

An interesting note here involves a growing awareness that He

can even stop so-called “alien abductions.” More and more people
who claim to have been abducted are calling on His name out of
desperation and finding their tortures stop immediately. Much is
being written about this because so many non-believers have become
believers because of such startling experiences (check out
Alienresistance.org). And it gives some evidence that these aliens are
really not good guys at all, regardless of what they claim to be doing
here. Breeding us for higher spiritual abilities is a crock; we already
have these inside of us just waiting to be awakened.
His sacrifice means we don’t have to know how to “become
enlightened” or follow a complicated system or set of rituals. We
don’t even have to live a perfect life – He did it for us. Just Know
Him – that’s all. If you can’t maintain a perfect loving consciousness

222
 Tuning In

all the time, don’t worry; He did it for you. But it’s a great example to
live by, and through knowing Him it becomes easier each day.
In the higher realms whatever one thinks materializes
immediately, which is why we must be in a state of pure love to be
there. However, down here in our weakened state, we cannot help
feeling angry or depressed sometimes (which is why in actuality we
are pretty much the authors of our own misery). But since it really
isn’t our fault we are so ignorant, we shouldn’t have to face the
penalties for it. His sacrifice exempted those who believe in Him from
being faulted for materialistic temptations. His existence as an actual
human person transfers the power of the Spirit to us. He didn’t have
to die a physical death, but He did it anyway.
Have there been many “Christs”? Many ancient cultures speak
of there having been several past “ages” of civilization, with various
planetary catastrophes in between. “Krishna”, “Ea” or “Issa” are
beings associated with spiritual enlightenment, and they kind of sound
similar to the word “Jesus”. Maybe God used a similar name to be
sure when He came down as a person the name would represent those
working for spiritual enlightenment. Maybe that particular collection
of sounds simply resonates a particular way. Or, maybe these others
only lead us away from the truth of one savior.
Certain words are believed to cause various manifestations in
space-time, and this is how God could manifest in our dimension.
Because of this power of the Word, His name is endowed with
unequaled resonance. Damascene writes, “Because Jesus is the name
that the Logos took when putting on the raiment of abasement and
humility (i.e., human flesh), there is no more powerful name on earth
to oppose the proud fallen spirits.” 4
But I must make an important distinction. Only once did the
Tao have to be born as a human being and die a physical death, to free
us from the game. Remember, the powers of the earth are cunning and
have been hard at work to hide the truth. Their favorite method is not
to deny He existed, but to call him just another great Master or
Teacher, one of many “Christs” throughout the ages. This is denying
his uniqueness, and that is something us humans can’t completely
understand with our limited minds, but must have faith in for the
power to work for us. Remember, “They” have their next “Christ”
waiting in the wings, ready to plant a false peace in our physical
223
Surfing the Tao

plane. The real guy is not just another teacher or priest, but has all the
love and power of the Force behind Him and always has.
Templar and Masonic scholars through the ages concocted a
scheme to make Him even less God-like by creating a false history
around Him. They say He didn’t actually die on the cross, but was
secreted off to Europe where he married Mary Magdalene and
fathered children. In fact, in many of our greatest Christian cathedrals
the “Our Lady” statues of Mary holding a child actually represent
Mary Magdalene, thus blatantly displaying the heretical beliefs of the
builders. They also look exactly like ancient representations of pagan
gods like Isis and her son Horus, or Ishtar and son Tammuz. The false
“descendants” of Jesus are called the Merovingians, and certain
members of the Brotherhood claim they are descended from Him. The
false “bloodline” also creates yet another vehicle for earthly power
and control.
Other writers think He was just one of many symbols created
to represent the “Sun God”, or another in a long line of “gods” set up
by the powers-that-be to further enslave people in a “Church”, an
understandable though unfortunate assumption. In fact, the ‘religion’
makes Him out to be not so much the manifestation of the Tao, but
simply a great master in an established ancient priesthood. This
protects the authority of the hierarchy and the power of the Church.
The teachings of love were often not even followed by its leaders.
Bishop Eusebius, a powerful Church leader involved in compiling the
Bible in the fourth century, said, “It is an act of virtue to deceive and
lie, when by such means the interest of the Church might be
promoted.” No wonder so many people are troubled by the Church
and thus toss the baby out with the bathwater.
There is a Brotherhood rumor that He is already here on Earth,
along with other “teachers,” keeping Himself hidden in the Vatican or
some such place until the world is “ready” for Him. Believe me, if He
were here, He would never hide or conspire with the kings of the
earth! He only preached against secrecy, worldly religions and
politicians while He was here. When He comes, everyone “tuned” to
Him will know Him without any doubt, and it will never be a secret!
His message is purely about love, not religion or politics. If
you have a problem with organized religion, I quite agree with you.
We do not need mediators to talk to God for us; He came down to
224
 Tuning In

give us each a personal relationship with Him, through the Spirit.

Though church can provide wonderful community and fellowship,
few truly teach us to use love to make our lives extraordinary. Not to
mention that belief in a worldly religion without the Spirit inside you
can make you legalistic, and resistant to information that contradicts
what we believe we already know.
In Hawai’i, people’s lives were governed for centuries by the
strict rules of the kapu, which means forbidden. By law common
people could not eat, walk or even surf in the presence of the ‘divine’
ruling class. Men and women were even forbidden to eat together.
Disobeying the slightest bit brought swift death. But in 1819, King
Kamehameha I died. His son, Kamehameha II, was only 19 at the
time. His father’s wife, Queen Kaahumanu, wanted to get rid of kapu
and she convinced the young king this had been in his father’s wishes.
At first, people feared retribution from the gods, but when it was
discovered that there would be no such punishment, everything
changed. For a few months the Hawaiians lived in a blissful state of
aloha, in joy and without fear.
This didn’t last long. A few months later in 1820, the Christian
missionaries arrived in these islands whose inhabitants were ripe for a
new religion. Sadly, the message of love was contaminated by just
another system of strict rules and laws governing behavior. They even
imported thorny bushes called kiawe to encourage the natives to wear
shoes! Jesus the Tao would have arrived in Hawaii, thrown off His
shoes and encouraged the spirit of Aloha in His simple message: live
in love. Instead, the people who acted in His name brought a new
hierarchical system to be worshipped and feared. To me, such an
interpretation of Christianity contains many elements of past pagan
practices I find more closely related to kapu than to the core message
of love. Just because people spread the news of Jesus doesn’t mean
they are filled with the Spirit. Sometimes it’s used as a means for
power and control.
Another story illustrates that many ‘non-Christians’ are
walking in love because they know it just feels right, echoing the
thoughts of St. Justin and St. Seraphim. During the Depression, there
was an old Jewish grandmother who was known in her small town as
being one who never turned away someone in need. One day a man
appeared at her door; he was poor and dirty, and hungry. She asked
225
Surfing the Tao

him his name, and he answered, “Jesus.” Not knowing of the Jesus of
the New Testament she invited him in as if he were any other
homeless man, and offered him a meal. Later a neighbor asked her the
man’s last name, and she answered, “Thelord,” not thinking anything
odd. He lived there for eight years, and she never once asked him to
leave, or pay for a meal. This is the kind of love He wants us to show
each other – without question.
Mainstream religions like to draw lines around things are
shout blasphemy when there is none, which can be nearly as
dangerous as denying Him. Tradition can be senseless. There are
many elements of religion that are throwbacks to pagan rituals – and
this is acceptable, while helpful, healthy things like yoga, energetic
healing and meditation are “off-limits”. How do you think Jesus
healed, with chemical medicines, side effects and barbaric surgeries?
The Mirror Image takes the truth and reflects to distort and confuse.
Just make sure you’re never worshipping some other god or idol, do it
all in His name, and God the Force, and be sure it’s done with lots of
love.

“…do not criticize the other teachers or traditions. The

Art of Peace never restrains, restricts, or shackles
anything. It embraces all and purifies everything.”
– Ueshiba

Nothing He ever taught was meant to be a secret.

Metaphysical truths have been taken underground, made into secrets,
warped and not made part of the accepted Christian religion. For
many, this has turned them away from Him altogether, because they
sense the truth in these other elements, which are often disallowed
within the structured religion. And of course this “underground”
element of secret societies has kept these universal metaphysical
truths secret, and misdirected them. Although He may have talked
about these kinds of things, there are no books out there with His
legitimate “lost teachings”. This is another crafty decoy. In truth you
don’t really need to worry about all that mumbo jumbo, He makes it
easy for you by simply making it a matter of personal belief. All you
need is the power of His name. It’s as easy as that, since our words

226
 Tuning In

echo in the quantum realm and God then does the work for us. And
without Him, any mumbo jumbo can be very dangerous indeed.
Sometimes people experience an inexplicable and immediate
distaste or even hatred of Him, a sure sign that mirrored forces are
hard at work. Often a person’s tradition is from another religion or
culture, but the Tao is not about tradition, race or politics of any kind.
His teachings are about love, and the temple in which He wants us to
worship is inside ourselves. The religion built up around Him is not
pure to His teachings. I believe it has been infiltrated by the enemy
for centuries, even though there are a few great teachers out there.
Jesus said, wherever two are more are gathered, He is there. He even
suggested praying in your own closet! It’s important to consider the
questions of the spirit without past judgments the world has
determined for you. Keep your mind and spirit open.
Long ago, we may have lived for untold millennia in a place, a
frequency really, where we did not know fear, anger, greed, war,
murder or anything negative. When we were forced out of this energy
field and/or genetically downgraded, God knew we needed a
miraculous way for us to make that leap into eternal life. Jesus is like
our bridge – a shortcut - into that life. Jesus is the Tao; He is the Way.

“I am the way and the truth and the life.” –John 14:6

“In the Way of righteousness there is life;

along that Path is immortality.” – Proverbs 12:28

But He doesn’t want us to wallow in worship for Him. We are

told that wherever two or more are gathered, He is there, and to pray
not to Him, but in His name, to “Our Father in heaven,” the loving
consciousness of the Force. He also told us that we would do greater
things than He. God came down to be an example of a pure life lived
in His loving will, not to extort worship through another physical
being. He also gave us His name as a word of power, and it doesn’t
matter which language you speak it in. He will know you. And it is
through the Spirit, our inheritance from Jesus, that we do this.
Because He came as a human, His power of the Spirit has been
transferred to other humans who accept Him.

227
Surfing the Tao

The bad guys have always used this physical realm for their
own selfish purposes, creating outward representations of gods like
idols for worship, and other substances or tools through technology.
These earthly powers want us to believe we can all be gods. More
correctly, we are all part of God; we all have our own relationship
with God inside ourselves, but we don’t need ministers, churches or
any powder, object or amulet to find Him. Just love.
Some people will actually consciously choose to walk without
Him. Many would continue to live in their own will, rather than
God’s. For too long they have believed that they are in control, and
enjoy the benefits of power and glory in the physical realm. God
knows He cannot reach such people, nor does He want to. Without
using force, bribery, threat or manipulation, the Tao seeks to build a
family in a higher realm with people who have chosen love, and
submission to His will, of their own free will. All higher realities must
be consciously invited in – even the bad guys know this, so we must
be aware of the words we say at all times.
It is through our direct communication with God the Force
that true enlightenment comes. That’s why there were (a few)
enlightened people before Jesus. But now you don’t have to
understand Lao Tzu’s seeming vagueness, or learn how to separate
mind from spirit, or meditate for days on end when you have Him.
Though if you were to do all that other stuff properly with love, like I
said, you would eventually find Him standing there smiling at you
anyway. He is just showing us down the narrow path of compassion,
so crowded with subtle liars and tempters these days. For anyone can
use the word “love.” Just follow Him, and you will be sure to find
your way.

“I tell you the truth, I am the gate for the sheep. All
who ever came before me were thieves and robbers,
but the sheep did not listen to them. I am the gate;
whoever enters through me will be saved. He will
come in and go out, and find pasture. The thief comes
only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they
may have life, and have it to the full.”-John 10:7-10

228
 Tuning In

This is a supernatural phenomenon. And in a reality made up

of interlocking wavelengths of light, sound and words resonate in a
way our normal perceptions cannot understand. That’s why prayer,
chanting and music can be so powerfully emotional. It also suggests
that what we say can actually cause reactions in space-time; positive
words create a positive reality, and the reverse. Fortunes and loves
can be won and lost with the power of the Word. His name is what
can easily distinguish the Truth from the Reflection, even in a world
lit brightly by an artificial light. It also gives our words that extra zing
of power, like a direct line to God. It creates a powerful impenetrable
shield around us.

“And everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will

be saved; for on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem there
will be deliverance, as the Lord has said, among the
survivors whom the Lord calls.”-Joel 2:32

Seek first the Kingdom of God, and all things will be given
unto you. The Kingdom of God is the frequency of love. Just say the
words to invite Him in, tune in and your own kingdom will awaken
within you. You will begin to hear for yourself why this message is so
pertinent to our times.

“Jesus said, ‘My kingdom is not of this world…my

kingdom is from another place.’”-John 19:36

229
Through the Looking Glass

From the great cosmic mirror

Without beginning and without end,
Human society became manifest.
At that time liberation and confusion arose.
When fear and doubt occurred
Towards the confidence which is primordially free,
Countless multitudes of warriors arose.
Those countless multitudes of cowards
Hid themselves in caves and jungles.
They killed their brothers and sisters and ate their flesh,
They followed the example of beasts,
They provoked terror in each other;
Thus they took their own lives.
They kindled a great fire of hatred,
They constantly roiled the river of lust,
They wallowed in the mid of laziness:
The age of famine and plague arose.

Of those who were dedicated to the primordial confidence,

The many hosts of warriors,
Some went to highland mountains
And erected beautiful castles of crystal.
Some went to the lands of beautiful lakes and islands
And erected lovely palaces.
Some went to the pleasant plains
And sowed fields of barley, rice and wheat.
They were always without quarrel,
Ever loving and very generous.
Without encouragement, through their self-existing
inscrutability,
They were always devoted to the Imperial Rigden.
(from Shambhala: Sacred Path of the Warrior by Chogyam
Trungpa)

230
 Through the Looking Glass

It is very difficult to discern the subtle distinctions and mis-

teachings that go on in the world. The truth has been cleverly warped
and reflected in the physical world, itself only a tiny slice of the true
multi-dimensional reality. Oftentimes things that are true are taken
and abused so thoroughly, they are lost to those with faith.
Mainstream religions, like any worldly institution, as I stated before,
can be subverted and used for selfish purposes, so I always advise
taking along a grain of salt. There is not one single system in our third
dimension that contains only the whole, pure unadulterated truth.
Even Taoism has splintered into various cults and sects.
I am perfectly aware of the fact that many people will find
problems with my interpretation. Christians will undoubtedly take
issue with what I point out in the Bible and their familiar history and
rituals as being misleading. Other people will take offense at the
concept that Jesus is the Tao – they want to believe in their own
powers. The more scientific-minded will be unwilling to awaken to
any spiritual reality at all. I plead with you all: soften your lines in the
sand. Open your hearts and minds and be prepared for a strange future
in Wonderland where nothing is as it seems.
The Mirror Image seeks to keep us enthralled with a less-than-
perfect perception of reality. For this reason, many aspects and truths
have been divided and mislaid, and used to create divisiveness and
disruption. By definition certain concepts and terms have been
misunderstood because of semantics and legalisms. And when the
truth is simply altered or changed ever so slightly, it becomes an even
greater tool to promote its opposite. Therefore, what is “evil” is often
difficult to discern, and even impossible to prove to those whose
minds are already set. Subtlety is the name of the game.
Much of the Bible can be used to twist and distort. Intellectual
browsers assume Jesus must be associated with all the stuff about
gold and jewels and shining faces not to mention the obsession with
family lineage just because He’s in the same Book. Find a “red letter”
version of the Bible; these words are easiest to discern. Sure, the
Bible can be used to teach core values, but it could also be used to
misdirect. And the concept of “going to the stones,” to worship in a
building that could even be an old pagan site, just like I know the
“gods” liked for us to, is equally difficult. I cannot help but feel we
have been duped into it. Taking what we know and using it for good,
231
Surfing the Tao

we could resonate our love for Him at these locations and help re-
harmonize the Earth. But it’s not about ritual, it’s about love, and
really we should resonate this love everywhere, at all times.
The Tao used the Old Testament to eerily fulfill the ancient
prophecies of a superstitious and legalistic people. He would have
used whatever religion or text present, for it is easier to teach people
from their own sources. But He never used ritual, gold or technology
to prove His power, and He used scripture only to prove His points –
not to legitimize its legacy. In Matthew, we read of the temptation of
Jesus. “Then Jesus was led by the Spirit into the desert to be tempted
by the devil. After fasting forty days and forty nights, he was hungry.
The tempter came to him and said, “If you are the Son of God, tell
these stones to become bread.” (Sound familiar?) Using the old
scriptures Jesus answered, ‘It is written: ‘Man does not live on bread
alone, but on every word that comes from the mouth of God.’”
(Matthew 4:4)
Instead of enlightenment involving the production of a
mysterious secret substance, through simple belief in Him it is given
to all people. He clearly differentiates Himself from the bread-like
‘manna’ of the Old Testament.

“Jesus said to them, ‘I tell you the truth, it is not Moses

who has given you the bread from heaven, but it is my
Father who gives you the true bread from heaven. For
the bread of God is he who comes down from heaven
and gives life to the world.” (John 6:32-33)

The people then ask for this bread. To their disbelieving

stares, Jesus boldly exclaimed,

“I tell you the truth, he who believes has everlasting

life. I am the bread of life. Your forefathers ate the
manna in the desert, yet they died. But here is the
bread that comes down from heaven, which a man may
eat and not die. I am the living bread that came down
from heaven. If anyone eats of this bread, he will live
forever. This bread is my flesh, which I will give for
the life of the world.” -John 6:47-51
232
 Through the Looking Glass

Jesus gave bread and wine to symbolize his own body - not to
establish a new ritual, but so we would understand that He Himself is
the substance and source of our enlightenment. He healed and led the
people and performed miracles without a “sacred staff” or any such
tool. He never instructed us about hidden rituals of enlightenment,
attained through sacred locations, sacrifice or good works. It is all and
only about faith. He taught us that through faith in God - the Tao, the
Force, the “Father” - we can do these things too, without tools or
drugs.
Jesus never Himself spoke of using any kind of substance
besides Spirit, or faith in God. I believe He came to save us from the
deceiver and his technology. However, there are a couple of places in
the Bible that would contradict this contention. Like I said before, if
things start getting wacky in the world, and beings calling themselves
the “Elohim” come back and tell us it’s ok to use ORMEs or other
magic because everyone else did in the Bible, like Moses and even
Jesus, then I say watch out.
For example, in the New Testament, there are verses about
Jesus’ “Transfiguration,” a controversial event.

“After six days Jesus took with him Peter, James and
John the brother of James, and led them up a high
mountain by themselves. There he was transfigured
before them. His face shone like the sun, and his
clothes became as white as the light. Just then there
appeared before them Moses and Elijah, talking with
Jesus.” -Matthew 17:1

So He went up a mountain, like Moses, where He suddenly

attained a glowing countenance similar to those described earlier. It
took about one second of prayer for the Spirit to reveal to me, if Jesus
is God, why would He need to become transfigured? And why would
it have to be so suspiciously on a mountain, a place of intense telluric
energy? Some suggest he was always radiant, but that he chose this
moment to open the disciples’ eyes to it.
It could be. But for me, there are all kinds of other problems
with these verses. They don’t fit in with the rest of the text. It seems
233
Surfing the Tao

to allude to some other ‘being’ up in heaven able to work powers in

certain locations. Jesus also said to keep it a secret from the other
disciples until after His resurrection. God might use parables, but He
doesn’t keep secrets (though the bad guys do). Jesus even alluded that
Elijah was John the Babtist, “But I tell you, Elijah has already come,
and they did not recognize them…Then the disciples understood that
he was talking to them about John the Babtist.” (Matthew 17:11,13)
This entire chapter can be conveniently interpreted as a reason to
assume Jesus was perhaps less than the Tao Incarnate and even taught
reincarnation.
The transfiguration sure does a lot to convince by-the-book
believers that Jesus was “touched” by the same ‘God’ of the Old
Testament, something I suspect the ‘Church’ was anxious to do, to
justify for their authority and priesthood. It fits in perfectly with a
plan to cleverly dethrone Jesus and make him merely part of this
hierarchy.
In the Book of Revelation, the mysterious prophet John writes
of seeing another shining being,

“And when I turned I saw seven golden lampstands,

and among the lampstands was ‘someone like a son of
man’, dressed in a robe reaching down to his feet and
with a golden sash around his chest. His head and hear
were white like wool as white as snow, and his eyes
were like blazing fire. His feet were like bronze
glowing in a furnace, and his voice was like the sound
of rushing waters. In his right hand he held seven stars,
and out of his mouth came a sharp double-edged
sword. His face was like the sun shining in all its
brilliance.”

What can we take this to mean? Revelation is filled with

references to our now familiar celestial technology and symbolism
used by esotericists, like the seven rays, rainbows, pillars, white
stones of hidden manna, the key of David, and twenty-four elders
dressed in white, even a symbolic, alchemical “wedding”. In
Revelation 2:17 this bronzed god-like figure promises us “the hidden
manna…I will also give him a white stone with a new name written
234
 Through the Looking Glass

on it, known only to him who receives it.” Once we are aware of this
substance, this reference becomes too obvious to ignore. Is this Jesus,
come to give us this alchemical “tree of life”, as long as we know and
believe in Him? Is He still offering us His own body as the true
bread? Is it the Truth, or the Mirror Image?

“Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from

heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above
his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were
like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which
lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the
sea and his left good on the land, and he gave a loud
should like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the
voices of the seven thunders spoke.” -Revelation 10:1-4

Remember how sounds, words and songs, can resonate

powerfully? Who knows what this particular song will do to the
harmonics of the universe. Some people believe in a Rapture, that
God will take all those correctly tuned in to the truth away to the
higher realms before any of the terrible things happen.

“He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who

had been given power to harm the land and the sea: ‘Do
not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a
seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.’ Then
I heard the number of those who were sealed: 144,000
from all the tribes of Israel.” -Revelation 7:2-4

Is there any coincidence that this number is also the angular

velocity of the harmonic of light? Theoretically, these 144,000 people
could be part of some kind of “Hundredth Monkey” phenomenon.
Someone once discovered that some monkeys began to wash their
fruit before eating it. They taught their friends, and before long a
hundred monkeys had learned to wash their fruit before eating it;
suddenly thousands of monkeys miles away spontaneously had the
same knowledge.

235
Surfing the Tao

“Then I looked, and there before me was the Lamb,

standing on Mount Zion, and with him 144,000 who
had his name and his Father’s name written on their
foreheads. And I heard a sound from heaven like the
roar of rushing waters and like a loud peal of thunder.
The sound I heard was like that of harpists playing
their harps. And they sang a new song before the
throne and before the four living creatures and the
elders. No one could learn the song except the 144,000
who had been redeemed from the earth.” -Revelation
14:1-5

Some people think it is a sound, perhaps this “new song,” that

could destroy the vibrational illusion that controls the appearance of
our real leaders, causing them to revert to their true states like
chameleons.

“Only by magic could they be discovered, only by

sound could their faces be seen…But, know ye, the
Masters were mighty in magic, able to lift the veil from
the face of the serpent, able to send him back to his
place. Came they to man and taught him the secret, the
Word that only a man can pronounce; swift then they
lifted the veil from the serpent and cast him forth from
place among men.” (unknown)

Maybe these 144,000 open a gateway or portal for the rest of

the true believers to get out. Maybe there really will only be 144,000
true believers. Maybe the whole thing is just an esoteric hallucination.
All I know for sure is, I will not believe that ingesting
monatomic gold or any other drug will lead to enlightenment. Nor
will I fall for alien gods, the Elohim, their ‘World Teacher’, a false
Jesus or magical technology. All I have to do is live in love and
follow the Way of the Tao. However, after we ascend and all
technology is back in the right hands, then who knows what gifts will
be given us. Perhaps that is another book.
Many aspects of the truth have been taken and warped by the
bad guys. They tend to externalize the internal. They must use tools
236
 Through the Looking Glass

and technology to harness the power of the force, because they refuse
to seek His will. A good example involves the concept of
enlightenment, or illumination, taking effect in increments
specifically prescribed by an earthly agent. A Mystery school initiate
might travel from oracle to oracle according to their instruction, and
experience a heightened consciousness at each location. This type of
effect does contain some truth to it, but if you are hip on our real God
you don’t need to worry about where to go or when. My own spiritual
progress can be traced along similar steps. I didn’t plan them; I wasn’t
even aware of them at the time. But I can look back and see He had it
all planned; certain places and times were very significant influences
on my progress.
One of these places is in Hawaii. Some people are sure it is the
remnants of a larger continent, from long ago. It sits directly opposite
the Great Pyramid on the globe. Hawaii is the Land of the Rainbow;
its legends tell of portals into other realms. It is this place and others
like it around the world that God’s warriors can use to recalibrate the
harmonics of the planet. Meanwhile, we can utilize the power of the
Aloha spirit to assist our unrelenting walk of joy. Despite the presence
of new technologies, certain locations around the globe continue to
emit powerful loving energies. And just because this knowledge is
abused by the bad guys doesn’t mean we can’t use it for good too,
though it should never become subject to worship itself.
Like Lao Tzu and Buddha, there have been other people
throughout history, before and after Jesus, who choose to help our
cause from the higher realms. These bodhisattvas, or avatars, are
among the noblest and most honorable of people, since they actually
came back down to help people trapped in this lower frequency where
there is so much negativity. They are characterized by their
humbleness and compassion. Jonathan Livingston Seagull by Richard
Bach is a wonderful allegory of this concept. It is this image that the
false “ascended masters” are attempting to replicate, or reflect for
their Mirror Image.

“The ancient masters were profound and subtle.

Their wisdom was unfathomable.
There is no way to describe it;
All we can describe is their appearance.
237
Surfing the Tao

They were careful

As someone crossing an iced-over stream.
Alert as a warrior in enemy territory.
Courteous as a guest.
Fluid as melting ice.
Shapeable as a block of wood.
Receptive as a valley.
Clear as a glass of water…

The Master doesn’t seek fulfillment.

Not seeking, not expecting,
She is present, and can welcome all things.
– Lao Tzu

The bad guys might claim they are good aliens from another
planet, or angels, or spirits, or various strange and monstrous
combinations thereof. Such beings pretend to love people in order to
destroy them, and often need us to help them manifest or channel into
our dimension. But it is not necessarily the job of aliens or angels to
help men become enlightened, for they have never been where we are.
And many of them are not working for the cause of love, even if they
claim to be against the evil powers in the world. You can always test
them by asking what they think about Jesus. Rather than deny His
existence, the bad guys pretend to be on His side but give you the
“one of many masters” line. They also speak of this realm as if it will
endure forever, and that people will continue to be “reborn” into it,
which are things they very much hope for.
The good guys are just people, albeit extraordinary people
with extraordinary powers, who have passed on to the higher realms
of existence. They have all been born on Earth and lived normal
human lives, passing through the ignorant darkness down here just
like we all are doing, and on up into the awakened state of the higher
realms; this is what true enlightenment means, to have come from the
darkness of ignorance into the awareness of reality. Their job is to
help us find our Way, since they have been where we are. They know
all the workings of the Universe that remain hidden to us in our foggy
state. Their mastery of the physical realm includes super-abilities we
238
 Through the Looking Glass

only dream of – for now, because they are living purely in God’s will;
they are Masters of the Surf, while we are still learning this skill.
True bodhisattvas are known by their words and actions; by
the fruits of their spirit. We can discern the truth in their words,
through tuning our own spirit. There is never disharmony in their
actions. They love God and they never act in their own selfish
purposes, nor do they serve the selfish purposes of others. Their goal
is to help people understand love and rise above their present
condition. They never keep secrets from us, lie to us or require painful
tests. They never attempt to influence the world through money,
politics or established worldly organizations. Most often they remain
unseen. They are without ego, never want worship for themselves or
take credit for divine inspiration. If asked, they will say Jesus is King
of Kings, a unique and precious gift to us. But they know living in the
loving will of God is what truly separates good from evil. They
radiate nonviolence and use love as the ultimate weapon of spiritual
warfare.
Reincarnation is another favorite tool of the Mirror Image.
The good guys have not been “reincarnated”; Buddha is still here, the
same guy! So are my ancestors – I am looking forward to being with
them again. We will all be ourselves on the next level – we will not
forget who we were and become part of an impersonal collective. Nor
do we have to be “reborn” to learn anything. The real good guys do
not teach this red herring, though their writings are often
misinterpreted and misunderstood. Perhaps some people fear death
and don’t know there are better places to be, so they like to imagine
having many lives. Other people believe it takes many lives to “learn”
something or become worthy.
There are those who claim to remember past lives, and I
believe their experiences are not invalid. The Akashic Record is the
universe’s record of every single life and experience ever lived,
anywhere. It is also called the Akasha, or the Book of Life, and it is
actually more like another dimension or dream world. Long ago we
may have known how to astral travel safely to this place, and I believe
many who think they have been reincarnated have a special, psychic
ability to go to this dimension and experience the lives of many who
have lived before. They are probably most attracted to other energies
or frequencies most similar to their own. It is sort of like reading a
239
Surfing the Tao

book, but without proper explanation it could easily be misinterpreted.

Maybe it’s not impossible to reincarnate – in fact transplanting
themselves in different bodies is a well-known abuse by the bad guys.
But the idea that we must cycle through multiple lives to learn or
evolve is just another trap for our spirits. It keeps us focused on
returning to a state within their control instead of finding a Way out.
All we need to learn is love, to be free forever.

“He who has not right understanding, is careless and

never pure, reaches not the End of the journey; but
wanders on from death to death. But he who has
understanding, is careful and ever pure, reaches the
End of the journey, from which he never returns.”
– Katha Upanishad

“Unattached to speculations, views and sense desires,

with clear vision, such a person will never be reborn in
the cycles of suffering.”
-Buddha

Like them, we can also maintain consciousness as we pass

through to the higher realms. The good guys help us understand this
particular realm may not endure forever, but we can – with love.
Of course there are also former humans, or spirits, who are not
working for the good guys. To complicate it further some bad guys
who might otherwise trapped as spirits, or demons, in the ethereal
realms are finding ways to manifest as people on earth. Many are
finding ways to fool people into letting them into our world. Others
experience “shadow people” perhaps enhanced by modern
psychotronic weaponry. We might not know what is real. The bad
guys love to impersonate the good guys. Evil must disguise itself as
truth to fool its target. Also there are many, many different places to
go in the ethereal realms; it is practically endless, and thus so is the
potential for deception.
Astrology and fortune telling is another common and yet
subtle abuse of the Akasha. Of course we are all connected to
Everything, including objects in the cosmos, as well as various
gravitational and magnetic fields. But we need not worry about our
240
 Through the Looking Glass

future with such detail when we have become part of the flow of the
Tao. While such information is not inherently “evil,” it is unnecessary
and too much concentration on it will bring only confusion and a lack
of fulfillment. It is like spending all your time reading the signs,
instead of going down the road.
This lack of focus can lead to other misinterpretations.
Military remote viewers reported witnessing a group of “energy
beings” they termed “transcendentals,” for their ability to manifest
themselves in any form from their original shapeless, ghostlike state.
The viewers say this group exists in other dimensions and “outside
our time,” and can therefore “pop” into time and space whenever and
wherever they like. These beings seemed to enjoy teasing the viewers,
and were connected with an enormous amount of religious
symbolism. The viewers thought these were likely to be “angels”;
whether they are ‘fallen’ or not is difficult for them to know.1
But we can easily discern the difference once we are tuned in
to the Jesus frequency. Remember, He is the tool, not an object for
worship. He is the channel we need to tune into our internal spiritual
radios.
The bad guys cunningly try to impersonate these beings, so
their existence is another subtlety. Many who stubbornly insist their
guide is ‘of the light’ could be being manipulated. I am consistently
disappointed that 99% of the books in the “metaphysical” sections at
the bookstore are nothing but beguiling fool’s errands. The bad guys
are interested in selfish power, glory, manipulation and domination of
this physical realm through whatever means necessary.
This includes promoting what seems like a peaceful agenda.
They stir up notions that humans are not yet worthy of a
“transformation”, or must unite against a coming disaster under their
leadership. Once you know who “They” are, it becomes clear they are
attempting to control a future evolution of consciousness. They have
taken spiritual, cosmological and even geometrical truths about our
planetary matrix and warped it from within, infiltrating and
transforming our religions into institutions of legalism, persecution,
and hidden secrets. They also introduce wonderfully complicated
techniques for using innocent people to facilitate a shift in planetary
dimensions, so they can still control us after this one is destroyed.

241
Surfing the Tao

They may even claim that our Bible is merely a naïve and primitive
culture’s description of their own involvement with them.

“For the time will come when men will not put up with
sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they
will gather around them a great number of teachers to
say what their itching ears want to hear. They will turn
their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths.”
– 2 Timothy 4:3-4

But in truth, we must retain control over our own emotions

and consciousness. We can raise it up ourselves through stillness,
faith and love. This simple understanding can start a powerful silent
revolution.

“So do not be afraid of them. There is nothing

concealed that will not be disclosed, or hidden that will
not be made known. What I tell you in the dark, speak
in the daylight; what is whispered in your ear, proclaim
from the roofs. Do not be afraid of those who kill the
body, but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the
One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.”
-Matthew 10:26-28

242
Conclusions

“This is a war. We are all soldiers.”

– Morpheus, The Matrix Reloaded

Author Jim Marrs summed up, “The struggle between good

and evil on this world is a physical manifestation of the struggle
between those beings who chose to follow their own desire and
intellect and those who would follow the sym total of creative energy
– God.” 1
It is up to us to discern the truth. Did a golden Yellow Brick
Road take us in a dream to the Emerald City where a fool secretly
runs everything from behind a curtain of illusion? Is it any better in
Kansas?
From the very beginning, the bad guys have tried to keep the
higher truths unavailable to the common man. Our history and very
origins are all wrapped up in this enigma, not to mention our future
freedom. For many people the words on these pages will remain
nonsense. But they were written for the precious few who will
recognize the truth and comprehend the paradox - those whose ears
can hear the truth.
The enemy tries to be invisible. We are given a physical
reality with a host of problems and told it is normal, there is no other.
Any rumors or myths of other realms are considered immature and
nonscientific, not to mention lunacy. Even though evidence abounds
of a higher yet hidden knowledge, most people don’t believe it or
even want to know about it. And many who have experienced the
supernatural are easily swayed by “light” beings with hidden agendas.
Our history is full of strange stories and myths. Today, we are
flattered into believing our modern world has rid itself of such silly
things. Even though one can trace the genealogy and goals of our
world’s political and business leaders back to ancient times, few will
discern the hideous reality from the comic book world they have
created for us. Secret brotherhoods are not about love, but about
money and world domination. And if they release any strange beings
or mystical knowledge to the world, most people will be so amazed
243
Surfing the Tao

they will accept everything exactly as it is presented to them and not

consider it could be subterfuge. Just because they may have been here
millennia ago doesn’t mean they are the good guys. Are they working
for the cause of love, peace and harmony, or is their agenda self-
serving, complicated and legalistic?
For some, belief in God is an archaic notion next to scientific
discoveries, or the humanistic wave of thought from the Renaissance.
Others consider bizarre “alien” experiences an answer to their
spiritual questions. Indeed many believe strange beings have
interacted with humans since the beginning, teaching us to choose to
remain in this lower vibrational illusion. Tempting us with physical
power and glory, such entities may have sealed our fate when they
taught occultists to bend the pure energy of the Force to their own
selfish will. Unfortunately most people who recognize this
discrepancy are fundamentalist believers whose own traditional
explanations include subtle perversions of the truth. In a sense, they
are being set up for a future so strange it will shock millions. As
author Paul Davies so aptly explains, “Belief that mankind has a
special relationship with God is central to the monotheistic religions.
The existence of alien beings, especially if they were further advanced
than humans intellectually and spiritually, would disrupt this cozy
view.”2
But why does it have to be one way or another? Truth is a
golden thread woven throughout every experience, culture and
wisdom found in time. Interpretation is where we find controversy,
though if we listen carefully the truth is inside of us all. Especially
since we already naturally posses the power of the Philosopher’s
Stone within us right now, ready to be activated by His name.
Our brain’s natural deposit of monatomic minerals could be
the reason true enlightened spiritualists have seemed to glow. But
alchemic manufacture of the substance as a drug or fuel without love
is the Mirror Image - and in dangerous opposition to the Tao. Will
monatomic gold become an anti-Christ, the new drug of the
millennium, opening doors to wormholes and stargates, other
dimensions as well as the creatures that reside there? Of the endless
rooms or dimensions in our universe, how can we be sure we are
going to the right place?

244
 Conclusions

Are the “gods” of the ancient world returning to us with their

hidden agendas? Strangely, our own modern governments seem to be
molding themselves into a world perfectly suited to the needs of a
secret hierarchy. Once belief in these ‘extraterrestrial creator gods’
becomes part of the collective consciousness, it could be used to
create a new religion – one still focused on control of the individual,
this time through a false enlightenment. Be careful that your ‘World
Teacher’ is not a set-up by the secret government. Liberty, equality,
justice and even freedom and light are subtle reflections of the truth,
which can be cleverly abused to redirect people away from the Tao’s
pure love, peace and harmony. Pay attention to semantics and
subtleties: a false messiah can easily use counterfeit prophecy to set
up his “kingdom” on earth.
James Hurtak wrote in The Keys of Enoch, “The order of
Melchizedek is in charge of the consciousness reprogramming that is
necessary to link physical creation with the externalization of the
divine hierarchy.”3 The Tao doesn’t need mysterious “orders” or
hierarchies. Nor does He need to “reprogram” us - all we have to do is
choose love. I defy these ‘gods’ and say our future instead relies on
the internalization of God, the Tao. Rather than being a difficult,
complicated series of rituals at specific locations guided by god-like
entities, the true Path to Enlightenment is guided by the Tao, the
loving Force. Once you are tuned in to Him through His physical
manifestation, known to us as Jesus, He will guide you through your
life, uplifting your spirit and opening your heart when and where He
knows you are ready. Don’t let confusing, unnecessary doctrine or
ritual complicate the compassionate, forgiving and unconditional
walk of love. This simple task can be difficult enough in today’s
world.

“The Art of Peace is not easy. It is a fight to the finish,

the slaying of evil desire and all falsehood within. On
occasion the Voice of Peace resounds like thunder,
jolting human beings out of their stupor.” –Ueshiba

For they have created a reality obsessed with technology and

the external, material realm, and want everything to remain in this
physical stupor. Giving us technological or agricultural knowledge
245
Surfing the Tao

may seem loving or generous, but consider that it may have merely
aided and abetted our enslavement to a non-love dimension of
hardship. Our ignorance of this entire notion makes us very easy to
control on this matter. We don’t even know there is another Way to
be.
Even more incredible is our continued inability to perceive the
importance of natural geodesic or telluric energies, which stream forth
from our Earth in a pattern established long ago by the mysterious
builders of its most sacred sites. Should we not question why these
locations, considered sacred in the ancient world, are the focus of
studies for the military? Tuned correctly and used in agreement with
the Tao, they could amplify the harmonic of love. Out of tune they
have caused untold damage to our world, possibly for countless
millennia. Today’s misdirected use of the technology could bring
ultimate destruction to the human race. To survive we must choose to
amplify the harmonics of love, peace and harmony by aligning our
wills with the Tao. We will ascend past this dimension or frequency,
beyond the reach of any negativity.
The job of taking back the technology and re-harmonizing
Earth should left to God’s great warriors of love – for some
“superheros” do work for the Tao. Meanwhile, humans were blessed
with their own Rock of Ages – the Tao made Himself into a Bread of
Life, made to safely sustain and comfort us, regardless of how
“enlightened” we can or can’t get down here. Through Him we can all
attain immortality, in a higher reality – one we are sure comes from
God, the Living Tao of Love, Peace and Harmony. He is our signpost
in a world of subtle and persuasive trickeries.
The new heaven and earth are not attained through any
alchemy, substance, location, ritual act or group movement in the
third dimensional physical world. The answer lies solely with our
personal, internal relationship with the Tao. He is beyond this plane,
beyond this consciousness – beyond our thoughts. We need to turn
from that reflection in the mirror, the outer world, and find instead
what has been inside of us all along. With proper control of our minds
and spirits, tuned to the right frequency, no sickness, war, weapon or
strange god can control you. That is what it means to be in the world,
but not of it. You will begin to vibrate into a higher consciousness,
where all your thoughts, words and actions are motivated solely by
246
 Conclusions

love. Strange entities and their questionable agendas will simply fade
away. One step at a time, you will become immortal, and your world
will become Paradise.

“Seeing me before him,

The enemy attacks,
But by that time
I am already standing
Safely behind him.” - Ueshiba

The message of love is simple. Our destiny lies beyond this

simple existence. The tree of life is eternal life. There are no
complicated rites or mysterious celestial technology; just a true
understanding of what it means to be in communication with God, the
Tao. Let go of your petty, worldly concerns and free your mind to
tune in to the spirit of love. Ask Him and He will miraculously take
care of everything for you: I know, because it has happened to me,
and many others. All He asks from us in return is love. Love God,
love others, love your enemies.
That last one is the hardest, but the most important. For even
criminals and evildoers love their own families.

“The Master has no mind of her own…

She is good to people who are good,
She is also good to people who aren’t good.” - Lao Tzu

A true child of God learns to love everyone, forgive and turn

the other cheek, never seeking revenge or holding on to past
bitterness, personal or generational. Negative emotions take us down
to frequencies that actually nourish the bad guys. We must be in this
loving, high frequency state of consciousness to be free.

“If your heart is large enough to envelop your

adversaries, you can see right through them and avoid
their attacks. And once you envelop them, you will be
able to guide them along a path indicated to you by
heaven and earth.” – The Art of Peace

247
Surfing the Tao

Are we ready for a revolution in consciousness? Most people

who read this will probably already be aware of the general “new
age” call for a coming change in “consciousness” as the expected
evolution of spirit. Will they accept without question the one they see
on TV, or can they look into their hearts and see the truth, a need for a
more radical revolution, a revolution of free will?
Prophecy suggests millions of people, in fact most of the
world, will be deceived with a “Grand Illusion” in the End Times.
Some think this could be the appearance of aliens, the return of the
ancient gods, or Satan’s army being forced out of the heavenly
realms, depending on your point of view. Part of this delusion could
also be ORME, a sacred substance used for centuries by secret
initiates who were actually, either knowingly or unknowingly,
worshipping Lucifer. Is there any coincidence that “Lucifer”, the
“Bright and Shining Morning Star”, means reflector of light –
implying he (or perhaps she) has provided the Mirror Image, or a false
enlightenment throughout the ages? Is he a bearer of false light? His
subtle lies interlace the truth and render it unfathomable to millions.
Author James Hurtak is one of many who regale us with
stories of a war between the supposed Sons of Light and the Sons of
Darkness. He sets those who choose the Pyramid of Light against
those who choose the Black Cube of Mecca, which he claims
represents “the anti-power of life” and the “anti-Christos”.4 But such
dualistic pronouncements only incite war. According to the UK’s The
Telegraph on 10-17-03, General William Boykin, the new deputy
undersecretary of state of defense for intelligence, has repeatedly
publicly declared that President George W. Bush was chosen by God
to lead the war against terrorism, which he believes is really a fight
with ‘Satan’. He claims that since his religion came from Judaism, the
Islamic radicals would hate them forever. It sounds like a wrestling
match, “Jehovah vs. Allah! Or, Yahweh vs. Baal!” What if there
appeared two different alien races at war with each other - whose side
would you be on? Instead of being blindly sucked into yet another
duality, could you imagine a third option? Would you be able to
recognize the truth if it is called “evil” by bad guys masquerading as
the “light”?
Jesus talked about impostors – what if an impostor Jesus uses
all the confusing Biblical scripture surrounding the original message
248
 Conclusions

of love to convince us to worship strange gods or eat of a false

“stone”? Are we looking at the Truth or the Mirror Image? Like the
movie The Matrix and its sequels – can we comprehend a world
within a world – and what if there is yet another higher reality above
that? How far can it go? The endless potential for deceit in this regard
makes it doubly important that we are tuned in to the real guy - the
loving Force, the Tao, the Word; the Logos.
The bad guys love to disguise themselves as the good guys.
They create other more obvious bad guys to take the fall for them.
Maybe the brotherhood will even sacrifice their own organizations for
the sake of their goal. Let’s not fall for these Machiavellian
machinations any more. It is only because I already have a personal
relationship with the Tao I know that I know that I know I will
recognize the truth in my spirit when the time comes.
This mystery is compounded by evidence that our time here
on Earth is threatened by unknown anomalies, whether they come
from the far reaches of space, within our Earth or our own weapons
arsenal. Ancient cultures warned us of the cycle of destruction, and
our modern, self-righteous skepticism convinces many to look the
other way. Far from being the end of everything, this event could
trigger our ascension into a higher realm, if we are tuned in correctly.
I am not afraid, for I know my future will be joyous and ever lasting
whether I have to live through rough times or not. For many this
‘tuning in’ will require quite a revolution in the way they conceive of
their reality. For some, a greater understanding of free will and how to
take back control, as well as higher understandings of our quantum,
fractal and geometrical reality, will lead the way to a place of peace
beyond the matrix.
Where we are going is the real new world, not limited to this
frequency. Know He is there beside us all the time, just waiting for us
to tune in to love so we can hear Him when He comes. He wants to
save as many of us as He can.

“But do not forget this one thing, dear friends: With

the Lord a day is like a thousand years, and a thousand
years are like a day. The Lord is not slow in keeping
his promise, as some understand slowness. He is
patient with you, not wanted anyone to perish, but
249
Surfing the Tao

everyone to come to repentance. But the day of the

Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear
with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and
the earth and everything in it will be laid bare.”
-2 Peter 3:3-10

We may not be able to understand the workings of the

universe at the time, and that’s where faith comes in. What if God was
waiting to take the people that were able to maintain a state of love
throughout this experience, while the rest of creation was zapped
through a time-warp: whoosh, the bad parts never happened! Trust
me, God’s plan is great but complicated; we cannot begin to
understand it, only know that He loves us and everything will be ok in
the end.
Until then, I continue to work to free myself of the negative
emotions and states of mind that plague this existence. It is our ticket
to taking back control over our own lives. Be a rebel against the
rebels who have bent this world beyond God’s will. Use you own free
will and refuse to accept neither their packaged version of life, nor
their ‘evolution of consciousness’. Tune in your spirit to the Tao, and
Surf it into eternity. As Ueshiba wisely wrote, “The Art of Peace
begins with you.”
George Carlin reminds us, “Remember, to give a warm hug to
the one next to you, because that is the only treasure you can give
with your heart and it doesn’t cost a cent. Remember to say, “I love
you” to your partner and your loved ones, but most of all mean it.
Give time to love, give time to speak, and give time to share the
precious thoughts in your mind. Life is not measured by the number
of breaths we take, but by the moments that take our breath away.”
Trust in Him. Once you are tuned in it’s kind of like getting on
a roller coaster ride; all kinds of life changes could happen as you
become unglued from the worldly drama that tries to swallow us up.
God has a plan for us and we need to learn faith in Him. There is a
reason for everything. To learn His purpose for us we must each quiet
our minds, subdue our egos and release worldly ambitions. Let go of
your life; stop trying to hard to guide it yourself.

250
 Conclusions

“Practice not-doing and everything will fall into

place.” - Lao Tzu

Stop worrying about the bad things. It just gives them more
power. They will turn around if you give your problems up to the
Higher Power. Don’t wallow in your past misery; use it for good.
Turn your scars into stars! Live in the Tao - live in love, and you will
begin to meet people and have experiences you that seem unlikely
coincidence. A Path of Synchronicity will begin to open up before
you and take you on wonderful adventures. Let Go, Let God! Surf
with Him and the sharks will have no power over you. Remember, the
truth is never complicated or confusing. Ueshiba teaches, “The further
you progress, the few teachings there are. The Great Path is really No
Path.”
Never give in to fear; don’t let your material circumstances
dictate your state of mind. Never allow your moods or emotions to
influence your radiance of love, peace and harmony. This is where the
true battle is fought. If you are a by-the-book Christian and are still
unhappy, you probably haven’t met the real guy. He will uplift your
every moment if you ask Him and pay attention. Choose to live your
life in joy, in the will of a Higher Power, regardless of your
circumstances. This is the Way of the Warrior.
Buddha said, “Live in joy, in love, even among those who
hate.” This simple revolutionary act takes the power out of the
enemy’s hands – he is all bark, and no bite. Live in spirit, not mind.
And live in the now – the enemy can control the past and the future,
but never the now. You always have the choice of love, right now.
This is how we win the war, one step at a time.
Enlightenment is not something you pay money for, or can get
from a book or a drug. It doesn’t require a ritual – just free will. Open
your own gateways in your minds to bypass the weights of physical
existence that constantly threaten to drag us down. Be aware of your
enemy, and how he tries to control your thoughts. More importantly,
know your true God, the Tao, and that He came to free you from that.
Discover His will for you, and use His power of the spirit to speak for
yourself a new reality, of pure love, peace and harmony, amidst the
chaos. Perfect your Art of Surfing so that when He returns, you will
be tuned in to love and ready for the real new world.
251
Surfing the Tao

“Few cross over the river.

Most are stranded on this side.
On the riverbank they run up and down.

But the wise person, following the Way,

Crosses over, beyond the reach of death.
…Rejoicing greatly in his freedom,

In this world the wise person

Becomes themself a light,
Pure, shining, free.
-Buddha

“The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life, and he

who wins souls is wise. –Proverbs 11:30

252
Bibliography

Aronson, Martin. Jesus and Lao Tzu: The Parallel Sayings, Berkeley,
CA: Seastone, 2003. (Ulysses Press, 2000)
Bach, Richard. Jonathan Livingston Seagull: a story. New York:
Avon Books, 1970.
Barker, Gray. They Knew Too Much About Flying Saucers. New
York: University Books, 1956.
Begich, Dr. Nick; Manning, Jeane. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP.
Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press, 1995.
Bernstein, Henrietta. Ark of the Covenant, Holy Grail: Message for
the New Millennium. Marina del Rey, CA: DeVorss & Co, Publisher,
1998.
Bernard, Dr. Raymond. The Hollow Earth: The Greatest Discovery in
History. New York: Carol Publishing Group, 1991 (University Books,
1969).
Bramley, William. The Gods of Eden. San Jose, Dahlin Family Press,
1989.
Bridge, E.A. Wallis, Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. New
York: Dover, 1973.
Brown, Tom Jr. The Tracker. New York: Berkeley Books, 1978.
Brown, Tom Jr. The Quest. New York: Berkeley Books, 1991.
Capra, Fritjof. The Tao of Physics. Boston: Shambhala Publications,
1991.
Capt, E. Raymond. Jacob’s Pillar: A Biblical Historical Study.
Thousand Oaks, Ca: Artisan Sales, 1977.
Castaneda, Carlos. The Teachings of Don Juan: A Yaqui Way of
Knowledge. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California
Press, 1969.
Cathie, Bruce. The Harmonic Conquest of Space. Kempton, IL:
Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.
Cathie, Bruce. The Energy Grid – Harmonic 695: The Pulse of the
Universe. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1997.
Chopra, Deepak. How to Know God: The Soul’s Journey into the
Mystery of Mysteries. New York: Harmony Books, 2000.

253
Surfing the Tao

Chopra, Deepak. The Seven Spiritual Laws of Success: A Practical

Guide to the Fulfillment of your Dreams. San Rafael, CA: Amber-
Allen Publishing and New World Library, 1993.
Cremo, Michael A.; Thompson, Richard L. Forbidden Archeology:
The Hidden History of the Human Race. Los Angeles: Torchlight
Publishing Inc., 1993.
Daniken, Erich von. In Search of Ancient Gods. New York: G. P.
Putman’s Sons, 1973.
Daniken Erich von. The Gold of the Gods. New York: Bantam Books,
1974.
Daraul, Arkon. A History of Secret Societies. New York: Carol
Publishing Group, 1961.
Dharma, Krishna, trans. Mahabharata: The Greatest Spiritual Epic of
All Time. Los Angeles: Torchlight Publishing, 1999.
Dutta, Krishna; Robinson, Andrew, Editors. Rabindranath Tagore:
An Anthology. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin, 1997.
Finley, Guy. The Lost Secrets of Prayer: Practices for Self-
Awakening. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn Publications, 1998.
Frissell, Bob. Nothing in This Book Is True, But It’s Exactly How
Things Are. Berkeley, Ca: Frog, Ltd. c/o North Atlantic Books, 1994.
Gardner, Laurence. Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark: Amazing
Revelations of the Incredible Power of Gold. London: HarperCollins,
2003.
Gaster, Theodor H. trans. The Dead Sea Scriptures. New York:
Anchor Books, 1956.
Gaster, Theodor H., trans. The Oldest Stories in the World. New
York: The Viking Press, 1952.
Gilbert, Adrian; Cotterell, Maurice M. The Mayan Prophecies. New
York: Barnes & Noble, 1995.
Grant, Glen. Obake Files; Ghostly Encounters in Supernatural
Hawai’i. Honolulu: Mutual Publishing, 1996.
Gray, John, Near Eastern Mythology. New York: Hamlyn Publishing
Group, 1969.
Grube, G.M.A. trans. Plato’s Republic. Indianapolis: Hackett
Publishing Company, 1974.
Hancock, Graham. The Sign and the Seal. New York: Simon and
Schuster, 1992.

254
 Bibliography

Hancock, Graham. Fingerprints of the Gods. New York: Crown

Publishers, Inc., 1995.
Heidel, Alexander. The Babylonia Genesis. Chicago & London: The
University of Chicago Press, 1942.
Henry, William. One Foot in Atlantis: The Secret Occult History of
World War II and its Impact on New Age Politics. Anchorage, Alaska:
Earthpulse Press, 1998.
Icke, David. Children of the Matrix: How an interdimensional race
has controlled the world for thousands of years – and still does.
Wildwood, MI: Bridge of Love Publications, 2001.
Icke, David. Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center
Disaster: Why the official story of 9/11 is a monumental lie.
Wildwood, MI: Bridge of Love Publications, 2002.
Icke, David. The Biggest Secret: The book that will change the world.
Scottsdale, AZ: Bridge of Love Publications, 1999.
Irwin, William, Editor. The Matrix and Philosophy. Chicago and La
Salle, IL: Open Court Publishing, 2002.
Jeffrey, Grant R. Surveillance Society: The Rise of the Antichrist.
Toronto: Frontier Research Publications, 2000.
Johnson, Ken. The Ancient Magic of the Pyramids. New York: Pocket
Books, 1977.
Jones, Leslie Ellen. Myth & Middle Earth: Exploring the Legends
Behind J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Hobbit & The Lord of the Rings. New
York: Cld Spring Press, 2002.
Jones, Ann Madden. The Yahweh Encounters: Bible Astronauts, Ark
Radiations and Temple Electronics. Carrboro, N.C., The Sandbird
Publishing Group, 1995.
Kah, Gary H. En Route to Global Occupation. Lafayette, LA:
Huntington House Publishers, 1991.
King, Thomas M. Teilhard’s Mysticism of Knowing. New York: The
Seabury Press, 1981.
Knight, Chris and Lomas, Robert. The Hiram Key. London: Arrow
Books Limited, 1997.
LaHaye, Tim; Jenkins, Jerry B. Are We Living in the End Times?
Wheaton, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 1999.
LaLonde, Peter; LaLonde, Paul. The Mark of the Beast. Eugene, OR:
Harvest House Publishers.1994.

255
Surfing the Tao

Lewis, C.S. The Screwtape Letters. New York: The Macmillan

Company, 1956.
Lindsey, Hal. The Late Great Planet Earth. Grand Rapids, MI:
Zondervan Publishing House. 1970.
Marrs, Jim. Alien Agenda. New York: Harper Collins, 1997.
Marrs, Jim. Rule by Secrecy. New York: HarperCollins, 2000.
Marrs, Texe. Dark Secrets of the New Age: Satan’s Plan for a One
World Religion. Wheaton IL: Crossway Books, 1987.
Mascaro, Juan, trans. The Upanishads. London: Penguin Books,
1965.
McAlvany, Donald S. Toward a New World Order: The Countdown
to Armageddon. Phoenix, AZ: Western Pacific Publishing Co., 1992.
Melchizedek, Drunvalo. The Ancient Secret of the Flower of Life,
Volume I. Flagstaff, AZ: Light Technology Publishing, 1990.
Meyer, Joyce. Battlefield of the Mind: Winning the Battle in your
Mind. Tulsa, OK: Harrison House, 1995.
Milor, John W. Aliens In the Bible. Xlibris Corporation, 1999.
Nichols, Preston B. The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time. New
York: Sky Books, 1992.
Ovason, David. The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s Capital: The
Masons and the Building of Washington, D.C. London: Century
Books Limited, 1999.
Picknett, Lynn; Prince, Clive. The Stargate Conspiracy. Great Britain:
Little Brown and Co., 1999.
Platt, Rutherford H. Jr., Editor. The Forgotten Books of Eden. New
York: Bell Publishing Company, 1980.Sauder, Dr. Richard.
Underwater and Underground Bases. Kempton, IL: Adventures
Unlimited Press, 2001.
Prophet, Elizabeth Clare. Fallen Angels and the Origins of Evil.
Corwin Springs, Montana: Summit University Press, 2000.
Redfield, James. The Secret of Shambhala: In Search of the Eleventh
Insight. New York: Warner Books, 1999.
Rembert, Tracy C. Discordant HAARP. Emagazine, 01-11-1997.
Roberts, Henry C., trans. The Complete Prophecies of Nostradamus.
New York: American Book-Stratford Press, Inc., 1981 (Originally
printed in 1947.)

256
 Bibliography

Rux, Bruce. Architects of the Underworld: Unriddling Atlantis,

Anomalies, of Mars, and the Mystery of the Sphinx. Berkeley, CA:
Frog Ltd. c/o North Atlantic Books, 1996.
Sauder, Dr. Richard. Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the
government trying to hide? Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited
Press, 1995.
Schroeder, Manfred. Fractals, Chaos, Power Laws: Minutes from an
Infinite Paradise. New York: W. H. Freeman and Company, 1991.
Silberer, Dr. Herbert. Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult
Arts. New York: Dover Publications, Inc., 1971. (Originally published
as Problems of Mysticism and its Symbolism by Moffat, York and Co,
New York, in 1917).
Sinistrari, Lodovico Maria, 1622-1701. Demoniality. Toronto:
General Publising Company, 1989. (first printed in 1875.)
Sitchin, Zecharaia. Divine Encounters: A Guide to Visions, Angels
and Other Emissaries. New York: Avon Books, 1995.
Sitchin, Zecharia. The Cosmic Code. New York: Avon Books, 1998.
Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy.
Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.
Smith, Warren. The Secret Forces of the Pyramids. New York:
Kensington Publishing Corp, 1975.
Spalding, Baird T. Life and Teaching of the Masters of the Far East,
Volumes I through V. Marina del Rey, CA: DeVorss & Co., 1964
(1923).
Stoddard, Mary. The Trail of the Serpent. Hawthorne, CA: Omni
Christian Book Club, 1936.
Szydio, Zbigniew; Brzezinski, Richard. A new light on alchemy,
History Today, 01-01-1997.
Tagore, Rabindranath. Gitanjali. New York: Macmillan Publishing
Company, 1913.
Thomas, I.D.E. The Omega Conspiracy: Satan’s Last Assault on
God’s Kingdom. Oklahoma City: Hearthstone Publishing Ltd, 1986.
Trungpa, Chogyam. Shambhala: The Sacred Path of the Warrior.
Boston and London: Shambhala Publications, Inc. 1984.
Toth, Max. Pyramid Prophecies. New York: Destiny Books, 1979.
Velikovsky, Immanuel. Worlds in Collision. New York: Pocket
Books, 1950.

257
Surfing the Tao

Wallace-Murphy, Tim; Hopkins, Marilyn. Rosslyn: Guardian of the

Secrets of the Holy Grail. Dorset: Element Books Limited, 2000.
Walter, Katya. Tao of Chaos: DNA & the I Ching: Unlocking the
Code of the Universe. Dorset and Rockport, MA: Element Books
Limited, 1996.
White, John. Pole Shift. Virginia Beach: A.R.E. Press, 1997
(Doubleday, 1980).
Wilkinson, Richard. Reading Egyptian Art. London: Thames &
Hudson, 1992.
Wilson, Colin and Flem-Ath, Rand. The Atlantis Blueprint: Unlocking
the Ancient Mysteries of Long-lost Civilization. New York: Little,
Brown and Company, 2000.
Zimmer, Heinrich. Myths and Symbols in Indian Art and Civilization.
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1972.

258
Endnotes

Can We Wake Up?

1
Bramley, William. The Gods of Eden. (San Jose, Dahlin Family Press, 1989), p. 8.

Who is like God?

1
Johnson, Ken, The Ancient Magic of the Pyramids (New York, Simon & Schuster,
1977), p. 119.
2
Kornfield, Jack, Editor. Teachings of the Buddha (Boston and London, Shambhala
Publications, 1993),p. 136.
3
Petit, Charles W., Up, up and away (U.S. News and World Report, 05-21-2001),
pp. 46.

Who are the gods?

1
Bramley, William, The Gods of Eden (San Jose, Dahlin Family Press, 1990), p. 50.
2
Marrs, Jim, Alien Agenda (New York, Harper-Collins, 1997), p. 351.
3
Smith, Warren, Secret Forces of the Pyramids (New York, Kensington Publishing
Corp, 1975), p. 148.
4
Ibid, p. 148.
5
Wilson, Colin and Flem-Ath, Rand, The Atlantis Blueprint: Unlocking the Ancient
Mysteries of a Long-Lost Civilization (New York, Little, Brown and Company,
2000).
6
Daniken, Erich von, Gold of the Gods (Great Britain, Souvenir Press, 1973), p.
139.
7
Gibson, Michael, Ten Centuries of Khmer Art (Vol. 12, The World &I, 06-01-
1997), pp106.
8
Daniken, op.cit., p. 135.
9
Brett, Michael, Carthage: The God in the Stone (Vol. 47, History Today, 02-01-
1997), p. 44(7).
10
Henry, William, One Foot in Atlantis (Anchorage, Earthpulse Press, 1998), p. 50-
51.
11
Jones, Leslie Ellen, Myth & Middle Earth (New York, Cold Spring Press, 2002)
p. 87.
12
Harvey, Steenie, Twilight Places: Ireland’s Enduring Fairy Lore (Vol. 13, The
World &I, 03-01-1998), pp. 187.
13
Jones, op. cit., p. 87.
14
Johnson, op. cit., p. 125.
15
Ibid., p. 125.
16
Gibson, op. cit., pp106.
17
Johnson, op. cit., p. 126.
18
Ibid., p. 127.
19
Ibid., p. 129.
20
Lim, Benjamin Kang, Aboriginal culture may be oldest living religion (Reuters,
10-26-1996).
21
Author not available, Rainbow Serpent, (The Hutchison Dictionary of the Arts,
01-01-1998).
22
Daniken, op. cit., p. 28.
23
Picknett, Lynn; Prince, Clive, The Stargate Conspiracy (Great Britain, Little,
Brown and Company, 1999), p. 345.
24
Ibid., p. 348.
25
Daniken, op. cit., p. 125.
26
Icke, op. cit., p. 32.
27
Ibid.
28
Ibid.
29
Marrs, op. cit., p. 32.
30
Ibid., p. 33.
31
Henry, op. cit., p. 60.
32
Nash, J. Madeleine, Great Beams of Antimatter: A vast plume of exotic particles
is shooting out from the center of the Milky Way. What’s it doing there? (Time, 05-
12-1997).
33
Henry, op. cit., p. 60.

What are they doing here?

1
Freeman, Charles, The Emperor’s State of Grace (History Today, 01-01-2001),
pp9.
2
Bill Broadway Washington Post Staff Writer, Where Religion Stands Today; Faith
played a Major Role in Sweeping Political and Cultural Changes 1000 years ago,
Many of Which Still Resonate Around Globe, Diverse Faiths find a search for
Meaning (Washington Post, 01-01-2000) p B09.
3
http://www.20Kweb.com/weird_stuff/dialogue_in_bellaria.html
4
Pennisi, Elizabeth, The Human Genome, (Science, 02-16-2001).
5
Sinistrari, Lodovico Maria, Demoniality (London, Fortune Press, 1927).
6
Marrs, op. cit., p. 55.
7
Harvey, op. cit.
8
Bramley, op. cit., p. 37.
9
Marrs, op. cit., p. 59.

Secret Brotherhoods
1
Henry, op. cit., p. 46.
2
Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 407.
3
Bernstein, Henrietta. Ark of the Covenant, Holy Grail (Marina del Rey, DeVorss&
Co., 1998), p. 1.
4
Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 239.
5
Author not available. God’s Promise to Restore Liberia (African News Service,
08-07-2002).
6
Hecht, David. Sierra Leone Dispatch (The New Republic, 11-03-1997).
7
Ellis, Stephan, Return of Traditional Masks of Power (Africa News Service, 02-
05-1998).
8
Kaplan, Irving, Sierra Leone: Chapter 5B: Religious Life (Countries of the World,
01-01-1991).
9
Kah, Gary H., En Route to Global Occupation (Lafayette, LA, Huntington House
Publishers, 1991), p. 32.
10
Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 27.
11
Ibid, p. 41.
12
Sauder, Richard, Ph.D., Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the
Government Trying to Hide? (Kempton, IL, Adventures Unlimited Press, 1995.)
13
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 171.
14
Picknet, Prince, op. cit., p. 263.

Secret Gods
1
Marrs, Jim. Rule by Secrecy (New York, Harper Collins, 2000), p. 406.
2
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 31
3
Picknett, Prince, op. cit., p. 269.
4
Ibid., p. 257.
5
Ibid., p. 263.
6
Ibid., p. 264.
7
Ibid., p. 283.
8
Ibid., p. 290.
9
Ibid., p. 273.
10
Ibid.
11
Ibid., p. 277.
12
Ibid., p. 163.
13
Ibid., p. 168.
14
Ibid., p. 310.
15
Ibid., p. 174.
16
Ibid., p. 178.
17
Ibid., p. 183
18
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit. p. 107.
19
Ibid., p. 113.
20
Ibid., p. 114.
21
Ibid., p. 356.
22
Byrne, Eugene. The Second Coming and Other Ends (Independent on Sunday, 01-
05-1997), pp.8,9.
23
Peter Carlson Washington Post Staff Writer. A Former Bureaucrat’s Prophet’s
Statement; Ex-Foreign Service Officer On a Mission for Maitreya (The Washington
Post, 08-21-2001) pp. C01.
24
Picknett, Prince, op. cit., p. 203.

Secret History
1
Wallace-Murphy, Tim; Hopkins, Marilyn. Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the
Holy Grail (Great Britain, Element Books, 1999) p. 96.
2
Icke, op. cit., p. 79.
3
Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 318-319.
4
Henry, op. cit., p. 2.
5
Ibid, p. 4.
6
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 73.

The Power of Money

1
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 386.
2
Kah, op. cit., p. 17.
3
Bramley, op. cit., p. 399.

How is this Possible?

1
Bramley, op. cit., p. 400.
2
Icke, op. cit., p. 364.
3
Wallace-Murphy and Hopkins, op. cit., p. 8.
4
Kah, op. cit., p. 77.
5
Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 331.
6
www.renaissanceunity.org/spangler.html

Celestial Secrets
1
Lewis, Theodore J. Divine Images and aniconism in ancient Israel, (book
review).(Vol. 118, The Journal of the American Oriental Society) 01-12-1998, pp.
36(18).
2
Brett, Michael. Carthage: The God in the Stone. (History Today, 02-01-1997), pp.
44(7).
3
Karasik, Sherry. Ancient Knowing: Folklore of the Scottish Highlands. (Vol. 13,
The World & I, 05-01-1998) pp. 210.
4
Grant, Glen. The Obake Files. (Honolulu, Mutual Publishing, 1996) pp. 8-9.
5
Silberer, Herbert. Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult Arts. (New York,
Dover Publications, 1971), p. 315.
6
Henry, op. cit., p. 2.
7
O’Sullivan, Jack. Where does the real Stone of Scone lie? (Independent, 07-09-
1999), pp. 9.
8
Henry, op. cit., p. 76.
9
Freeman, Charles. The Emperor’s State of Grace. (History Today, 01-01-2001),
pp.9.
10
Wilkinson, Richard. Reading Egyptian Art. (London, Thames & Hudson, 1992),
p. 90.
11
Bridge, E.A. Wallis, Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. (New York, Dover,
1973), p. 59.
12
Johnson, op. cit., p. 137.
13
Knight, Chris and Lomas, Robert. The Hiram Key. (London, Random House,
1996), p. 273.
14
Regan, James. FEATURE: Outback battle over Australian uranium. (Reuters, 07-
06-1998)
15
Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 349.
16
Johnson, op. cit., p. 124.
17
von Daniken, op. cit., p. 150.
18
Harvey, op. cit.
19
Toth, Max. Pyramid Prophecies. (New York, Warner/Destiny Books, 1976), pp.
276-294.
20
Smith, Warren. The Secret Forces of the Pyramids (New York, Kensington
Publishing, 1975), pp. 17-18.
21
Ibid, p. 150.
22
Ibid., p. 154.
23
Ibid., p. 150.
24
Zimmer, Heinrich. Myths and Symbols in Indian Art and Civilization. (Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1946), p. 145.
25
Tidjani-Serpos, Noureni. The post colonial condition: The archeology of African
Knowledge: From the feat of Ogun and Sango to the postcolonial creativity of
Obatala. (Vol. 27, Research in African Literature, 03-01-1996), pp 3(6).
26
Silberer, op. cit., p. 394.

A Philosopher Stoned
1
Godfrey, Neale S., Gold: A metal of power throughout the history of ma.n (AP
Online, 04-23-1998)
2
Gardner, Laurence. Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark. (London, HarperCollins,
2003), p. 162.
3
Ibid., p. 133.
4
Ibid., p. 122.
5
Ibid., p. 171.
6
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 45.
7
Gardner, op. cit., p. 109.
8
Ibid., p. 11.
9
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p 32.
10
Ibid., p. 343.
11
Ibid., p. 312.
12
Freeman, op. cit.
13
Jon-Ungoed, Thomas, Lost Ark of the Covenant located, scholar claims. The
Toronto Star, 09-06-1998.
14
Gardner, op. cit., p. 14.
15
Johnson, op. cit., p. 116.
16
Hughes, Jonathan. Edward IV and the Alchemists. (History Today, 08-01-2002),
pp 10.
17
Ibid.
18
Szydio, Zbigniew; Brzezinski, Richard. A new light on alchemy. (Cover Story)
Vol. 47, History Today, 01-01-1997, pp. 17(7).
19
Roth, Daniel. Pat Robertson: Quest for Eternal Life: He’s making bets to ensure
that his evangelical empire outlasts him. His portfolio so far: a gold mine in
Liberia, a mothballed oil refinery, and $78 million in.,(Fortune, 06-10-2002), pp.
132+.
20
Gardner, op. cit., p. 360.

Secret Science
1
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 187.
2
Ibid., p. 295.
3
Ibid., pp. 301-302.
4
Ibid., p. 311.
5
Gardner, op. cit., p. 13.
6
Bernstein, op. cit., p. 130-131.
7
Cathie, Bruce. The Harmonic Conquest of Space. (Kempton, Illinois. Adventures
Unlimited Press, 1998), p. 98.
8
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 50.
9
“The World Today” magazine, February, 1912.

Free Your Mind

1
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op.cit., p. 394.
2
Cathie, op. cit., p. 88.
3
Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy. (Kempton,
Illinois, Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998), p. 10.
4
Rembert, Tracy C. Discordant HAARP (High Active Auroral Radio Program.)
(Vol. 8, E Magazine, 01-11-1997), pp. 23(4).
5
Richardson, Jeff. Military Set to Play God with Atmospheric Tests. (Tundra Times,
11-16-1995), pp PG.
6
Daniken, op. cit., p. 181.
7
Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, February 24, 1974.
8
www.columbusalive.com/2001/20011206/120601/12060101.html
9
Niemark, Jill. Dispatch from Dreamland. (UFO Obesessions.) (Vol. 30,
Psychology Today, 09-19-1997), pp. 50(8).
10
www.geocities.com/theawakeningnews/chemtrails-operation_Cloverleaf.html
11
Bramley, op. cit., p. 452.
12
www.bariumblues.com/monkey_experiencing_electrode_St.htm
13
Bramley, op. cit., p. 396.
14
Henry, op. cit., p. 2.

Destruction by Fire
1
Beardon, T.E., Fer-de-Lance: A Briefing on Soviet Scalar Electromagnetic
Weapons, (Chula Vista, CA: Tesla Book Co.), 1986.
2
Gilbert, Adrian; Cotterell, Maurice. The Mayan Prophecies. (Great Britian, Barnes
& Noble, 1995). Pp. 70(2).
3
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 342-3.
4
Brown, Tom Jr. The Quest. (New York, Berkeley Publishing, 1991), p. 22.
5
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit, p. 170.
6
Gilbert, Cotterell, op. cit., p. 28.

Free Will
1
author not available, W.V.Quine: Father of Post Modernism. (United Press
International, 10-26-2001).
2
author not available. Stories of Modern Science. (United Press International, 01-
03-2002).
3
Babcock, Brandon. Disney Engineer: Hollywood Lies. (University Wire, 02-21-
2001).
4
Gibson, Michael. Ten Centuries of Khmer Art. (Vol. 12, The World & I, 06-01-
1997), pp. 106.
5
Morrow, Lance. ESSAY: Let us Recuse Ourselves Awhile. (Time, 03-05-1990), pp
72.
6
Shearer, Rhonda Roland. Real or Ideal? DNA Iconography in a new fractal era.
(Vol 55, Art Journal, 03-01-1996), pp. 64 (6).
7
Nelson, Bryn. Geometrical Genuis in Africa. (The Toronto Star, 03-12-2000).
8
Cruickshank, Alistair; Smith, Richard V. Alba Scotland. (Focus, 01-01-2001),
pp.1.
There is no spoon: Learning to Surf
1
Meyer, Joyce. Battlefield of the Mind. (Tulsa, Oklahoma, Harrison House, Inc.,
1985), p. 15.

Spiritual Confusion
1
Damascene, Hiermonk. Christ the Eternal Tao. (Platina, CA: Valaam Books,
1999), p. 327.
2
Ibid, p. 328.
3
Ibid, p. 329.

Tuning In
1
Damascene, op. cit., p. 22.
2
Ibid, p. 25.
3
Aronson, Martin. Jesus and Lao Tzu: The Parallel Sayings, (Berkeley, CA:
Seastone, 2003), p. 207.
4
Damascene, op. cit., p. 341.

Through the Looking Glass

1
Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 323.

Conclusions
1
Marrs, Alien Agenda., op. cit., p. 366.
2
Ibid., p. 368.
3
Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 291.
4
Ibid., p. 325
 About the Author

Ms. Michaels lives on the Big Island of Hawaii with her

beloved pets – two dogs, two cats and a husband.